Si12 - 411A
C-Series
[Applied Models]
zInverter Multi : Cooling Only
zInverter Multi : Heat Pump
Si12-411A
SUPER MULTI NX
C-Series
zCooling Only
Indoor Unit
FTKE25BVM
FTKE35BVM
FTKD50BVM
FTKD60BVM
FTKD71BVM
CDKD25CVM
CDKD35CVM
CDKD50CVM
CDKD60CVM
FTKE25BVMA
FTKE35BVMA
FTKD50BVMA
FTKD60BVMA
FTKD71BVMA
CDKD25CVMA
CDKD35CVMA
CDKD50CVMA
CDKD60CVMA
FLK25AVMA
FLK35AVMA
FLK50AVMA
FLK60AVMA
FTKS20CVMB(9)
FTKS25CVMB(9)(8)
FTKS35CVMB(9)(8)
FTKS50BVMB
FTKS60BVMB
FTKS71BVMB
CDKS25CVMB
CDKS35CVMB
CDKS50CVMB
CDKS60CVMB
FLKS25BVMB
FLKS35BVMB
FLKS50BVMB
FLKS60BVMB
FVKS25BVMB
FVKS35BVMB
FVKS50BVMB
Outdoor Unit
2MKD58BVM
3MKD58BVM
3MKD75BVM
4MKD75BVM
4MKD90BVM
3MKD75BVMA 3MKS50BVMB(8)
4MKD90BVMA 4MKS58BVMB(8)
4MKS75BVMB
4MKS90BVMB
zHeat Pump
Indoor Unit
FTXE25BVMA
FTXE35BVMA
FTXD50BVMA
FTXD60BVMA
FTXD71BVMA
CDXD25CVMA
CDXD35CVMA
CDXD50CVMA
CDXD60CVMA
FLX25AVMA
FLX35AVMA
FLX50AVMA
FLX60AVMA
FTXS20CVMB(9)
FTXS25CVMB(9)(8)
FTXS35CVMB(9)(8)
FTXS50BVMB
FTXS60BVMB
FTXS71BVMB
ATXS20CVMB(9)
ATXS25CVMB(9)
ATXS35CVMB(9)
ATXS50CVMB
CDXS25CVMB
CDXS35CVMB
CDXS50CVMB
CDXS60CVMB
FLXS25BVMB
FLXS35BVMB
FLXS50BVMB
FLXS60BVMB
FVXS25BVMB
FVXS35BVMB
FVXS50BVMB
FTXS25BVMA
FTXS35BVMA
FTXS50BVMA(8)
FTXS60BVMA(8)
FTXS71BVMA(8)
CDXS25CVMA
CDXS35CVMA
CDXS50CVMA
CDXS60CVMA
FLXS25BVMA
FLXS35BVMA
FLXS50BVMA
FLXS60BVMA
FVXS35BVMA
FVXS50BVMA
3AMXS52BVMB
4MXS68CVMA
4MXS80CVMA
Outdoor Unit
3MXD68BVMA 3MXS52BVMB(8)
4MXD80BVMA 4MXS68BVMB9
4MXS80BVMB9
Table of Contents
i
Si12-411A
1. Introduction ........................................................................................... vii
1.1 Safety Cautions ...................................................................................... vii
Part 1 List of Functions ................................................................ 1
1. List of Functions ......................................................................................2
1.1 Cooling Only Models ................................................................................2
1.2 Heat Pump Models...................................................................................8
Part 2 Specifications .................................................................. 17
1. Specifications ........................................................................................18
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
Indoor Units - Cooling Only ....................................................................18
Outdoor Units - Cooling Only .................................................................30
Indoor Units - Heat Pump.......................................................................36
Outdoor Units - Heat Pump ....................................................................51
Part 3 Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram ........... 57
1. Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram..................................58
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
Wall Mounted Type 20/25/35 Class .......................................................58
Wall Mounted Type 50/60/71 Class .......................................................61
Duct Connected Type.............................................................................63
Floor / Ceiling Suspended Dual Type.....................................................64
Floor Standing Type ...............................................................................66
Outdoor Units .........................................................................................69
Part 4 Function and Control........................................................ 71
1. Main Functions......................................................................................72
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
1.10
Frequency Principle................................................................................72
Power-Airflow Dual Flaps, Wide Angle Louvers and Auto-Swing ..........74
Fan Speed Control for Indoor Units........................................................75
Programme Dry Function .......................................................................76
Automatic Operation...............................................................................77
Night Set Mode.......................................................................................78
Intelligent Eye.........................................................................................79
Home Leave Operation ..........................................................................81
Inverter Powerful Operation ...................................................................82
Other Functions......................................................................................83
2. Function of Main Structural Parts..........................................................85
2.1 Main Structural Parts..............................................................................85
2.2 Function of Thermistor ...........................................................................86
3. Control Specification .............................................................................90
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
ii
Mode Hierarchy ......................................................................................90
Frequency Control..................................................................................91
Controls at Mode Changing / Start-up....................................................93
Discharge Pipe Control ..........................................................................94
Input Current Control..............................................................................94
Freeze-up Protection Control .................................................................95
Heating Peak-cut Control .......................................................................95
Fan Control.............................................................................................96
Moisture Protection Function 2...............................................................96
Table of Contents
Si12-411A
3.10
3.11
3.12
3.13
3.14
3.15
3.16
Defrost Control .......................................................................................97
Low Hz High Pressure Limit ...................................................................98
Electronic Expansion Valve Control .......................................................98
Malfunctions .........................................................................................103
Forced Operation Mode .......................................................................104
Wiring-Error Check...............................................................................105
Additional Function...............................................................................107
Part 5 System Configuration..................................................... 109
1. System Configuration..........................................................................110
1.1 Operation Instructions ..........................................................................110
2. Instruction............................................................................................111
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
2.11
2.12
2.13
2.14
Contents and Reference Page .............................................................111
Safety Precautions ...............................................................................112
Names of Parts.....................................................................................114
Preparation before Operation...............................................................126
AUTO · DRY · COOL · HEAT · FAN Operation ....................................129
Adjusting the Air Flow Direction ...........................................................131
POWERFUL Operation ........................................................................137
OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT Operation ...................................................138
HOME LEAVE Operation .....................................................................139
INTELLIGENT EYE Operation .............................................................141
TIMER Operation .................................................................................145
Note for Multi System ...........................................................................147
Care and Cleaning ...............................................................................149
Troubleshooting....................................................................................159
Part 6 Service Diagnosis........................................................... 163
1. Caution for Diagnosis..........................................................................164
1.1 Troubleshooting with the Operation Lamp ...........................................164
2. Problem Symptoms and Measures .....................................................166
3. Service Check Function ......................................................................167
4. Code Indication on the Remote Controller ..........................................168
4.1 Error Codes and Description of Fault ...................................................168
5. Troubleshooting ..................................................................................169
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.6
5.7
5.8
5.9
5.10
5.11
5.12
5.13
5.14
5.15
Table of Contents
Indoor Units ..........................................................................................169
Outdoor Units .......................................................................................170
Indoor Unit PCB Abnormality ...............................................................171
Freeze-up Protection Control or High Pressure Control.......................172
Fan Motor or Related Abnormality .......................................................174
Thermistor or Related Abnormality (Indoor Unit)..................................177
Shutter Drive Motor / Shutter Limit Switch Abnormality .......................178
Signal Transmission Error (between Indoor and Outdoor Units)..........179
Unspecified Voltage (between Indoor and Outdoor Units) ...................180
Freeze-up Protection Control ...............................................................181
OL Activation (Compressor Overload) .................................................183
Compressor Lock .................................................................................184
DC Fan Lock ........................................................................................185
Input Over Current Detection ...............................................................186
Four Way Valve Abnormality................................................................188
iii
Si12-411A
5.16
5.17
5.18
5.19
5.20
5.21
5.22
5.23
5.24
5.25
Discharge Pipe Temperature Control...................................................190
Position Sensor Abnormality ................................................................191
CT or Related Abnormality ...................................................................192
Thermistor or Related Abnormality (Outdoor Unit)...............................194
Electrical Box Temperature Rise..........................................................196
Radiation Fin Temperature Rise ..........................................................198
Output Over Current Detection.............................................................200
Insufficient Gas.....................................................................................202
Low-voltage Detection..........................................................................204
Anti-icing Function in Other Rooms / Unspecified Voltage
(between Indoor and Outdoor Units) ....................................................205
6. Check ..................................................................................................206
6.1 How to Check .......................................................................................206
Part 7 Removal Procedure ........................................................ 217
1. Outdoor Unit (80 / 90 Class) ...............................................................218
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
1.10
Removal of Outer Panels .....................................................................218
Removal of Propeller Fans...................................................................221
Removal of Electrical Box ....................................................................222
Removal of PCB...................................................................................229
Removal of Fan Motor..........................................................................232
Removal of Electronic Expansion Valve and Thermistor .....................234
Removal of Sound Insulation and Reactor...........................................235
Removal of Shunt.................................................................................237
Removal of Solenoid Valve and Four Way Valve.................................238
Removal of Compressor.......................................................................240
2. Outdoor Unit (50 / 52 / 58 / 68 / 75 Class) ..........................................242
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
Removal of Outer Panels .....................................................................242
Removal of Electrical BOX ...................................................................243
Removal of PCB...................................................................................247
Removal of Fan Motor..........................................................................250
Removal of Sound Insulation ...............................................................251
Removal of Four Way Valve Coil, Solenoid Valve Coil,
Electronic Expansion Valve Coil and Thermistor .................................252
2.7 Removal of Four Way Valve, Solenoid Valve and Shunt .....................254
2.8 Removal of Solenoid Valve and Shunt.................................................255
2.9 Removal of Compressor.......................................................................256
Part 8 Others ............................................................................. 257
1. Others .................................................................................................258
1.1 Test Run from the Remote Controller ..................................................258
1.2 Jumper Settings ...................................................................................259
Part 9 Appendix......................................................................... 261
1. Piping Diagrams..................................................................................262
1.1 Indoor Units ..........................................................................................262
1.2 Outdoor Units .......................................................................................266
2. Wiring Diagrams..................................................................................273
2.1 Indoor Units ..........................................................................................273
2.2 Outdoor Units .......................................................................................276
iv
Table of Contents
Si12-411A
Index
............................................................................................. i
Drawings & Flow Charts ................................................................ v
Table of Contents
v
Si12-411A
vi
Table of Contents
Si12-411A
Introduction
1. Introduction
1.1
Safety Cautions
Cautions and
Warnings
„ Be sure to read the following safety cautions before conducting repair work.
Warning” and “
Caution”. The “
„ The caution items are classified into “
Warning”
items are especially important since they can lead to death or serious injury if they are not
followed closely. The “
Caution” items can also lead to serious accidents under some
conditions if they are not followed. Therefore, be sure to observe all the safety caution items
described below.
„ About the pictograms
This symbol indicates an item for which caution must be exercised.
The pictogram shows the item to which attention must be paid.
This symbol indicates a prohibited action.
The prohibited item or action is shown inside or near the symbol.
This symbol indicates an action that must be taken, or an instruction.
The instruction is shown inside or near the symbol.
„ After the repair work is complete, be sure to conduct a test operation to ensure that the
equipment operates normally, and explain the cautions for operating the product to the
customer.
1.1.1 Caution in Repair
Warning
Be sure to disconnect the power cable plug from the plug socket before
disassembling the equipment for a repair.
Working on the equipment that is connected to a power supply can cause an
electrical shook.
If it is necessary to supply power to the equipment to conduct the repair or
inspecting the circuits, do not touch any electrically charged sections of the
equipment.
If the refrigerant gas discharges during the repair work, do not touch the
discharging refrigerant gas.
The refrigerant gas can cause frostbite.
When disconnecting the suction or discharge pipe of the compressor at the
welded section, release the refrigerant gas completely at a well-ventilated
place first.
If there is a gas remaining inside the compressor, the refrigerant gas or
refrigerating machine oil discharges when the pipe is disconnected, and it can
cause injury.
If the refrigerant gas leaks during the repair work, ventilate the area. The
refrigerant gas can generate toxic gases when it contacts flames.
The step-up capacitor supplies high-voltage electricity to the electrical
components of the outdoor unit.
Be sure to discharge the capacitor completely before conducting repair work.
A charged capacitor can cause an electrical shock.
Do not start or stop the air conditioner operation by plugging or unplugging the
power cable plug.
Plugging or unplugging the power cable plug to operate the equipment can
cause an electrical shock or fire.
vii
Introduction
Si12-411A
Caution
Do not repair the electrical components with wet hands.
Working on the equipment with wet hands can cause an electrical shock.
Do not clean the air conditioner by splashing water.
Washing the unit with water can cause an electrical shock.
Be sure to provide the grounding when repairing the equipment in a humid or
wet place, to avoid electrical shocks.
Be sure to turn off the power switch and unplug the power cable when cleaning
the equipment.
The internal fan rotates at a high speed, and cause injury.
Do not tilt the unit when removing it.
The water inside the unit can spill and wet the furniture and floor.
Be sure to check that the refrigerating cycle section has cooled down
sufficiently before conducting repair work.
Working on the unit when the refrigerating cycle section is hot can cause burns.
Use the welder in a well-ventilated place.
Using the welder in an enclosed room can cause oxygen deficiency.
1.1.2 Cautions Regarding Products after Repair
Warning
Be sure to use parts listed in the service parts list of the applicable model and
appropriate tools to conduct repair work. Never attempt to modify the
equipment.
The use of inappropriate parts or tools can cause an electrical shock,
excessive heat generation or fire.
When relocating the equipment, make sure that the new installation site has
sufficient strength to withstand the weight of the equipment.
If the installation site does not have sufficient strength and if the installation
work is not conducted securely, the equipment can fall and cause injury.
Be sure to install the product correctly by using the provided standard
installation frame.
Incorrect use of the installation frame and improper installation can cause the
equipment to fall, resulting in injury.
Be sure to install the product securely in the installation frame mounted on a
window frame.
If the unit is not securely mounted, it can fall and cause injury.
viii
For integral units
only
For integral units
only
Si12-411A
Introduction
Warning
Be sure to use an exclusive power circuit for the equipment, and follow the
technical standards related to the electrical equipment, the internal wiring
regulations and the instruction manual for installation when conducting
electrical work.
Insufficient power circuit capacity and improper electrical work can cause an
electrical shock or fire.
Be sure to use the specified cable to connect between the indoor and outdoor
units. Make the connections securely and route the cable properly so that there
is no force pulling the cable at the connection terminals.
Improper connections can cause excessive heat generation or fire.
When connecting the cable between the indoor and outdoor units, make sure
that the terminal cover does not lift off or dismount because of the cable.
If the cover is not mounted properly, the terminal connection section can cause
an electrical shock, excessive heat generation or fire.
Do not damage or modify the power cable.
Damaged or modified power cable can cause an electrical shock or fire.
Placing heavy items on the power cable, and heating or pulling the power cable
can damage the cable.
Do not mix air or gas other than the specified refrigerant (R410A / R22) in the
refrigerant system.
If air enters the refrigerating system, an excessively high pressure results,
causing equipment damage and injury.
If the refrigerant gas leaks, be sure to locate the leak and repair it before
charging the refrigerant. After charging refrigerant, make sure that there is no
refrigerant leak.
If the leak cannot be located and the repair work must be stopped, be sure to
perform pump-down and close the service valve, to prevent the refrigerant gas
from leaking into the room. The refrigerant gas itself is harmless, but it can
generate toxic gases when it contacts flames, such as fan and other heaters,
stoves and ranges.
When replacing the coin battery in the remote controller, be sure to disposed
of the old battery to prevent children from swallowing it.
If a child swallows the coin battery, see a doctor immediately.
Caution
Installation of a leakage breaker is necessary in some cases depending on the
conditions of the installation site, to prevent electrical shocks.
Do not install the equipment in a place where there is a possibility of
combustible gas leaks.
If a combustible gas leaks and remains around the unit, it can cause a fire.
Be sure to install the packing and seal on the installation frame properly.
For integral units
If the packing and seal are not installed properly, water can enter the room and only
wet the furniture and floor.
1.1.3 Inspection after Repair
Warning
Check to make sure that the power cable plug is not dirty or loose, then insert
the plug into a power outlet all the way.
If the plug has dust or loose connection, it can cause an electrical shock or fire.
If the power cable and lead wires have scratches or deteriorated, be sure to
replace them.
Damaged cable and wires can cause an electrical shock, excessive heat
generation or fire.
ix
Introduction
Si12-411A
Warning
Do not use a joined power cable or extension cable, or share the same power
outlet with other electrical appliances, since it can cause an electrical shock,
excessive heat generation or fire.
Caution
Check to see if the parts and wires are mounted and connected properly, and
if the connections at the soldered or crimped terminals are secure.
Improper installation and connections can cause excessive heat generation,
fire or an electrical shock.
If the installation platform or frame has corroded, replace it.
Corroded installation platform or frame can cause the unit to fall, resulting in
injury.
Check the grounding, and repair it if the equipment is not properly grounded.
Improper grounding can cause an electrical shock.
Be sure to measure the insulation resistance after the repair, and make sure
that the resistance is 1 Mohm or higher.
Faulty insulation can cause an electrical shock.
Be sure to check the drainage of the indoor unit after the repair.
Faulty drainage can cause the water to enter the room and wet the furniture
and floor.
1.1.4 Using Icons
Icons are used to attract the attention of the reader to specific information. The meaning of each
icon is described in the table below:
1.1.5 Using Icons List
Icon
Type of
Information
Note
Description
A “note” provides information that is not indispensable, but may
nevertheless be valuable to the reader, such as tips and tricks.
Note:
Caution
A “caution” is used when there is danger that the reader, through
incorrect manipulation, may damage equipment, loose data, get
an unexpected result or has to restart (part of) a procedure.
Warning
A “warning” is used when there is danger of personal injury.
Reference
A “reference” guides the reader to other places in this binder or
in this manual, where he/she will find additional information on a
specific topic.
Caution
Warning
x
Si12-411A
Part 1
List of Functions
1. List of Functions ......................................................................................2
1.1 Cooling Only Models ................................................................................2
1.2 Heat Pump Models...................................................................................8
List of Functions
1
List of Functions
Si12-411A
1. List of Functions
1.1
Cooling Only Models
Compressor
Comfortable
Airflow
Comfort
Control
Operation
Lifestyle
Convenience
{
{
{
Operation Limit for Cooling (°CDB)
—
—
—
Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter
Air Purifying Filter with Bacteriostatic &
Virustatic Functions
{
—
—
{
—
—
—
{
—
Category
Health &
Clean
Operation Limit for Heating (°CWB)
—
—
—
Air Purifying Filter with Photocatalytic
Deodorizing Function
PAM Control
—
—
—
Longlife Filter
—
—
—
Oval Scroll Compressor
—
—
—
Ultra-Longlife Filter (Option)
—
—
—
Swing Compressor
—
—
—
Mould Proof Air Filter
{
{
—
Rotary Compressor
—
—
—
Wipe-clean Flat Panel
{
{
—
Reluctance DC Motor
—
—
—
Washable Grille
—
—
—
Power-Airflow Flap
—
—
—
Filter Cleaning Indicator
—
—
—
Power-Airflow Dual Flaps
{
{
—
Good-Sleep Cooling Operation
—
—
—
Power-Airflow Diffuser
—
—
— Timer
24-Hour On/Off Timer
{
{
{
Wide-Angle Louvers
{
{
—
Night Set Mode
{
{
{
Vertical Auto-Swing (Up and Down)
{
{
Auto-Restart (after Power Failure)
{
{
{
Self-Diagnosis (Digital, LED) Display
{
{
{
Horizontal Auto-Swing (Right and Left)
—
{
— Worry Free
“Reliability &
— Durability”
3-D Airflow
—
{
—
Wiring-Error Check
—
—
—
Anticorrosion Treatment of Outdoor
Heat Exchanger
—
—
—
Multi-Split / Split Type Compatible
Indoor Unit
{
{
—
3-Step Airflow (H/P Only)
—
—
—
Auto Fan Speed
{
{
{
Flexibility
Indoor Unit Silent Operation
{
{
{
Flexible Voltage Correspondence
{
{
{
Night Quiet Mode (Automatic)
—
—
—
High Ceiling Application
—
—
—
Outdoor Unit Silent Operation
(Manual)
—
—
—
Chargeless
—
—
—
Intelligent Eye
{
{
—
Power-Selection
—
—
—
5-Rooms Centralized Controller
(Option)
{
{
{
Quick Warming Function
—
—
— Remote
Control
Hot-Start Function
—
—
—
Remote Control Adaptor
(Normal Open-Pulse Contact)(Option)
{
{
{
Automatic Defrosting
—
—
—
Remote Control Adaptor
(Normal Open Contact)(Option)
{
{
{
Automatic Operation
—
—
—
Dlll-NET Compatible (Adaptor)(Option) {
{
{
Programme Dry Function
{
{
Wireless
{
{
{
Fan Only
{
{
{ Remote
Controller
{
Wired
—
—
—
New Powerful Operation
(Non-Inverter)
—
—
—
Inverter Powerful Operation
{
{
{
Priority-Room Setting
—
—
—
Cooling / Heating Mode Lock
—
—
—
Home Leave Operation
{
{
{
Indoor Unit On/Off Switch
{
{
{
Signal Reception Indicator
{
{
{
Temperature Display
—
—
—
Another Room Operation
—
—
—
Note: { : Holding Functions
— : No Functions
2
Functions
CDKD25-60CVM
CDKD25-60CVM
Basic
Function
Functions
FTKD50-71BVM
FTKD50-71BVM
Inverter (with Inverter Power Control)
Category
FTKE25/35BVM
FTKE25/35BVM
1.1.1 R22 Series
: Digital Only
List of Functions
Basic
Function
{
{
Operation Limit for Cooling (°CDB)
—
10
~
46
Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter
{
—
Operation Limit for Heating (°CWB)
—
—
Air Purifying Filter with Photocatalytic
Deodorizing Function
—
—
Compressor
Comfortable
Airflow
Comfort
Control
Operation
Lifestyle
Convenience
Functions
Functions
2MKD58BVM
3MKD58·75BVM
4MKD75·90BVM
Inverter (with Inverter Power Control)
Category
FLK25-60AVMA
2MKD58BVM
3MKD58·75BVM
4MKD75·90BVM
List of Functions
FLK25-60AVMA
Si12-411A
Air Purifying Filter with Bacteriostatic &
Virustatic Functions
{
—
Category
Health &
Clean
PAM Control
—
{
Longlife Filter
—
—
Oval Scroll Compressor
—
—
Ultra-Longlife Filter (Option)
—
—
Swing Compressor
—
{
Mould Proof Air Filter
{
—
Rotary Compressor
—
—
Wipe-clean Flat Panel
—
—
Reluctance DC Motor
—
{
Washable Grille
—
—
Power-Airflow Flap
—
—
Filter Cleaning Indicator
—
—
Power-Airflow Dual Flaps
—
—
Power-Airflow Diffuser
—
—
Wide-Angle Louvers
—
—
Vertical Auto-Swing (Up and Down)
{
—
Horizontal Auto-Swing (Right and Left)
—
—
3-D Airflow
—
—
Wiring-Error Check
—
{
Anticorrosion Treatment of Outdoor
Heat Exchanger
—
{
Multi-Split / Split Type Compatible
Indoor Unit
{
—
Timer
Worry Free
“Reliability &
Durability”
Good-Sleep Cooling Operation
—
—
24-Hour On/Off Timer
{
—
Night Set Mode
{
—
Auto-Restart (after Power Failure)
{
—
Self-Diagnosis (Digital, LED) Display
{
{
3-Step Airflow (H/P Only)
—
—
Auto Fan Speed
{
—
Indoor Unit Silent Operation
{
—
Flexible Voltage Correspondence
{
{
Night Quiet Mode (Automatic)
—
{
High Ceiling Application
—
—
Outdoor Unit Silent Operation
(Manual)
—
{
Chargeless
—
{
Intelligent Eye
—
—
Power-Selection
—
—
5-Rooms Centralized Controller
(Option)
{
—
Flexibility
Remote
Control
Quick Warming Function
—
—
Hot-Start Function
—
—
Remote Control Adaptor
(Normal Open-Pulse Contact)(Option)
{
—
Automatic Defrosting
—
—
Remote Control Adaptor
(Normal Open Contact)(Option)
{
—
Automatic Operation
—
—
Dlll-NET Compatible (Adaptor)(Option)
{
—
Programme Dry Function
{
—
Wireless
{
—
Fan Only
{
—
Wired
—
—
New Powerful Operation
(Non-Inverter)
—
—
Inverter Powerful Operation
{
—
Priority-Room Setting
—
{
Cooling / Heating Mode Lock
—
—
Home Leave Operation
{
—
Indoor Unit On/Off Switch
{
—
Signal Reception Indicator
{
—
Temperature Display
—
—
Another Room Operation
—
—
Note: { : Holding Functions
— : No Functions
List of Functions
Remote
Controller
: Digital Only
3
Compressor
Comfortable
Airflow
Comfort
Control
Operation
Lifestyle
Convenience
CDKD25-60CVMA
{
{
Operation Limit for Cooling (°CDB)
—
—
—
Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter
Air Purifying Filter with Bacteriostatic &
Virustatic Functions
{
—
—
{
—
—
—
{
—
Category
Health &
Clean
Operation Limit for Heating (°CWB)
—
—
—
Air Purifying Filter with Photocatalytic
Deodorizing Function
PAM Control
—
—
—
Longlife Filter
—
—
—
Oval Scroll Compressor
—
—
—
Ultra-Longlife Filter (Option)
—
—
—
Swing Compressor
—
—
—
Mould Proof Air Filter
{
{
—
Rotary Compressor
—
—
—
Wipe-clean Flat Panel
{
{
—
Reluctance DC Motor
—
—
—
Washable Grille
—
—
—
Power-Airflow Flap
—
—
—
Filter Cleaning Indicator
—
—
—
Power-Airflow Dual Flaps
{
{
—
Good-Sleep Cooling Operation
—
—
—
Power-Airflow Diffuser
—
—
— Timer
24-Hour On/Off Timer
{
{
{
Wide-Angle Louvers
{
{
—
Night Set Mode
{
{
{
Vertical Auto-Swing (Up and Down)
{
{
Auto-Restart (after Power Failure)
{
{
{
Self-Diagnosis (Digital, LED) Display
{
{
{
Horizontal Auto-Swing (Right and Left)
—
{
— Worry Free
“Reliability &
— Durability”
3-D Airflow
—
{
—
Wiring-Error Check
—
—
—
Anticorrosion Treatment of Outdoor
Heat Exchanger
—
—
—
Multi-Split / Split Type Compatible
Indoor Unit
{
{
—
3-Step Airflow (H/P Only)
—
—
—
Auto Fan Speed
{
{
{
Flexibility
Indoor Unit Silent Operation
{
{
{
Flexible Voltage Correspondence
{
{
{
Night Quiet Mode (Automatic)
—
—
—
High Ceiling Application
—
—
—
Outdoor Unit Silent Operation
(Manual)
—
—
—
Chargeless
—
—
—
Intelligent Eye
{
{
—
Power-Selection
—
—
—
5-Rooms Centralized Controller
(Option)
{
{
{
Quick Warming Function
—
—
— Remote
Control
Hot-Start Function
—
—
—
Remote Control Adaptor
(Normal Open-Pulse Contact)(Option)
{
{
{
Automatic Defrosting
—
—
—
Remote Control Adaptor
(Normal Open Contact)(Option)
{
{
{
Automatic Operation
—
—
—
Dlll-NET Compatible (Adaptor)(Option) {
{
{
Programme Dry Function
{
{
Wireless
{
{
{
Fan Only
{
{
{ Remote
Controller
{
Wired
—
—
—
New Powerful Operation
(Non-Inverter)
—
—
—
Inverter Powerful Operation
{
{
{
Priority-Room Setting
—
—
—
Cooling / Heating Mode Lock
—
—
—
Home Leave Operation
{
{
{
Indoor Unit On/Off Switch
{
{
{
Signal Reception Indicator
{
{
{
Temperature Display
—
—
—
Another Room Operation
—
—
—
Note: { : Holding Functions
— : No Functions
4
Functions
FTKD50-71BVMA
CDKD25-60CVMA
{
Functions
FTKE25/35BVMA
FTKD50-71BVMA
Inverter (with Inverter Power Control)
Category
Basic
Function
Si12-411A
FTKE25/35BVMA
List of Functions
: Digital Only
List of Functions
Category
Basic
Function
Compressor
Comfortable
Airflow
Functions
Operation
Lifestyle
Convenience
—
10
~
46
Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter
—
—
Air Purifying Filter with Photocatalytic
Deodorizing Function
—
{
Operation Limit for Cooling (°CDB)
Operation Limit for Heating (°CWB)
Health &
Clean
Functions
Air Purifying Filter with Bacteriostatic &
Virustatic Functions
Inverter (with Inverter Power Control)
PAM Control
{
Longlife Filter
—
Oval Scroll Compressor
—
Ultra-Longlife Filter (Option)
—
Swing Compressor
{
Mould Proof Air Filter
—
Rotary Compressor
—
Wipe-clean Flat Panel
—
Reluctance DC Motor
{
Washable Grille
—
Power-Airflow Flap
—
Filter Cleaning Indicator
—
Power-Airflow Dual Flaps
—
Good-Sleep Cooling Operation
—
Power-Airflow Diffuser
—
Wide-Angle Louvers
—
Vertical Auto-Swing (Up and Down)
—
Horizontal Auto-Swing (Right and Left)
—
3-D Airflow
3-Step Airflow (H/P Only)
Comfort
Control
Category
3MKD75BVMA
4MKD90BVMA
List of Functions
3MKD75BVMA
4MKD90BVMA
Si12-411A
Timer
Worry Free
“Reliability &
Durability”
24-Hour On/Off Timer
—
Night Set Mode
—
Auto-Restart (after Power Failure)
—
Self-Diagnosis (Digital, LED) Display
{
—
Wiring-Error Check
{
—
Anticorrosion Treatment of Outdoor Heat
Exchanger
{
Auto Fan Speed
—
Multi-Split / Split Type Compatible Indoor Unit
—
Indoor Unit Silent Operation
—
Flexibility
Flexible Voltage Correspondence
{
—
Night Quiet Mode (Automatic)
{
High Ceiling Application
Outdoor Unit Silent Operation (Manual)
{
Chargeless
{
Intelligent Eye
—
Power-Selection
—
Quick Warming Function
—
5-Rooms Centralized Controller (Option)
—
—
—
Remote
Control
Hot-Start Function
—
Remote Control Adaptor
(Normal Open-Pulse Contact)(Option)
Automatic Defrosting
—
Remote Control Adaptor
(Normal Open Contact)(Option)
Automatic Operation
—
Programme Dry Function
—
Fan Only
—
New Powerful Operation
(Non-Inverter)
—
Inverter Powerful Operation
—
Priority-Room Setting
{
Cooling / Heating Mode Lock
—
Home Leave Operation
—
Indoor Unit On/Off Switch
—
Signal Reception Indicator
—
Temperature Display
—
Another Room Operation
—
Note: { : Holding Functions
— : No Functions
List of Functions
Remote
Controller
Dlll-NET Compatible (Adaptor)(Option)
—
Wireless
—
Wired
—
: Digital Only
5
List of Functions
Si12-411A
FTKS20-35CVMB(9)(8)
FTKS50-71BVMB
CDKS25-60CVMB
FTKS20-35CVMB(9)(8)
FTKS50-71BVMB
CDKS25-60CVMB
1.1.2 R410A Series
Inverter (with Inverter Power Control)
{
{
Health &
{ Clean
Air Purifying Filter with Bacteriostatic &
Virustatic Functions
—
—
—
Operation Limit for Cooling (°CDB)
—
—
—
Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter
—
—
—
Operation Limit for Heating (°CWB)
—
—
—
Air Purifying Filter with Photocatalytic
Deodorizing Function
{
{
—
Category
Basic
Function
Compressor
Comfortable
Airflow
Comfort
Control
Operation
Lifestyle
Convenience
Functions
Functions
PAM Control
—
—
—
Longlife Filter
—
—
—
Oval Scroll Compressor
—
—
—
Ultra-Longlife Filter (Option)
—
—
—
Swing Compressor
—
—
—
Mould Proof Air Filter
{
{
{
Rotary Compressor
—
—
—
Wipe-clean Flat Panel
{
{
—
—
Reluctance DC Motor
—
—
—
Washable Grille
—
—
Power-Airflow Flap
—
—
—
Filter Cleaning Indicator
—
—
—
Power-Airflow Dual Flaps
{
{
—
Good-Sleep Cooling Operation
—
—
—
Power-Airflow Diffuser
—
—
— Timer
24-Hour On/Off Timer
{
{
{
Wide-Angle Louvers
{
{
—
Night Set Mode
{
{
{
Vertical Auto-Swing (Up and Down)
{
{
Auto-Restart (after Power Failure)
Self-Diagnosis (Digital, LED) Display
{
{
{
{
{
{
Horizontal Auto-Swing (Right and Left) —
{
— Worry Free
“Reliability &
— Durability”
3-D Airflow
{
—
Wiring-Error Check
—
—
—
Anticorrosion Treatment of Outdoor
Heat Exchanger
—
—
—
Multi-Split / Split Type Compatible
Indoor Unit
{
{
—
—
3-Step Airflow (H/P Only)
—
—
—
Auto Fan Speed
{
{
{
Indoor Unit Silent Operation
{
{
{
Flexible Voltage Correspondence
{
{
{
Night Quiet Mode (Automatic)
—
—
—
High Ceiling Application
—
—
—
Outdoor Unit Silent Operation
(Manual)
—
—
—
Chargeless
—
—
—
Intelligent Eye
{
{
—
Power-Selection
—
—
—
5-Rooms Centralized Controller
(Option)
{
{
{
Flexibility
Quick Warming Function
—
—
Remote
—
Control
Hot-Start Function
—
—
—
Remote Control Adaptor
(Normal Open-Pulse Contact)(Option)
{
{
{
Automatic Defrosting
—
—
—
Remote Control Adaptor
(Normal Open Contact)(Option)
{
{
{
Automatic Operation
—
—
—
Dlll-NET Compatible (Adaptor)(Option)
{
{
{
Programme Dry Function
{
{
Wireless
{
{
{
Fan Only
{
{
{ Remote
Controller
{
Wired
—
—
—
New Powerful Operation
(Non-Inverter)
—
—
—
Inverter Powerful Operation
{
{
{
Priority-Room Setting
—
—
—
Cooling / Heating Mode Lock
—
—
—
Home Leave Operation
{
{
{
Indoor Unit On/Off Switch
{
{
{
Signal Reception Indicator
{
{
{
Temperature Display
—
—
—
Another Room Operation
—
—
—
Note: { : Holding Functions
— : No Functions
6
Category
: Digital Only
List of Functions
Compressor
Comfortable
Airflow
Comfort
Control
Operation
Lifestyle
Convenience
Functions
3MKS50BVMB(8)
4MKS58BVMB(8)
4MKS75·90BVMB
Basic
Function
{
{
Operation Limit for Cooling (°CDB)
—
—
–10
~
46
Operation Limit for Heating (°CWB)
—
—
—
Air Purifying Filter with
—
Photocatalytic Deodorizing Function
—
—
PAM Control
—
—
{
Longlife Filter
—
—
—
—
Functions
FVKS25-50BVMB
3MKS50BVMB(8)
4MKS58BVMB(8)
4MKS75·90BVMB
Inverter (with Inverter Power Control) {
Category
FLKS25-60BVMB
FVKS25-50BVMB
List of Functions
FLKS25-60BVMB
Si12-411A
Air Purifying Filter with Bacteriostatic
& Virustatic Functions
{
{
—
Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter
{
{
—
Category
Health &
Clean
Oval Scroll Compressor
—
—
—
Ultra-Longlife Filter (Option)
—
—
Swing Compressor
—
—
{
Mould Proof Air Filter
{
{
—
Rotary Compressor
—
—
—
Wipe-clean Flat Panel
—
—
—
—
Reluctance DC Motor
—
—
{
Washable Grille
—
{
Power-Airflow Flap
—
—
—
Filter Cleaning Indicator
—
—
—
Power-Airflow Dual Flaps
—
—
—
Good-Sleep Cooling Operation
—
—
—
Power-Airflow Diffuser
—
—
—
Wide-Angle Louvers
—
{
—
Vertical Auto-Swing (Up and Down)
{
{
—
Timer
Worry Free
“Reliability &
Durability”
24-Hour On/Off Timer
{
{
—
Night Set Mode
{
{
—
Auto-Restart (after Power Failure)
{
{
—
{
{
—
—
3-D Airflow
—
—
Wiring-Error Check
—
—
{
Anticorrosion Treatment of Outdoor
Heat Exchanger
—
—
{
Multi-Split / Split Type Compatible
Indoor Unit
{
{
—
—
3-Step Airflow (H/P Only)
—
—
—
Auto Fan Speed
{
{
—
Flexibility
Self-Diagnosis (Digital, LED) Display
{
Horizontal Auto-Swing (Right and Left) —
Indoor Unit Silent Operation
{
{
—
Flexible Voltage Correspondence
{
{
{
Night Quiet Mode (Automatic)
—
—
{
High Ceiling Application
—
—
—
Outdoor Unit Silent Operation
(Manual)
—
—
{
Chargeless
—
—
{
Intelligent Eye
—
—
—
Power-Selection
—
—
—
5-Rooms Centralized Controller
(Option)
{
{
—
Remote
Control
Quick Warming Function
—
—
—
Hot-Start Function
—
—
—
Remote Control Adaptor
(Normal Open-Pulse
Contact)(Option)
{
{
—
Automatic Defrosting
—
—
—
Remote Control Adaptor
(Normal Open Contact)(Option)
{
{
—
—
Automatic Operation
—
—
—
Programme Dry Function
{
{
—
Fan Only
{
{
—
New Powerful Operation
(Non-Inverter)
—
—
—
—
Inverter Powerful Operation
{
{
Priority-Room Setting
—
—
{
Cooling / Heating Mode Lock
—
—
—
Home Leave Operation
{
{
—
Indoor Unit On/Off Switch
{
{
—
Signal Reception Indicator
{
{
—
Temperature Display
—
—
—
Another Room Operation
—
—
—
Note: { : Holding Functions
— : No Functions
List of Functions
Remote
Controller
Dlll-NET Compatible (Adaptor)(Option) {
{
Wireless
{
{
—
Wired
—
—
—
: Digital Only
7
List of Functions
1.2
Si12-411A
Heat Pump Models
FTXE25/35BVMA
FTXD50-71BVMA
CDXD25-60CVMA
FTXE25/35BVMA
FTXD50-71BVMA
CDXD25-60CVMA
1.2.1 R22 Series
Inverter (with Inverter Power Control)
{
{
Health &
{ Clean
Air Purifying Filter with Bacteriostatic &
Virustatic Functions
{
—
—
Operation Limit for Cooling (°CDB)
—
—
—
Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter
{
—
—
—
{
—
Category
Basic
Function
Compressor
Comfortable
Airflow
Comfort
Control
Operation
Lifestyle
Convenience
Functions
Functions
Operation Limit for Heating (°CWB)
—
—
—
Air Purifying Filter with Photocatalytic
Deodorizing Function
PAM Control
—
—
—
Longlife Filter
—
—
—
Oval Scroll Compressor
—
—
—
Ultra-Longlife Filter (Option)
—
—
—
Swing Compressor
—
—
—
Mould Proof Air Filter
{
{
—
Rotary Compressor
—
—
—
Wipe-clean Flat Panel
{
{
—
Reluctance DC Motor
—
—
—
Washable Grille
—
—
—
Power-Airflow Flap
—
—
—
Filter Cleaning Indicator
—
—
—
Power-Airflow Dual Flaps
{
{
—
Good-Sleep Cooling Operation
—
—
—
Power-Airflow Diffuser
—
—
— Timer
24-Hour On/Off Timer
{
{
{
Wide-Angle Louvers
{
{
—
Night Set Mode
{
{
{
Vertical Auto-Swing (Up and Down)
{
{
Auto-Restart (after Power Failure)
Self-Diagnosis (Digital, LED) Display
{
{
{
{
{
{
Horizontal Auto-Swing (Right and Left) —
{
— Worry Free
“Reliability &
— Durability”
3-D Airflow
{
—
Wiring-Error Check
—
—
—
—
—
—
{
{
—
—
3-Step Airflow (H/P Only)
—
—
—
Anticorrosion Treatment of Outdoor
Heat Exchanger
Auto Fan Speed
{
{
{ Flexibility
Multi-Split / Split Type Compatible
Indoor Unit
Indoor Unit Silent Operation
{
{
{
Flexible Voltage Correspondence
{
{
{
Night Quiet Mode (Automatic)
—
—
—
High Ceiling Application
—
—
—
Outdoor Unit Silent Operation
(Manual)
—
—
—
Chargeless
—
—
—
Intelligent Eye
{
{
—
Power-Selection
—
—
—
5-Rooms Centralized Controller
(Option)
{
{
{
Quick Warming Function
—
—
— Remote
Control
Hot-Start Function
{
{
{
Remote Control Adaptor
(Normal Open-Pulse Contact)(Option)
{
{
{
Automatic Defrosting
—
—
—
Remote Control Adaptor
(Normal Open Contact)(Option)
{
{
{
{
Automatic Operation
{
{
{
Dlll-NET Compatible (Adaptor)(Option)
{
{
Programme Dry Function
{
{
Wireless
{
{
{
Fan Only
{
{
{ Remote
Controller
{
Wired
—
—
—
New Powerful Operation
(Non-Inverter)
—
—
—
Inverter Powerful Operation
{
{
{
Priority-Room Setting
—
—
—
Cooling / Heating Mode Lock
—
—
—
Home Leave Operation
{
{
{
Indoor Unit On/Off Switch
{
{
{
Signal Reception Indicator
{
{
{
Temperature Display
—
—
—
Another Room Operation
—
—
—
Notes: { : Holding Functions
— : No Functions
8
Category
: Digital Only
List of Functions
Basic
Function
{
{
Operation Limit for Cooling (°CDB)
—
–10
~
46
Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter
{
—
Operation Limit for Heating (°CWB)
—
–15
~
15.5
Air Purifying Filter with Photocatalytic
Deodorizing Function
—
—
Compressor
Comfortable
Airflow
Comfort
Control
Operation
Lifestyle
Convenience
Functions
Functions
3MXD68BVMA
4MXD80BVMA
Inverter (with Inverter Power Control)
Category
FLX25-60AVMA
3MXD68BVMA
4MXD80BVMA
List of Functions
FLX25-60AVMA
Si12-411A
Air Purifying Filter with Bacteriostatic &
Virustatic Functions
{
—
Category
Health &
Clean
PAM Control
—
{
Longlife Filter
—
—
Oval Scroll Compressor
—
—
Ultra-Longlife Filter (Option)
—
—
Swing Compressor
—
{
Mould Proof Air Filter
{
—
Rotary Compressor
—
—
Wipe-clean Flat Panel
—
—
Reluctance DC Motor
—
{
Washable Grille
—
—
Power-Airflow Flap
—
—
Filter Cleaning Indicator
—
—
Power-Airflow Dual Flaps
—
—
Good-Sleep Cooling Operation
—
—
Power-Airflow Diffuser
—
—
Wide-Angle Louvers
—
—
Vertical Auto-Swing (Up and Down)
{
—
Timer
Worry Free
“Reliability &
Durability”
24-Hour On/Off Timer
{
—
Night Set Mode
{
—
Auto-Restart (after Power Failure)
{
—
Self-Diagnosis (Digital, LED) Display
{
1
{
Horizontal Auto-Swing (Right and Left)
—
—
3-D Airflow
—
—
Wiring-Error Check
—
{
Anticorrosion Treatment of Outdoor
Heat Exchanger
—
{
Multi-Split / Split Type Compatible
Indoor Unit
{
—
3-Step Airflow (H/P Only)
—
—
Auto Fan Speed
{
—
Indoor Unit Silent Operation
{
—
Flexible Voltage Correspondence
{
{
Night Quiet Mode (Automatic)
—
{
High Ceiling Application
—
—
Outdoor Unit Silent Operation
(Manual)
—
{
Chargeless
—
2
Intelligent Eye
—
—
Flexibility
Remote
Control
Power-Selection
—
—
5-Rooms Centralized Controller
(Option)
{
—
Quick Warming Function
—
{
Hot-Start Function
{
—
Remote Control Adaptor
(Normal Open-Pulse Contact)(Option)
{
—
Automatic Defrosting
—
{
Remote Control Adaptor
(Normal Open Contact)(Option)
{
—
Automatic Operation
{
—
Dlll-NET Compatible (Adaptor)(Option)
{
—
Programme Dry Function
{
—
Wireless
{
—
Fan Only
{
—
Wired
—
—
New Powerful Operation
(Non-Inverter)
—
—
Inverter Powerful Operation
{
—
Priority-Room Setting
—
{
Cooling / Heating Mode Lock
—
{
Home Leave Operation
{
—
Indoor Unit On/Off Switch
{
—
Signal Reception Indicator
{
—
Temperature Display
—
—
Another Room Operation
—
—
Notes: { : Holding Functions
— : No Functions
List of Functions
Remote
Controller
1 : Digital Only
2 : 68 class ; 30m / 80 class ; 40m
9
List of Functions
Si12-411A
FTXS20-35CVMB(9)(8)
FTXS50-71BVMB
CDXS25-60CVMB
FTXS20-35CVMB(9)(8)
FTXS50-71BVMB
CDXS25-60CVMB
1.2.2 R410A Series
Inverter (with Inverter Power Control)
{
{
Health &
{ Clean
Air Purifying Filter with Bacteriostatic &
Virustatic Functions
—
—
—
Operation Limit for Cooling (°CDB)
—
—
—
Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter
—
—
—
Operation Limit for Heating (°CWB)
—
—
—
Air Purifying Filter with Photocatalytic
Deodorizing Function
{
{
—
Category
Basic
Function
Compressor
Comfortable
Airflow
Comfort
Control
Operation
Lifestyle
Convenience
Functions
Functions
PAM Control
—
—
—
Longlife Filter
—
—
—
Oval Scroll Compressor
—
—
—
Ultra-Longlife Filter (Option)
—
—
—
Swing Compressor
—
—
—
Mould Proof Air Filter
{
{
{
Rotary Compressor
—
—
—
Wipe-clean Flat Panel
{
{
—
—
Reluctance DC Motor
—
—
—
Washable Grille
—
—
Power-Airflow Flap
—
—
—
Filter Cleaning Indicator
—
—
—
Power-Airflow Dual Flaps
{
{
—
Good-Sleep Cooling Operation
—
—
—
Power-Airflow Diffuser
—
—
— Timer
24-Hour On/Off Timer
{
{
{
Wide-Angle Louvers
{
{
—
Night Set Mode
{
{
{
Vertical Auto-Swing (Up and Down)
{
{
Auto-Restart (after Power Failure)
Self-Diagnosis (Digital, LED) Display
{
{
{
{
{
{
Horizontal Auto-Swing (Right and Left) —
{
— Worry Free
“Reliability &
— Durability”
3-D Airflow
{
—
Wiring-Error Check
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3-Step Airflow (H/P Only)
—
—
—
Anticorrosion Treatment of Outdoor
Heat Exchanger
Auto Fan Speed
{
{
{ Flexibility
Multi-Split / Split Type Compatible
Indoor Unit
{
{
—
Indoor Unit Silent Operation
{
{
{
Flexible Voltage Correspondence
{
{
{
Night Quiet Mode (Automatic)
—
—
—
High Ceiling Application
—
—
—
Outdoor Unit Silent Operation
(Manual)
—
—
—
Chargeless
—
—
—
Intelligent Eye
{
{
—
Power-Selection
—
—
—
5-Rooms Centralized Controller
(Option)
{
{
{
Quick Warming Function
—
—
— Remote
Control
Hot-Start Function
{
{
{
Remote Control Adaptor
(Normal Open-Pulse Contact)(Option)
{
{
{
Automatic Defrosting
—
—
—
Remote Control Adaptor
(Normal Open Contact)(Option)
{
{
{
Automatic Operation
{
{
{
Dlll-NET Compatible (Adaptor)(Option)
{
{
{
Programme Dry Function
{
{
Wireless
{
{
{
Fan Only
{
{
{ Remote
Controller
{
Wired
—
—
—
New Powerful Operation
(Non-Inverter)
—
—
—
Inverter Powerful Operation
{
{
{
Priority-Room Setting
—
—
—
Cooling / Heating Mode Lock
—
—
—
Home Leave Operation
{
{
{
Indoor Unit On/Off Switch
{
{
{
Signal Reception Indicator
{
{
{
Temperature Display
—
—
—
Another Room Operation
—
—
—
Notes: { : Holding Functions
— : No Functions
10
Category
: Digital Only
List of Functions
Compressor
Comfortable
Airflow
Comfort
Control
Operation
Lifestyle
Convenience
3MXS52BVMB(8)
4MXS68BVMB9
4MXS80BVMB9
Basic
Function
{
{
{
Operation Limit for Cooling
(°CDB)
—
—
Operation Limit for Heating
(°CWB)
—
—
Functions
FVXS25-50BVMB
3MXS52BVMB(8)
4MXS68BVMB9
4MXS80BVMB9
Inverter (with Inverter Power
Control)
Category
FLXS25-60BVMB
FVXS25-50BVMB
List of Functions
FLXS25-60BVMB
Si12-411A
Air Purifying Filter with
Bacteriostatic & Virustatic
Functions
{
{
—
–10
~
46
Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter
{
{
—
–15
~
15.5
Air Purifying Filter with
Photocatalytic Deodorizing
Function
—
—
—
Category
Health &
Clean
Functions
PAM Control
—
—
{
Longlife Filter
—
—
—
Oval Scroll Compressor
—
—
—
Ultra-Longlife Filter (Option)
—
—
—
Swing Compressor
—
—
{
Mould Proof Air Filter
{
{
—
—
Rotary Compressor
—
—
—
Wipe-clean Flat Panel
—
—
Reluctance DC Motor
—
—
{
Washable Grille
—
{
—
Power-Airflow Flap
—
—
—
Filter Cleaning Indicator
—
—
—
Power-Airflow Dual Flaps
—
—
—
Power-Airflow Diffuser
—
—
—
Wide-Angle Louvers
—
{
—
Timer
Worry Free
“Reliability &
Durability”
Good-Sleep Cooling Operation
—
—
—
24-Hour On/Off Timer
{
{
—
Night Set Mode
{
{
—
Auto-Restart (after Power Failure)
{
{
—
Vertical Auto-Swing (Up and
Down)
{
{
—
Horizontal Auto-Swing (Right and
Left)
—
—
—
Self-Diagnosis (Digital, LED)
Display
{
1
{
1
{
3-D Airflow
—
—
—
Wiring-Error Check
—
—
{
Anticorrosion Treatment of
Outdoor Heat Exchanger
—
—
{
Multi-Split / Split Type Compatible
Indoor Unit
{
{
—
3-Step Airflow (H/P Only)
—
{
—
Auto Fan Speed
{
{
—
Flexibility
Indoor Unit Silent Operation
{
{
—
Flexible Voltage Correspondence
{
{
{
Night Quiet Mode (Automatic)
—
—
{
High Ceiling Application
—
—
—
Outdoor Unit Silent Operation
(Manual)
—
—
{
Chargeless
—
—
2
Intelligent Eye
—
—
—
Power-Selection
—
—
—
5-Rooms Centralized Controller
(Option)
{
{
—
Remote
Control
Quick Warming Function
—
—
{
Hot-Start Function
{
{
—
Remote Control Adaptor
(Normal Open-Pulse
Contact)(Option)
{
{
—
Automatic Defrosting
—
—
{
Remote Control Adaptor
(Normal Open Contact)(Option)
{
{
—
Automatic Operation
{
{
—
Dlll-NET Compatible
(Adaptor)(Option)
{
{
—
Programme Dry Function
{
{
—
Fan Only
{
{
—
New Powerful Operation
(Non-Inverter)
—
—
—
—
Inverter Powerful Operation
{
{
Priority-Room Setting
—
—
{
Cooling / Heating Mode Lock
—
—
{
Home Leave Operation
{
{
—
Indoor Unit On/Off Switch
{
{
—
Signal Reception Indicator
{
{
—
Temperature Display
—
—
—
Another Room Operation
—
—
—
Notes: { : Holding Functions
— : No Functions
List of Functions
Remote
Controller
Wireless
{
{
—
Wired
—
—
—
1 : Digital Only
2 : 52, 68 class ; 30m / 80 class ; 40m
11
Basic
Function
Compressor
Comfortable
Airflow
Comfort
Control
Operation
Lifestyle
Convenience
Functions
—
—
Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter
—
Operation Limit for Heating (°CWB)
—
Air Purifying Filter with Photocatalytic
Deodorizing Function
{
PAM Control
—
Longlife Filter
—
—
{
Operation Limit for Cooling (°CDB)
Health &
Clean
Functions
Air Purifying Filter with Bacteriostatic &
Virustatic Functions
Inverter (with Inverter Power Control)
Oval Scroll Compressor
—
Ultra-Longlife Filter (Option)
Swing Compressor
—
Mould Proof Air Filter
{
Rotary Compressor
—
Wipe-clean Flat Panel
—
Reluctance DC Motor
—
Washable Grille
{
Power Airflow Flap
—
Filter Cleaning Indicator
—
Good-Sleep Cooling Operation
—
Power-Airflow Dual Flaps
{
Power-Airflow Diffuser
—
Wide-Angle Louvers
{
Vertical Auto-Swing (Up and Down)
{
Horizontal Auto-Swing (Right and Left)
—
3-D Airflow
—
3-Step Airflow (H/P Only)
—
Wiring-Error Check
—
{
Anticorrosion Treatment of Outdoor Heat
Exchanger
—
Auto Fan Speed
Timer
Worry Free
“Reliability &
Durability”
24-Hour On/Off Timer
{
Night Set Mode
{
Auto-Restart (after Power Failure)
{
Self-Diagnosis (Digital, LED) Display
{
Indoor Unit Silent Operation
{
Multi-Split / Split Type Compatible Indoor Unit
{
Night Quiet Mode (Automatic)
—
Flexible Voltage Correspondence
{
Outdoor Unit Silent Operation (Manual)
—
High Ceiling Application
—
Intelligent Eye
{
Chargeless
—
Quick Warming Function
—
Power Selection
—
Hot-Start Function
{
Flexibility
Remote
Control
5-Rooms Centralized Controller (Option)
{
{
Automatic Defrosting
—
Remote Control Adaptor
(Normal Open-Pulse Contact) (Option)
Automatic Operation
{
Remote Control Adaptor
(Normal Open Contact) (Option)
{
Dlll-NET Compatible (Adaptor) (Option)
{
Wireless
{
Wired
—
Programme Dry Function
{
Fan Only
{
New Powerful Operation
(Non-Inverter)
—
Inverter Powerful Operation
{
Priority-Room Setting
—
Cooling / Heating Mode Lock
—
Home Leave Operation
{
Indoor Unit On/Off Switch
{
Signal Reception Indicator
{
Temperature Display
—
Another Room Operation
—
Notes: { : Holding Functions
— : No Functions
12
Category
ATXS20·25·35CVMB(9)
Category
Si12-411A
ATXS20·25·35CVMB(9)
List of Functions
Remote
Controller
: Digital Only
List of Functions
Operation Limit for Cooling (°CDB)
Basic
Function
Compressor
Comfortable
Airflow
Comfort
Control
Operation
Lifestyle
Convenience
{
{
—
–10~
46
Operation Limit for Heating (°CWB)
—
–15~
15.5
PAM Control
—
{
Health &
Clean
Functions
3AMXS52BVMB
Inverter (with Inverter Power Control)
Category
ATXS50CVMB
Functions
3AMXS52BVMB
Category
List of Functions
ATXS50CVMB
Si12-411A
Air Purifying Filter with Bacteriostatic,
Virustatic Functions
—
—
Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter
—
—
Air Purifying Filter with Photocatalytic
Deodorizing Function
{
—
Oval Scroll Compressor
—
—
Swing Compressor
—
{
Rotary Compressor
—
—
Mold Proof Air Filter
{
—
Reluctance DC Motor
—
{
Wipe-clean Flat Panel
—
—
Power-Airflow Flap
—
—
Washable Grille
{
—
Power-Airflow Dual Flaps
{
—
Filter Cleaning Indicator
—
—
Power-Airflow Diffuser
—
—
Good-Sleep Cooling Operation
—
—
Wide-Angle Louvers
{
—
Vertical Auto-Swing (Up and Down)
{
—
Horizontal Auto-Swing (Right and Left)
{
—
3-D Airflow
{
—
3-Step Airflow (H/P Only)
—
—
Auto Fan Speed
{
—
Indoor Unit Silent Operation
{
—
Night Quiet Mode (Automatic)
—
{
Outdoor Unit Silent Operation (Manual)
—
{
Intelligent Eye
{
—
Quick Warming Function
—
{
Hot-Start Function
{
—
Automatic Defrosting
—
{
Automatic Operation
{
—
Timer
Worry Free
“Reliability &
Durability”
Flexibility
Longlife Filter
—
—
Ultra-Longlife Filter (Option)
—
—
24-Hour On/Off Timer
{
—
Night Set Mode
{
—
Auto-Restart (after Power Failure)
{
—
Self-Diagnosis (Digital, LED) Display
{
{
Wiring Error Check
—
{
Anticorrosion Treatment of Outdoor
Heat Exchanger
—
{
Multi-Split / Split Type Compatible
Indoor Unit
{
—
Flexible Voltage Correspondence
{
{
High Ceiling Application
—
—
Chargeless
—
30m
Power Selection
—
—
5-Rooms Centralized Controller
(Option)
{
—
Remote Control Adaptor
(Normal Open-Pulse Contact)(Option)
{
—
Programme Dry Function
{
—
Fan Only
{
—
New Powerful Operation (Non-Inverter)
—
—
Inverter Powerful Operation
{
—
Remote Control Adaptor
(Normal Open Contact)(Option)
{
—
Priority-Room Setting
—
{
DIII-NET Compatible (Adaptor)(Option)
{
—
Cooling / Heating Mode Lock
—
{
Wireless
{
—
Home Leave Operation
{
—
Wired
—
—
Indoor Unit On/Off Switch
{
—
Signal Reception Indicator
{
—
Temperature Display
—
—
Another Room Operation
—
—
Remote
Control
Remote
Controller
Note: { : Holding Functions
— : No Functions
List of Functions
13
FTXS50-71BVMA(8)
CDXS25-60CVMA
FTXS25/35BVMA
FTXS50-71BVMA(8)
CDXS25-60CVMA
Inverter (with Inverter Power Control)
{
{
Health &
{ Clean
Air Purifying Filter with Bacteriostatic &
Virustatic Functions
{
—
—
Operation Limit for Cooling (°CDB)
—
—
—
Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter
{
—
—
—
—
—
Air Purifying Filter with Photocatalytic
Deodorizing Function
—
{
—
Category
Basic
Function
Si12-411A
FTXS25/35BVMA
List of Functions
Functions
Operation Limit for Heating (°CWB)
Compressor
Comfortable
Airflow
PAM Control
—
—
—
Longlife Filter
—
—
—
—
—
—
Ultra-Longlife Filter (Option)
—
—
—
Swing Compressor
—
—
—
Mould Proof Air Filter
{
{
{
Rotary Compressor
—
—
—
Wipe-clean Flat Panel
{
{
—
—
Reluctance DC Motor
—
—
—
Washable Grille
—
—
Power-Airflow Flap
—
—
—
Filter Cleaning Indicator
—
—
—
Power-Airflow Dual Flaps
{
{
—
Good-Sleep Cooling Operation
—
—
—
Power-Airflow Diffuser
—
—
— Timer
24-Hour On/Off Timer
{
{
{
Wide-Angle Louvers
{
{
—
Night Set Mode
{
{
{
Vertical Auto-Swing (Up and Down)
{
{
Auto-Restart (after Power Failure)
{
{
{
Self-Diagnosis (Digital, LED) Display
{
{
{
3-D Airflow
3-Step Airflow (H/P Only)
—
{
—
Wiring-Error Check
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Auto Fan Speed
{
{
{ Flexibility
Multi-Split / Split Type Compatible
Indoor Unit
{
{
—
Indoor Unit Silent Operation
{
{
{
Flexible Voltage Correspondence
{
{
{
—
—
—
High Ceiling Application
—
—
—
—
—
—
Outdoor Unit Silent Operation
(Manual)
—
—
—
Chargeless
Intelligent Eye
{
{
—
Power-Selection
—
—
—
—
—
— Remote
Control
5-Rooms Centralized Controller
(Option)
{
{
{
Hot-Start Function
{
{
{
Remote Control Adaptor
(Normal Open-Pulse Contact)(Option)
{
{
{
Automatic Defrosting
—
—
—
Remote Control Adaptor
(Normal Open Contact)(Option)
{
{
{
Automatic Operation
{
{
{
Dlll-NET Compatible (Adaptor)(Option)
{
{
{
Programme Dry Function
{
{
Wireless
{
{
{
Fan Only
{
{
{ Remote
Controller
{
Wired
—
—
—
New Powerful Operation
(Non-Inverter)
—
—
—
Inverter Powerful Operation
{
{
{
Priority-Room Setting
—
—
—
Cooling / Heating Mode Lock
—
—
—
Home Leave Operation
{
{
{
Indoor Unit On/Off Switch
{
{
{
Signal Reception Indicator
{
{
{
Temperature Display
—
—
—
Another Room Operation
—
—
—
Notes: { : Holding Functions
— : No Functions
14
{
—
Quick Warming Function
Lifestyle
Convenience
—
— Worry Free
“Reliability &
— Durability”
Anticorrosion Treatment of Outdoor
Heat Exchanger
Night Quiet Mode (Automatic)
Operation
Functions
Oval Scroll Compressor
Horizontal Auto-Swing (Right and Left)
Comfort
Control
Category
: Digital Only
List of Functions
Basic
Function
{
{
Operation Limit for Cooling (°CDB)
—
Functions
Operation Limit for Heating (°CWB)
Compressor
Comfortable
Airflow
Comfort
Control
Operation
Lifestyle
Convenience
FVXS35/50BVMA
Inverter (with Inverter Power Control)
Category
FLXS25-60BVMA
FVXS35/50BVMA
List of Functions
FLXS25-60BVMA
Si12-411A
Air Purifying Filter with Bacteriostatic &
Virustatic Functions
{
{
—
Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter
{
{
—
—
Air Purifying Filter with Photocatalytic
Deodorizing Function
—
—
Category
Health &
Clean
Functions
PAM Control
—
—
Longlife Filter
—
—
Oval Scroll Compressor
—
—
Ultra-Longlife Filter (Option)
—
—
Swing Compressor
—
—
Mould Proof Air Filter
{
{
Rotary Compressor
—
—
Wipe-clean Flat Panel
—
—
Reluctance DC Motor
—
—
Washable Grille
—
{
Power-Airflow Flap
—
—
Filter Cleaning Indicator
—
—
Power-Airflow Dual Flaps
—
—
Good-Sleep Cooling Operation
—
—
Power-Airflow Diffuser
—
—
24-Hour On/Off Timer
{
{
Wide-Angle Louvers
—
{
Night Set Mode
{
{
Vertical Auto-Swing (Up and Down)
{
{
Timer
Auto-Restart (after Power Failure)
{
{
Self-Diagnosis (Digital, LED) Display
{
1
{
1
—
Wiring-Error Check
—
—
Anticorrosion Treatment of Outdoor Heat
Exchanger
—
—
Multi-Split / Split Type Compatible Indoor
Unit
—
{
Horizontal Auto-Swing (Right and Left)
—
—
3-D Airflow
—
3-Step Airflow (H/P Only)
—
{
Auto Fan Speed
{
{
Worry Free
“Reliability &
Durability”
Flexibility
Indoor Unit Silent Operation
{
{
Flexible Voltage Correspondence
{
{
Night Quiet Mode (Automatic)
—
—
High Ceiling Application
—
—
Outdoor Unit Silent Operation (Manual)
—
—
Chargeless
—
—
Intelligent Eye
—
—
Power-Selection
—
—
Quick Warming Function
—
—
5-Rooms Centralized Controller (Option)
{
{
Hot-Start Function
{
{
Remote Control Adaptor
(Normal Open-Pulse Contact)(Option)
{
{
Automatic Defrosting
—
—
Remote Control Adaptor
(Normal Open Contact)(Option)
{
{
Automatic Operation
{
{
Dlll-NET Compatible (Adaptor)(Option)
{
{
Programme Dry Function
{
{
Wireless
{
{
Fan Only
{
{
Wired
—
—
New Powerful Operation
(Non-Inverter)
—
—
Inverter Powerful Operation
{
{
Priority-Room Setting
—
—
Cooling / Heating Mode Lock
—
—
Home Leave Operation
{
{
Indoor Unit On/Off Switch
{
{
Signal Reception Indicator
{
{
Temperature Display
—
—
Another Room Operation
—
—
Notes: { : Holding Functions
— : No Functions
List of Functions
Remote
Control
Remote
Controller
1 : Digital Only
15
Operation Limit for Cooling (°CDB)
Operation Limit for Heating (°CWB)
Compressor
Comfortable
Airflow
Comfort
Control
Operation
Lifestyle
Convenience
{
{
Health &
Clean
Functions
Air Purifying Filter with Bacteriostatic &
Virustatic Functions
–10 –10
~
~
46 46
Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter
–15 –15
~
~
15.5 15.5
Air Purifying Filter with Photocatalytic
Deodorizing Function
4MXS80CVMA
Inverter (with Inverter Power Control)
Category
4MXS68CVMA
Basic
Function
Functions
4MXS80CVMA
Category
Si12-411A
4MXS68CVMA
List of Functions
—
—
—
—
—
—
PAM Control
{
{
Longlife Filter
—
—
Oval Scroll Compressor
—
—
Ultra-Longlife Filter (Option)
—
—
Swing Compressor
{
{
Mould Proof Air Filter
—
—
Rotary Compressor
—
—
Wipe-clean Flat Panel
—
—
Reluctance DC Motor
{
{
Washable Grille
—
—
Power-Airflow Flap
—
—
Filter Cleaning Indicator
—
—
Power-Airflow Dual Flaps
—
—
—
Power-Airflow Diffuser
—
—
Wide-Angle Louvers
—
—
Vertical Auto-Swing (Up and Down)
—
—
Horizontal Auto-Swing (Right and Left)
—
—
3-D Airflow
—
Timer
Worry Free
“Reliability &
Durability”
Good-Sleep Cooling Operation
—
24-Hour On/Off Timer
—
—
Night Set Mode
—
—
Auto-Restart (after Power Failure)
—
—
Self-Diagnosis (Digital, LED) Display
{
{
—
Wiring-Error Check
{
{
Anticorrosion Treatment of Outdoor Heat
Exchanger
{
{
Multi-Split / Split Type Compatible Indoor
Unit
—
—
3-Step Airflow (H/P Only)
—
—
Auto Fan Speed
—
—
Indoor Unit Silent Operation
—
—
Flexible Voltage Correspondence
{
{
Night Quiet Mode (Automatic)
{
{
High Ceiling Application
Outdoor Unit Silent Operation (Manual)
{
{
Chargeless
—
30
m
—
40
m
Intelligent Eye
—
—
Power-Selection
—
—
Quick Warming Function
{
{
5-Rooms Centralized Controller (Option)
—
—
—
—
Flexibility
Remote
Control
Hot-Start Function
—
—
Remote Control Adaptor
(Normal Open-Pulse Contact)(Option)
Automatic Defrosting
{
{
Remote Control Adaptor
(Normal Open Contact)(Option)
—
—
Dlll-NET Compatible (Adaptor)(Option)
—
—
Wireless
—
—
Wired
—
—
Automatic Operation
—
—
Programme Dry Function
—
—
Fan Only
—
—
New Powerful Operation
(Non-Inverter)
—
—
Inverter Powerful Operation
—
—
Priority-Room Setting
{
{
Cooling / Heating Mode Lock
{
{
Home Leave Operation
—
—
Indoor Unit On/Off Switch
—
—
Signal Reception Indicator
—
—
Temperature Display
—
—
Another Room Operation
—
—
Remote
Controller
Notes: { : Holding Functions
— : No Functions
16
List of Functions
Si12-411A
Part 2
Specifications
1. Specifications ........................................................................................18
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
Specifications
Indoor Units - Cooling Only ....................................................................18
Outdoor Units - Cooling Only .................................................................30
Indoor Units - Heat Pump.......................................................................36
Outdoor Units - Heat Pump ....................................................................51
17
Specifications
Si12-411A
1. Specifications
1.1
Indoor Units - Cooling Only
Wall Mounted Type
50Hz 220-230-240V / 60Hz 220-230V
Model
Rated Capacity
Front Panel Color
Air Flow Rates
m³/min
(cfm)
Type
Motor Output
Speed
Air Direction Control
Air Filter
Running Current (Rated)
Power Consumption (Rated)
Power Factor
Temperature Control
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation
H/M/L/SL
Sound
Heat Insulation
Liquid
Gas
Piping Connection
Drain
Drawing No.
Fan
H
M
L
SL
W
Steps
A
W
%
mm
mm
kg
kg
Air Flow Rates
Type
Motor Output
Speed
Air Direction Control
Air Filter
Running Current (Rated)
Power Consumption (Rated)
Power Factor
Temperature Control
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation
H/M/L/SL
Sound
Heat Insulation
Liquid
Gas
Piping Connection
Drain
Drawing No.
Fan
FTKE35BVM
3.5kW Class
White
7.7 (272)
6.3 (222)
4.9 (173)
4.4 (155)
Cross Flow Fan
18
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.17-0.18-0.18/0.21-0.21
37-40-43/45-48
98.9-96.6-99.5/97.4-99.4
Microcomputer Control
273×784×195
258×834×325
7.5
11
dBA
37/34/30/27
38/35/32/29
mm
mm
mm
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ 9.5
φ18.0
3D040693
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ12.7
φ18.0
3D040694
FTKD50BVM
5.0kW Class
White
16.8 (593)
14.0 (494)
11.8 (417)
10.4 (367)
Cross Flow Fan
43
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.19-0.18-0.17/0.19-0.18
40
95.7-96.6-98.0/95.7-96.6
Microcomputer Control
290×1,050×238
337×1,147×366
12
17
FTKD60BVM
6.0kW Class
White
17.5 (618)
14.6 (515)
12.2 (431)
10.8 (381)
Cross Flow Fan
43
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.21-0.20-0.19/0.21-0.20
45
97.4-97.8-98.7/97.4-97.8
Microcomputer Control
290×1,050×238
337×1,147×366
12
17
Model
Rated Capacity
Front Panel Color
m³/min
(cfm)
FTKE25BVM
2.5kW Class
White
7.8 (275)
6.4 (226)
5.0 (177)
4.3 (152)
Cross Flow Fan
18
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.17-0.18-0.18/0.21-0.21
37-40-43/45-48
98.9-96.6-99.5/97.4-99.4
Microcomputer Control
273×784×195
258×834×325
7.5
11
H
M
L
SL
W
Steps
A
W
%
mm
mm
kg
kg
dBA
44/40/35/32
45/41/36/33
mm
mm
mm
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ12.7
φ18.0
3D040814
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ15.9
φ18.0
3D040815
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
18
Specifications
Si12-411A
Specifications
50Hz 220-230-240V / 60Hz 220-230V
Model
Rated Capacity
Front Panel Color
Air Flow Rates
m³/min
(cfm)
Type
Motor Output
Speed
Air Direction Control
Air Filter
Running Current (Rated)
Power Consumption (Rated)
Power Factor
Temperature Control
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation
H/M/L/SL
Sound
Heat Insulation
Liquid
Gas
Piping Connection
Drain
Drawing No.
Fan
H
M
L
SL
W
Steps
A
W
%
mm
mm
kg
kg
FTKD71BVM
7.1kW Class
White
18.0 (635)
15.1 (533)
12.7 (448)
11.3 (399)
Cross Flow Fan
43
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.23-0.22-0.21/0.23-0.22
50
98.8-98.8-99.2/98.8-98.8
Microcomputer Control
290×1,050×238
337×1,147×366
12
17
dBA
46/42/37/34
mm
mm
mm
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 9.5
φ15.9
φ18.0
3D040816
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications
19
Specifications
Si12-411A
50Hz 220-230-240V / 60Hz 220-230V
Model
Rated Capacity
Front Panel Color
Air Flow Rates
m³/min
(cfm)
Type
Motor Output
Speed
Air Direction Control
Air Filter
Running Current (Rated)
Power Consumption (Rated)
Power Factor
Temperature Control
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation
H/M/L/SL
Sound
Heat Insulation
Liquid
Gas
Piping Connection
Drain
Drawing No.
Fan
H
M
L
SL
W
Steps
A
W
%
mm
mm
kg
kg
m³/min
(cfm)
Type
Motor Output
Speed
Air Direction Control
Air Filter
Running Current (Rated)
Power Consumption (Rated)
Power Factor
Temperature Control
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation
H/M/L/SL
Sound
Heat Insulation
Liquid
Gas
Piping Connection
Drain
Drawing No.
Fan
FTKE35BVMA
3.5kW Class
White
7.7 (272)
6.3 (222)
4.9 (173)
4.4 (155)
Cross Flow Fan
18
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.17-0.18-0.18/0.21-0.21
37-40-43/45-48
98.9-96.6-99.5/97.4-99.4
Microcomputer Control
273×784×195
258×834×325
7.5
11
dBA
37/34/30/27
38/35/32/29
mm
mm
mm
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ 9.5
φ18.0
3D040697
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ12.7
φ18.0
3D040698
FTKD50BVMA
5.0kW Class
White
16.8 (593)
14.0 (494)
11.8 (417)
10.4 (367)
Cross Flow Fan
43
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.19-0.18-0.17/0.19-0.18
40
95.7-96.6-98.0/95.7-96.6
Microcomputer Control
290×1,050×238
337×1,147×366
12
17
FTKD60BVMA
6.0kW Class
White
17.5 (618)
14.6 (515)
12.2 (431)
10.8 (381)
Cross Flow Fan
43
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.21-0.20-0.19/0.21-0.20
45
97.4-97.8-98.7/97.4-97.8
Microcomputer Control
290×1,050×238
337×1,147×366
12
17
Model
Rated Capacity
Front Panel Color
Air Flow Rates
FTKE25BVMA
2.5kW Class
White
7.8 (275)
6.4 (226)
5.0 (177)
4.3 (152)
Cross Flow Fan
18
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.17-0.18-0.18/0.21-0.21
37-40-43/45-48
98.9-96.6-99.5/97.4-99.4
Microcomputer Control
273×784×195
258×834×325
7.5
11
H
M
L
SL
W
Steps
A
W
%
mm
mm
kg
kg
dBA
44/40/35/32
45/41/36/33
mm
mm
mm
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ12.7
φ18.0
3D040794
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ15.9
φ18.0
3D040795
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
20
Specifications
Si12-411A
Specifications
50Hz 220-230-240V / 60Hz 220-230V
Model
Rated Capacity
Front Panel Color
Air Flow Rates
m³/min
(cfm)
Type
Motor Output
Speed
Air Direction Control
Air Filter
Running Current (Rated)
Power Consumption (Rated)
Power Factor
Temperature Control
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation
H/M/L/SL
Sound
Heat Insulation
Liquid
Gas
Piping Connection
Drain
Drawing No.
Fan
H
M
L
SL
W
Steps
A
W
%
mm
mm
kg
kg
FTKD71BVMA
7.1kW Class
White
18.3 (646)
15.3 (540)
12.7 (448)
11.3 (399)
Cross Flow Fan
43
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.23-0.22-0.21/0.23-0.22
50
98.8-98.8-99.2/98.8-98.8
Microcomputer Control
290×1,050×238
337×1,147×366
12
17
dBA
46/42/37/34
mm
mm
mm
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 9.5
φ15.9
φ18.0
3D040796
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications
21
Specifications
Si12-411A
50Hz, 230V
Model
Rated Capacity
Front Panel Color
Air Flow Rates
m³/min
(cfm)
Type
Motor Output
Speed
Air Direction Control
Air Filter
Running Current (Rated)
Power Consumption (Rated)
Power Factor
Temperature Control
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation
H/M/L/SL
Sound
Sound Power H
Heat Insulation
Liquid
Gas
Piping Connection
Drain
Drawing No.
Fan
mm
mm
kg
kg
FTKS20CVMB(9)
2.0kW Class
White
7.7 (272)
5.9 (208)
4.2 (148)
3.6 (127)
Cross Flow Fan
18
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.18
40
96.6
Microcomputer Control
273×784×195
258×834×325
7.5
11
FTKS25CVMB(9)(8)
2.5kW Class
White
7.7 (272)
5.9 (208)
4.2 (148)
3.6 (127)
Cross Flow Fan
18
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.18
40
96.6
Microcomputer Control
273×784×195
258×834×325
7.5
11
dBA
38/32/25/22
38/32/25/22
dBA
56
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ 9.5
φ18.0
3D044242B
56
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ 9.5
φ18.0
3D044243B
mm
mm
kg
kg
FTKS35CVMB(9)(8)
3.5kW Class
White
7.7 (272)
6.0 (212)
4.4 (155)
3.8 (134)
Cross Flow Fan
18
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.18
40
96.6
Microcomputer Control
273×784×195
258×834×325
7.5
11
FTKS50BVMB
5.0kW Class
White
11.4 (402)
9.7 (342)
8.0 (282)
7.1 (251)
Cross Flow Fan
40
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.18
40
96.6
Microcomputer Control
290×795×238
280×840×338
9
13
dBA
39/33/26/23
44/40/35/32
dBA
57
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ 9.5
φ18.0
3D044244B
63
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ12.7
φ18.0
3D040781A
H
M
L
SL
W
Steps
A
W
%
mm
mm
mm
Model
Rated Capacity
Front Panel Color
Air Flow Rates
m³/min
(cfm)
Type
Motor Output
Speed
Air Direction Control
Air Filter
Running Current (Rated)
Power Consumption (Rated)
Power Factor
Temperature Control
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation
H/M/L/SL
Sound
Sound Power H
Heat Insulation
Liquid
Gas
Piping Connection
Drain
Drawing No.
Fan
H
M
L
SL
W
Steps
A
W
%
mm
mm
mm
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
22
Specifications
Si12-411A
Specifications
50Hz, 230V
Model
Rated Capacity
Front Panel Color
Air Flow Rates
m³/min
(cfm)
Type
Motor Output
Speed
Air Direction Control
Air Filter
Running Current (Rated)
Power Consumption (Rated)
Power Factor
Temperature Control
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation
H/M/L/SL
Sound
Sound Power H
Heat Insulation
Liquid
Gas
Piping Connection
Drain
Drawing No.
Fan
mm
mm
kg
kg
FTKS60BVMB
6.0kW Class
White
16.2 (572)
13.6 (480)
11.4 (402)
10.2 (360)
Cross Flow Fan
43
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.18
40
96.6
Microcomputer Control
290×1,050×238
337×1,147×366
12
17
FTKS71BVMB
7.1kW Class
White
16.7 (590)
14.2 (501)
11.6 (409)
10.6 (374)
Cross Flow Fan
43
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.20
45
96.4
Microcomputer Control
290×1,050×238
337×1,147×366
12
17
dBA
45/41/36/33
46/42/37/34
dBA
63
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ12.7
φ18.0
3D040782A
63
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ15.9
φ18.0
3D040783A
H
M
L
SL
W
Steps
A
W
%
mm
mm
mm
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications
23
Specifications
Si12-411A
Duct Connected Type
50Hz 220-230-240V / 60Hz 220-230V
Model
Rated Capacity
Front Panel Color
CDKD25CVM
2.5kW Class
m³/min
(cfm)
Air Flow Rates
Type
Motor Output
Speed
Running Current (Rated)
Power Consumption (Rated)
Power Factor
Temperature Control
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation
H/M/L/SL
Sound
External Static Pressure
Heat Insulation
Liquid
Gas
Piping Connection
Drain
Drawing No.
Fan
—
—
mm
mm
kg
kg
9.5 (335)
8.8 (311)
8.0 (282)
6.7 (237)
Sirocco Fan
62
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
0.47-0.47-0.48/0.52-0.53
97-100-107/108-113
93.8-92.5-92.9/94.4-92.7
Microcomputer Control
200×900×620
266×1,106×751
25
31
10.0 (353)
9.3 (328)
8.5 (300)
7.0 (247)
Sirocco Fan
62
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
0.47-0.48-0.48/0.53-0.54
97-100-107/110-113
93.8-90.6-92.9/94.3-91.0
Microcomputer Control
200×900×620
266×1,106×751
25
31
dBA
35/33/31/29
35/33/31/29
Pa
40
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ 9.5
VP20 (O.D.φ 26 / I.D.φ 20)
3D046077A
40
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ12.7
VP20 (O.D.φ 26 / I.D.φ 20)
3D046078A
CDKD50CVM
5.0kW Class
CDKD60CVM
6.0kW Class
H
M
L
SL
W
Steps
A
W
%
mm
mm
mm
Model
Rated Capacity
Front Panel Color
m³/min
(cfm)
Air Flow Rates
Type
Motor Output
Speed
Running Current (Rated)
Power Consumption (Rated)
Power Factor
Temperature Control
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation
H/M/L/SL
Sound
External Static Pressure
Heat Insulation
Liquid
Gas
Piping Connection
Drain
Drawing No.
Fan
Notes:
24
CDKD35CVM
3.5kW Class
—
—
mm
mm
kg
kg
12.0 (424)
11.0 (388)
10.0 (353)
8.4 (297)
Sirocco Fan
130
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
0.65-0.66-0.67/0.79-0.80
133-140-150/164-167
93.0-92.2-93.3/94.4-90.8
Microcomputer Control
200×900×620
266×1,106×751
27
33
16.0 (565)
14.8 (523)
13.5 (477)
11.2 (395)
Sirocco Fan
130
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
0.74-0.75-0.75/0.89-0.90
152-160-168/185-187
93.4-92.8-93.3/94.5-90.3
Microcomputer Control
200×1,100×620
266×1,306×751
30
36
dBA
37/35/33/31
38/36/34/32
Pa
40
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ12.7
VP20 (O.D.φ 26 / I.D.φ 20)
3D046079A
40
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ15.9
VP20 (O.D.φ 26 / I.D.φ 20)
3D046080A
H
M
L
SL
W
Steps
A
W
%
mm
mm
mm
1. The operating sound is based on the rear side suction inlet and the external static pressure 40 Pa.
Operating sound for under side suction inlet:[operating sound for rear side suction inlet ]+5 dB.
However, when installation to which the external static pressure becomes low is carried out,
5 dB or more may go up.
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications
Si12-411A
Specifications
50Hz 220-230-240V / 60Hz 220-230V
Model
Rated Capacity
Front Panel Color
CDKD25CVMA
2.5kW Class
m³/min
(cfm)
Air Flow Rates
Type
Motor Output
Speed
Running Current (Rated)
Power Consumption (Rated)
Power Factor
Temperature Control
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation
H/M/L/SL
Sound
External Static Pressure
Heat Insulation
Liquid
Gas
Piping Connection
Drain
Drawing No.
Fan
—
—
mm
mm
kg
kg
9.5 (335)
8.8 (311)
8.0 (282)
6.7 (237)
Sirocco Fan
62
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
0.47-0.47-0.48/0.52-0.53
97-100-107/108-113
93.8-92.5-92.9/94.4-92.7
Microcomputer Control
200×900×620
266×1,106×751
25
31
10.0 (353)
9.3 (328)
8.5 (300)
7.0 (247)
Sirocco Fan
62
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
0.47-0.48-0.48/0.53-0.54
97-100-107/110-113
93.8-90.6-92.9/94.3-91.0
Microcomputer Control
200×900×620
266×1,106×751
25
31
dBA
35/33/31/29
35/33/31/29
Pa
40
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ 9.5
VP20 (O.D. φ 26 / I.D. φ 20)
3D046073A
40
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ12.7
VP20 (O.D. φ 26 / I.D. φ 20)
3D046074A
CDKD50CVMA
5.0kW Class
CDKD60CVMA
6.0kW Class
H
M
L
SL
W
Steps
A
W
%
mm
mm
mm
Model
Rated Capacity
Front Panel Color
m³/min
(cfm)
Air Flow Rates
Type
Motor Output
Speed
Running Current (Rated)
Power Consumption (Rated)
Power Factor
Temperature Control
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation
H/M/L/SL
Sound
External Static Pressure
Heat Insulation
Liquid
Gas
Piping Connection
Drain
Drawing No.
Fan
Notes:
Specifications
CDKD35CVMA
3.5kW Class
—
—
mm
mm
kg
kg
12.0 (424)
11.0 (388)
10.0 (353)
8.4 (297)
Sirocco Fan
130
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
0.65-0.66-0.67/0.79-0.80
133-140-150/164-167
93.0-92.2-93.3/94.4-90.8
Microcomputer Control
200×900×620
266×1,106×751
27
33
16.0 (565)
14.8 (523)
13.5 (477)
11.2 (395)
Sirocco Fan
130
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
0.74-0.75-0.75/0.89-0.90
152-160-168/185-187
93.4-92.8-93.3/94.5-90.3
Microcomputer Control
200×1,100×620
266×1,306×751
30
36
dBA
37/35/33/31
38/36/34/32
Pa
40
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ12.7
VP20 (O.D. φ 26 / I.D. φ 20)
3D046075A
40
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ15.9
VP20 (O.D. φ 26 / I.D. φ 20)
3D046076A
H
M
L
SL
W
Steps
A
W
%
mm
mm
mm
1. The operating sound is based on the rear side suction inlet and the external static pressure 40 Pa.
Operating sound for under side suction inlet:[operating sound for rear side suction inlet ]+5 dB.
However, when installation to which the external static pressure becomes low is carried out,
5 dB or more may go up.
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
25
Specifications
Si12-411A
50Hz, 230V
Model
Rated Capacity
Front Panel Color
CDKS25CVMB
2.5kW Class
m³/min
(cfm)
Air Flow Rates
Fan
Type
Motor Output
Speed
—
—
mm
mm
kg
kg
9.5 (335)
8.8 (311)
8.0 (282)
6.7 (237)
Sirocco Fan
62
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.47
100
92.5
Microcomputer Control
200×900×620
266×1,106×751
25
31
10.0 (353)
9.3 (328)
8.5 (300)
7.0 (247)
Sirocco Fan
62
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.47
100
92.5
Microcomputer Control
200×900×620
266×1,106×751
25
31
dBA
35/33/31/29
35/33/31/29
Pa
40
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ 9.5
VP20 (O.D. φ 26 / I.D. φ 20)
3D046065A
40
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ 9.5
VP20 (O.D. φ 26 / I.D. φ 20)
3D046066A
CDKS50CVMB
5.0kW Class
CDKS60CVMB
6.0kW Class
H
M
L
SL
W
Steps
Air Filter
Running Current (Rated)
Power Consumption (Rated)
Power Factor
Temperature Control
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation
H/M/L/SL
Sound
External Static Pressure
Heat Insulation
Liquid
Gas
Piping Connection
Drain
Drawing No.
A
W
%
mm
mm
mm
Model
Rated Capacity
Front Panel Color
m³/min
(cfm)
Air Flow Rates
Fan
Type
Motor Output
Speed
—
—
mm
mm
kg
kg
12.0 (424)
11.0 (388)
10.0 (353)
8.4 (297)
Sirocco Fan
130
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.64
140
95.1
Microcomputer Control
200×900×620
266×1,106×751
27
34
16.0 (565)
14.8 (523)
13.5 (477)
11.2 (395)
Sirocco Fan
130
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.74
160
94.0
Microcomputer Control
200×1,100×620
266×1,306×751
30
37
dBA
37/35/33/31
38/36/34/32
Pa
40
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ12.7
VP20 (O.D. φ 26 / I.D. φ 20)
3D046067A
40
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ12.7
VP20 (O.D. φ 26 / I.D. φ 20)
3D046068A
H
M
L
SL
W
Steps
Air Filter
Running Current (Rated)
Power Consumption (Rated)
Power Factor
Temperature Control
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation
H/M/L/SL
Sound
External Static Pressure
Heat Insulation
Liquid
Gas
Piping Connection
Drain
Drawing No.
CDKS35CVMB
3.5kW Class
A
W
%
mm
mm
mm
Conversion Formulae
Notes:
26
1. The operating sound is based on the rear side suction inlet and the external static pressure 40 Pa.
Operating sound for under side suction inlet:[operating sound for rear side suction inlet ]+5 dB.
However, when installation to which the external static pressure becomes low is carried out,
5 dB or more may go up.
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications
Si12-411A
Specifications
Floor / Ceiling Suspended Dual Type
50Hz 220-230-240V / 60Hz 220-230V
Model
Rated Capacity
Front Panel Color
Air Flow Rates
m³/min
(cfm)
Type
Motor Output
Speed
Air Direction Control
Air Filter
Running Current (Rated)
Power Consumption (Rated)
Power Factor
Temperature Control
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation
H/M/L/SL
Sound
Heat Insulation
Liquid
Gas
Piping Connection
Drain
Drawing No.
Fan
mm
mm
kg
kg
FLK25AVMA
2.5kW Class
Almond White
7.6 (268)
6.8 (240)
6.0 (212)
5.2 (184)
Sirocco Fan
34
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.32-0.32-0.32/0.34-0.34
68-70-72/72-74
96.6-95.1-93.8/96.3-94.6
Microcomputer Control
490×1,050×200
280×1,100×566
16
22
FLK35AVMA
3.5kW Class
Almond White
8.7 (307)
7.7 (272)
6.6 (233)
5.6 (198)
Sirocco Fan
34
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.36-0.36-0.36/0.39-0.39
76-78-80/80-84
96.0-94.2-92.6/93.2-93.6
Microcomputer Control
490×1,050×200
280×1,100×566
16
22
dBA
37/34/31/28
38/35/32/29
mm
mm
mm
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ 9.5
φ18.0
3D036717
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ12.7
φ18.0
3D036718
FLK50AVMA
5.0W Class
Almond White
11.4 (402)
10.0 (353)
8.5 (300)
7.5 (265)
Sirocco Fan
34
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.45-0.45-0.45/0.48-0.48
94-96-98/98-100
94.9-92.8-90.7/92.8-90.6
Microcomputer Control
490×1,050×200
280×1,100×566
17
24
FLK60AVMA
5.7kW Class
Almond White
12.0 (424)
10.6 (374)
9.3 (328)
8.3 (293)
Sirocco Fan
34
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.47-0.47-0.47/0.51-0.51
96-98-100/100-104
92.8-90.7-88.7/89.1-88.7
Microcomputer Control
490×1,050×200
280×1,100×566
17
24
H
M
L
SL
W
Steps
A
W
%
Model
Rated Capacity
Front Panel Color
Air Flow Rates
m³/min
(cfm)
Type
Motor Output
Speed
Air Direction Control
Air Filter
Running Current (Rated)
Power Consumption (Rated)
Power Factor
Temperature Control
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation
H/M/L/SL
Sound
Heat Insulation
Liquid
Gas
Piping Connection
Drain
Drawing No.
Fan
H
M
L
SL
W
Steps
A
W
%
mm
mm
kg
kg
dBA
47/43/39/36
48/45/41/38
mm
mm
mm
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ12.7
φ18.0
3D036719
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ15.9
φ18.0
3D036720
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications
27
Specifications
Si12-411A
50Hz, 230V
Model
Rated Capacity
Front Panel Color
Air Flow Rates
m³/min
(cfm)
Type
Motor Output
Speed
Air Direction Control
Air Filter
Running Current (Rated)
Power Consumption (Rated)
Power Factor
Temperature Control
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation
H/M/L/SL
Sound
Sound Power H
Heat Insulation
Liquid
Gas
Piping Connection
Drain
Drawing No.
Fan
mm
mm
kg
kg
FLKS25BVMB
2.5kW Class
Almond White
7.6 (268)
6.8 (240)
6.0 (212)
5.2 (184)
Sirocco Fan
34
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.34
74
94.6
Microcomputer Control
490×1,050×200
280×1,100×566
16
22
FLKS35BVMB
3.5kW Class
Almond White
8.6 (304)
7.6 (268)
6.6 (233)
5.6 (198)
Sirocco Fan
34
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.36
78
94.2
Microcomputer Control
490×1,050×200
280×1,100×566
16
22
dBA
37/34/31/28
38/35/32/29
dBA
53
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ 9.5
φ18.0
3D040166A
54
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ 9.5
φ18.0
3D040167A
mm
mm
kg
kg
FLKS50BVMB
5.0W Class
Almond White
11.4 (402)
10.0 (353)
8.5 (300)
7.5 (265)
Sirocco Fan
34
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.45
96
92.8
Microcomputer Control
490×1,050×200
280×1,100×566
17
24
FLKS60BVMB
5.7kW Class
Almond White
12.0 (424)
10.7 (378)
9.3 (328)
8.3 (293)
Sirocco Fan
34
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.45
98
94.7
Microcomputer Control
490×1,050×200
280×1,100×566
17
24
dBA
47/43/39/36
48/45/41/39
dBA
63
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ12.7
φ18.0
3D040828
64
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ12.7
φ18.0
3D040830
H
M
L
SL
W
Steps
A
W
%
mm
mm
mm
Model
Rated Capacity
Front Panel Color
Air Flow Rates
m³/min
(cfm)
Type
Motor Output
Speed
Air Direction Control
Air Filter
Running Current (Rated)
Power Consumption (Rated)
Power Factor
Temperature Control
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation
H/M/L/SL
Sound
Sound Power H
Heat Insulation
Liquid
Gas
Piping Connection
Drain
Drawing No.
Fan
H
M
L
SL
W
Steps
A
W
%
mm
mm
mm
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
28
Specifications
Si12-411A
Specifications
Floor Standing Type
50Hz, 230V
Model
Rated Capacity
Front Panel Color
Air Flow Rates
m³/min
(cfm)
Type
Motor Output
Speed
Air Direction Control
Air Filter
Running Current (Rated)
Power Consumption (Rated)
Power Factor
Temperature Control
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation
H/M/L/SL
Sound
Sound Power H
Heat Insulation
Liquid
Gas
Piping Connection
Drain
Drawing No.
Fan
mm
mm
kg
kg
FVKS25BVMB
2.5kW Class
Almond White
8.1 (286)
6.2 (219)
4.3 (152)
3.4 (120)
Cross Flow Fan
14+14
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Upward
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.14
32
99.4
Microcomputer Control
600×650×195
714×770×294
13
19
FVKS35BVMB
3.5kW Class
Almond White
8.3 (293)
6.3 (222)
4.3 (152)
3.4 (120)
Cross Flow Fan
14+14
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Upward
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.14
32
99.4
Microcomputer Control
600×650×195
714×770×294
13
19
dBA
38/32/26/23
39/33/27/24
dBA
54
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ 9.5
φ18.0
3D040164A
55
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ 9.5
φ18.0
3D040165A
H
M
L
SL
W
Steps
A
W
%
mm
mm
mm
Model
Rated Capacity
Front Panel Color
Air Flow Rates
m³/min
(cfm)
Type
Motor Output
Speed
Air Direction Control
Air Filter
Running Current (Rated)
Power Consumption (Rated)
Power Factor
Temperature Control
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation
H/M/L/SL
Sound
Sound Power H
Heat Insulation
Liquid
Gas
Piping Connection
Drain
Drawing No.
Fan
mm
mm
kg
kg
FVKS50BVMB
5.0kW Class
Almond White
10.8 (381)
9.2 (325)
7.7 (272)
6.7 (237)
Cross Flow Fan
14+14
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Upward
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.26
55
92.0
Microcomputer Control
600×650×195
714×770×294
13
19
dBA
44/40/36/33
dBA
56
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ12.7
φ20.0
3D040833
H
M
L
SL
W
Steps
A
W
%
mm
mm
mm
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications
29
Specifications
1.2
Si12-411A
Outdoor Units - Cooling Only
50Hz 220-230-240V / 60Hz 220-230V
Model
Cooling Capacity
Power Consumption
Running Current
Casing Color
Type
Compressor
Model
Motor Output
Model
Refrigerant Oil
Charge
Type
Refrigerant
Charge
W
L
m³/min
Air Flow Rates
cfm
Fan
Type
Motor Output
Running Current
Power Consumption
Starting Current
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation Sound
Liquid
Gas
Piping Connection
Drain
Heat Insulation
No. of Wiring Connection
Max. Interunit Piping Length
Amount of Additional Charge
Max. Installation Height Difference
Drawing No.
Notes:
2MKD58BVM
3MKD58BVM
—
—
—
—
—
—
Ivory White
Hermetically Sealed Swing Type
2YC32WXD
980
SUNISO 4GSD.I.
0.65
R22
2.0
44
37
1,270
1,068
Propeller
53
H: 0.24 / L: 0.17
H: 44 / L: 27
6.9
735×936×300
784×960×357
55
59
46
φ 6.4×2
φ12.7×2
φ16.0
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
3 for Power Supply, 4 for Interunit Wiring
35 (for Total of Each Room)
25 (for One Room)
Chargeless
15 (between Indoor Unit and Outdoor Unit)
7.5 (between Indoor Units)
3D039666#1
Ivory White
Hermetically Sealed Swing Type
2YC32WXD
980
SUNISO 4GSD.I.
0.65
R22
2.0
44
37
1,270
1,068
Propeller
53
H: 0.24 / L: 0.17
H: 44 / L: 27
6.5
735×936×300
784×960×357
55
59
46
φ 6.4×3
φ12.7×3
φ16.0
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
3 for Power Supply, 4 for Interunit Wiring
45 (for Total of Each Room)
25 (for One Room)
Chargeless
15 (between Indoor Unit and Outdoor Unit)
7.5 (between Indoor Units)
3D039667#1
kW
W
A
kg
H
L
H
L
W
A
W
A
mm
mm
kg
kg
dBA
mm
mm
mm
m
m
g/m
m
m
1. The data are based on the conditions shown in the table below.
Cooling
Piping Length
Indoor ; 27°CDB/19°CWB
Outdoor ; 35°CDB
5.0m
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
30
Specifications
Si12-411A
Specifications
50Hz 220-230-240V / 60Hz 220-230V
Model
Cooling Capacity
Power Consumption
Running Current
Casing Color
Type
Compressor
Model
Motor Output
Model
Refrigerant Oil
Charge
Type
Refrigerant
Charge
W
L
m³/min
Air Flow Rates
cfm
Fan
Type
Motor Output
Running Current
Power Consumption
Starting Current
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation Sound
Liquid
Gas
Piping Connection
Drain
Heat Insulation
No. of Wiring Connection
Max. Interunit Piping Length
Amount of Additional Charge
Max. Installation Height Difference
Drawing No.
Notes:
3MKD75BVM
4MKD75BVM
—
—
—
—
—
—
Ivory White
Hermetically Sealed Swing Type
2YC45ZXD
1,380
SUNISO 4GSD.I.
0.75
R22
2.3
51
45
1,472
1,299
Propeller
53
H: 0.33 / L: 0.25
H: 68 / L: 46
9.4
735×936×300
784×960×357
58
62
48
φ 6.4×1, φ 9.5×2
φ12.7×1, φ15.9×2
φ16.0
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
3 for Power Supply, 4 for Interunit Wiring
60 (for Total of Each Room)
25 (for One Room)
Chargeless
15 (between Indoor Unit and Outdoor Unit)
7.5 (between Indoor Units)
3D039668#1
Ivory White
Hermetically Sealed Swing Type
2YC45ZXD
1,380
SUNISO 4GSD.I.
0.75
R22
2.3
51
45
1,472
1,299
Propeller
53
H: 0.33 / L: 0.25
H: 68 / L: 46
9.2
735×936×300
784×960×357
58
62
48
φ 6.4×2, φ 9.5×2
φ12.7×2, φ15.9×2
φ16.0
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
3 for Power Supply, 4 for Interunit Wiring
60 (for Total of Each Room)
25 (for One Room)
Chargeless
15 (between Indoor Unit and Outdoor Unit)
7.5 (between Indoor Units)
3D039669#1
kW
W
A
kg
H
L
H
L
W
A
W
A
mm
mm
kg
kg
dBA
mm
mm
mm
m
m
g/m
m
m
1. The data are based on the conditions shown in the table below.
Cooling
Piping Length
Indoor ; 27°CDB/19°CWB
Outdoor ; 35°CDB
5.0m
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications
31
Specifications
Si12-411A
50Hz 220-230-240V / 60Hz 220-230V
Model
Cooling Capacity
Power Consumption
Running Current
Casing Color
Type
Compressor
Model
Motor Output
Model
Refrigerant Oil
Charge
Type
Refrigerant
Charge
4MKD90BVM
kW
W
A
Pale Ivory
Hermetically Sealed Swing Type
2YC45ZXD
1,380
SUNISO 4GSD.I.
0.75
R22
3.1
48.5
42
1,400
1,212
Propeller
51
H: 0.44 / L: 0.34
H: 60 / L: 41
12.1
908×900×320
942×926×394
66
77
48
φ 6.4×2, φ 9.5×2
φ12.7×1, φ15.9×3
φ25.0
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
3 for Power Supply, 4 for Interunit Wiring
70 (for Total of Each Room)
25 (for One Room)
Chargeless
15 (between Indoor Unit and Outdoor Unit)
7.5 (between Indoor Units)
3D039670#1
W
L
m³/min
Air Flow Rates
cfm
Fan
—
—
—
Type
Motor Output
Running Current
Power Consumption
Starting Current
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation Sound
Liquid
Gas
Piping Connection
Drain
Heat Insulation
No. of Wiring Connection
Max. Piping Length
Amount of Additional Charge
Max. Installation Height Difference
kg
H
L
H
L
W
A
W
A
mm
mm
kg
kg
dBA
mm
mm
mm
m
m
g/m
m
m
Drawing No.
Notes:
1. The data are based on the conditions shown in the table below.
Cooling
Piping Length
Indoor ; 27°CDB/19°CWB
Outdoor ; 35°CDB
5.0m
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
32
Specifications
Si12-411A
Specifications
50Hz 220-230-240V / 60Hz 220-230V
Model
Cooling Capacity
Power Consumption
Running Current
Casing Color
Type
Compressor
Model
Motor Output
Model
Refrigerant Oil
Charge
Type
Refrigerant
Charge
W
L
m³/min
Air Flow Rates
cfm
Fan
Type
Motor Output
Running Current
Power Consumption
Starting Current
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation Sound
Liquid
Gas
Piping Connection
Drain
Heat Insulation
No. of Wiring Connection
Max. Interunit Piping Length
Amount of Additional Charge
Max. Installation Height Difference
Drawing No.
Notes:
3MKD75BVMA
4MKD90BVMA
—
—
—
—
—
—
Ivory White
Hermetically Sealed Swing Type
2YC45ZXD
1,380
SUNISO 4GSD.I.
0.75
R22
2.3
51
45
1,472
1,299
Propeller
53
H: 0.33 / L: 0.25
H: 68 / L: 46
9.4
735×936×300
784×960×357
58
62
48
φ 6.4×1, φ 9.5×2
φ12.7×1, φ15.9×2
φ16.0
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
3 for Power Supply, 4 for Interunit Wiring
60 (for Total of Each Room)
25 (for One Room)
Chargeless
15 (between Indoor Unit and Outdoor Unit)
7.5 (between Indoor Units)
3D039673#1
Pale Ivory
Hermetically Sealed Swing Type
2YC45ZXD
1,380
SUNISO 4GSD.I.
0.75
R22
3.1
48.5
42
1,400
1,212
Propeller
51
H: 0.44 / L: 0.34
H: 60 / L: 41
12.1
908×900×320
942×926×394
66
77
48
φ 6.4×2, φ 9.5×2
φ12.7×1, φ15.9×3
φ 25.0
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
3 for Power Supply, 4 for Interunit Wiring
70 (for Total of Each Room)
25 (for One Room)
Chargeless
15 (between Indoor Unit and Outdoor Unit)
7.5 (between Indoor Units)
3D039674#1
kW
W
A
kg
H
L
H
L
W
A
W
A
mm
mm
kg
kg
dBA
mm
mm
mm
m
m
g/m
m
m
1. The data are based on the conditions shown in the table below.
Cooling
Piping Length
Indoor ; 27°CDB/19°CWB
Outdoor ; 35°CDB
7.5m
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications
33
Specifications
Si12-411A
50Hz, 230V
Model
Cooling Capacity
Power Consumption
Running Current
Casing Color
Type
Compressor
Model
Motor Output
Model
Refrigerant Oil
Charge
Type
Refrigerant
Charge
W
L
m³/min
Air Flow Rates
cfm
Fan
Type
Motor Output
Running Current
Power Consumption
Starting Current
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation Sound
Sound Power
Liquid
Gas
Piping Connection
Drain
Heat Insulation
No. of Wiring Connection
Max. Interunit Piping Length
Amount of Additional Charge
Max. Installation Height Difference
Drawing No.
Notes:
3MKS50BVMB(8)
4MKS58BVMB(8)
—
—
—
—
—
—
Ivory White
Hermetically Sealed Swing Type
2YC32HXD
980
FVC50K
0.65
R410A
2.0
44
37
1,270
1,068
Propeller
53
H: 0.24 / L: 0.17
H: 44 / L: 27
7.7
735×936×300
784×960×357
55
59
46
59
φ 6.4×3
φ 9.5×3
φ18.0
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
3 for Power Supply, 4 for Interunit Wiring
45 (for Total of Each Room)
25 (for One Room)
Chargeless
15 (between Indoor Unit and Outdoor Unit)
7.5 (between Indoor Units)
3D038934
Ivory White
Hermetically Sealed Swing Type
2YC32HXD
980
FVC50K
0.65
R410A
2.0
44
37
1,270
1,068
Propeller
53
H: 0.24 / L: 0.17
H: 44 / L: 27
7.7
735×936×300
784×960×357
55
59
46
59
φ 6.4×4
φ 9.5×2, φ 12.7×2
φ18.0
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
3 for Power Supply, 4 for Interunit Wiring
45 (for Total of Each Room)
25 (for One Room)
Chargeless
15 (between Indoor Unit and Outdoor Unit)
7.5 (between Indoor Units)
3D039607#1
kW
W
A
kg
H
L
H
L
W
A
W
A
mm
mm
kg
kg
dBA
dBA
mm
mm
mm
m
m
g/m
m
m
1. The data are based on the conditions shown in the table below.
Cooling
Piping Length
Indoor ; 27°CDB/19°CWB
Outdoor ; 35°CDB
34
7.5m
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications
Si12-411A
Specifications
50Hz, 230V
Model
Cooling Capacity
Power Consumption
Running Current
Casing Color
Type
Compressor
Model
Motor Output
Model
Refrigerant Oil
Charge
Type
Refrigerant
Charge
W
L
m³/min
Air Flow Rates
cfm
Fan
Type
Motor Output
Running Current
Power Consumption
Starting Current
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation Sound
Sound Power
Liquid
Gas
Piping Connection
Drain
Heat Insulation
No. of Wiring Connection
Max. Interunit Piping Length
Amount of Additional Charge
Max. Installation Height Difference
Drawing No.
Notes:
4MKS75BVMB
4MKS90BVMB
—
—
—
—
—
—
Ivory White
Hermetically Sealed Swing Type
2YC45BXD
1,380
FVC50K
0.75
R410A
2.3
51
45
1,472
1,299
Propeller
53
H: 0.33 / L: 0.25
H: 68 / L: 46
8.7
735×936×300
784×960×357
58
62
48
61
φ 6.4×4
φ9.5×2, φ12.7×1, φ15.9×1
φ18.0
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
3 for Power Supply, 4 for Interunit Wiring
60 (for Total of Each Room)
25 (for One Room)
Chargeless
15 (between Indoor Unit and Outdoor Unit)
7.5 (between Indoor Units)
3D039606#1
Pale Ivory
Hermetically Sealed Swing Type
2YC45BXD
1,380
FVC50K
0.75
R410A
3.1
48.5
42
1,400
1,212
Propeller
51
H: 0.44 / L: 0.34
H: 60 / L: 41
9.1
908×900×320
942×926×394
66
77
48
61
φ 6.4×4
φ9.5×1, φ12.7×1, φ15.9×2
φ 25.0
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
3 for Power Supply, 4 for Interunit Wiring
70 (for Total of Each Room)
25 (for One Room)
Chargeless
15 (between Indoor Unit and Outdoor Unit)
7.5 (between Indoor Units)
3D039608#1
kW
W
A
kg
H
L
H
L
W
A
W
A
mm
mm
kg
kg
dBA
dBA
mm
mm
mm
m
m
g/m
m
m
1. The data are based on the conditions shown in the table below.
Cooling
Piping Length
Indoor ; 27°CDB/19°CWB
Outdoor ; 35°CDB
Specifications
7.5m
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
35
Specifications
1.3
Si12-411A
Indoor Units - Heat Pump
Wall Mounted Type
50Hz 220-230-240V / 60Hz 220-230V
FTXE25BVMA
Model
Cooling
Rated Capacity
Front Panel Color
Air Flow Rates
m³/min
(cfm)
Type
Motor Output
Speed
Air Direction Control
Air Filter
Running Current (Rated)
Power Consumption (Rated)
Power Factor
Temperature Control
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation
H/M/L/SL
Sound
Heat Insulation
Liquid
Gas
Piping Connection
Drain
Drawing No.
H
M
L
SL
W
Steps
A
W
%
mm
mm
kg
kg
dBA
mm
mm
mm
7.8 (275)
6.4 (226)
5.0 (177)
4.3 (152)
8.1 (286)
6.6 (233)
5.1 (180)
4.3 (152)
Cross Flow Fan
18
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.17-0.18-0.18/0.21-0.21
0.17-0.18-0.18/0.21-0.21
37-40-43/45-48
37-40-43/45-48
98.9-96.6-99.5/97.4-99.4
98.9-96.6-99.5/97.4-99.4
Microcomputer Control
273×784×195
258×834×325
7.5
11
37/34/30/27
37/33/30/27
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ 9.5
φ18.0
3D040689
Cooling
Rated Capacity
Front Panel Color
7.7 (272)
6.3 (222)
4.9 (173)
4.4 (155)
Type
Motor Output
Speed
Air Direction Control
Air Filter
Running Current (Rated)
Power Consumption (Rated)
Power Factor
Temperature Control
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation
H/M/L/SL
Sound
Heat Insulation
Liquid
Gas
Piping Connection
Drain
Drawing No.
H
M
L
SL
W
Steps
A
W
%
mm
mm
kg
kg
dBA
mm
mm
mm
16.8 (593)
14.0 (494)
11.8 (417)
10.4 (367)
38/35/32/29
38/35/31/28
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ12.7
φ18.0
3D040690
FTXD60BVMA
Heating
Cooling
Heating
6.0kW Class
White
17.5 (618)
14.9 (526)
12.5 (441)
11.0 (388)
Cross Flow Fan
43
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.19-0.18-0.17/0.19-0.18
0.19-0.18-0.17/0.19-0.18
40
40
95.7-96.6-98.0/95.7-96.6
95.7-96.6-98.0/95.7-96.6
Microcomputer Control
290×1,050×238
337×1,147×366
12
17
44/40/35/32
8.1 (286)
6.6 (233)
5.1 (180)
4.4 (155)
Cross Flow Fan
18
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.17-0.18-0.18/0.21-0.21
0.17-0.18-0.18/0.21-0.21
37-40-43/45-48
37-40-43/45-48
98.9-96.6-99.5/97.4-99.4
98.9-96.6-99.5/97.4-99.4
Microcomputer Control
273×784×195
258×834×325
7.5
11
5.0kW Class
White
m³/min
(cfm)
Heating
3.5kW Class
White
FTXD50BVMA
Model
Fan
Cooling
2.5kW Class
White
Fan
Air Flow Rates
FTXE35BVMA
Heating
42/38/33/30
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ12.7
φ18.0
3D040790
17.5 (618)
14.6 (515)
12.2 (431)
10.8 (381)
18.7 (660)
16.1 (568)
13.6 (480)
11.8 (417)
Cross Flow Fan
43
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.21-0.20-0.19/0.21-0.20
0.21-0.20-0.19/0.21-0.20
45
45
97.4-97.8-98.7/97.4-97.8
97.4-97.8-98.7/97.4-97.8
Microcomputer Control
290×1,050×238
337×1,147×366
12
17
45/41/36/33
44/40/35/32
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ15.9
φ18.0
3D040791
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
36
Specifications
Si12-411A
Specifications
50Hz 220-230-240V / 60Hz 220-230V
FTXD71BVMA
Model
Cooling
Rated Capacity
Front Panel Color
Air Flow Rates
m³/min
(cfm)
Type
Motor Output
Speed
Air Direction Control
Air Filter
Running Current (Rated)
Power Consumption (Rated)
Power Factor
Temperature Control
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation
H/M/L/SL
Sound
Heat Insulation
Liquid
Gas
Piping Connection
Drain
Drawing No.
Fan
Heating
7.1kW Class
White
H
M
L
SL
W
Steps
A
W
%
mm
mm
kg
kg
dBA
mm
mm
mm
18.3 (646)
15.3 (540)
12.7 (448)
11.3 (399)
19.8 (699)
17.1 (604)
14.4 (508)
12.6 (445)
Cross Flow Fan
43
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.23-0.22-0.21/0.23-0.22
0.23-0.22-0.21/0.23-0.22
50
50
98.8-98.8-99.2/98.8-98.8
98.8-98.8-99.2/98.8-98.8
Microcomputer Control
290×1,050×238
337×1,147×366
12
17
46/42/37/34
46/42/37/34
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 9.5
φ15.9
φ18.0
3D040792
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications
37
Specifications
Si12-411A
50Hz 230V
FTXS20CVMB(9)
Model
Heating
Rated Capacity
Front Panel Color
Air Flow Rates
m³/min
(cfm)
Type
Motor Output
Speed
Air Direction Control
Air Filter
Running Current (Rated)
Power Consumption (Rated)
Power Factor
Temperature Control
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation
H/M/L/SL
Sound
Sound Power H
Heat Insulation
Liquid
Gas
Piping Connection
Drain
Drawing No.
H
M
L
SL
W
Steps
A
W
%
mm
mm
kg
kg
7.7 (272)
5.9 (208)
4.2 (148)
3.6 (127)
7.8 (275)
6.5 (230)
5.3 (187)
4.6 (162)
Cross Flow Fan
18
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.18
0.18
40
40
96.6
96.6
Microcomputer Control
273×784×195
258×834×325
7.5
11
7.7 (272)
5.9 (208)
4.2 (148)
3.6 (127)
Cross Flow Fan
18
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.18
0.18
40
40
96.6
96.6
Microcomputer Control
273×784×195
258×834×325
7.5
11
38/32/25/22
38/33/28/25
38/32/25/22
38/33/28/25
56
56
56
56
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ 9.5
φ18.0
3D044245B
mm
mm
mm
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ 9.5
φ18.0
3D044246B
FTXS35CVMB(9)(8)
Rated Capacity
Front Panel Color
FTXS50BVMB
Heating
Cooling
3.5kW Class
White
Type
Motor Output
Speed
Air Direction Control
Air Filter
Running Current (Rated)
Power Consumption (Rated)
Power Factor
Temperature Control
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation
H/M/L/SL
Sound
Sound Power H
Heat Insulation
Liquid
Gas
Piping Connection
Drain
Drawing No.
7.8 (275)
6.5 (230)
5.3 (187)
4.6 (162)
dBA
Cooling
m³/min
(cfm)
Heating
2.5kW Class
White
dBA
Model
Fan
Cooling
2.5kW Class
White
Fan
Air Flow Rates
FTXS25CVMB(9)(8)
Cooling
H
M
L
SL
W
Steps
A
W
%
mm
mm
kg
kg
7.7 (272)
6.0 (212)
4.4 (155)
3.8 (134)
Heating
5.0kW Class
White
8.1 (286)
6.7 (237)
5.3 (187)
4.6 (162)
Cross Flow Fan
18
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.18
0.18
40
40
96.6
96.6
Microcomputer Control
273×784×195
258×834×325
7.5
11
11.4 (402)
9.7 (342)
8.0 (282)
7.1 (251)
12.6 (445)
10.8 (381)
8.9 (314)
7.7 (272)
Cross Flow Fan
40
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.18
0.20
40
45
96.6
97.8
Microcomputer Control
290×795×238
280×840×338
9
13
dBA
39/33/26/23
39/34/29/26
44/40/35/32
42/38/33/30
dBA
57
57
63
60
mm
mm
mm
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ 9.5
φ18.0
3D044247B
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ12.7
φ18.0
3D040778A
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
38
Specifications
Si12-411A
Specifications
50Hz 230V
FTXS60BVMB
Model
Cooling
Rated Capacity
Front Panel Color
Air Flow Rates
Cooling
6.0kW Class
White
m³/min
(cfm)
Type
Motor Output
Speed
Air Direction Control
Air Filter
Running Current (Rated)
Power Consumption (Rated)
Power Factor
Temperature Control
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation
H/M/L/SL
Sound
Sound Power H
Heat Insulation
Liquid
Gas
Piping Connection
Drain
Drawing No.
Fan
FTXS71BVMB
Heating
H
M
L
SL
W
Steps
A
W
%
mm
mm
kg
kg
16.2 (572)
13.6 (480)
11.4 (402)
10.2 (360)
Heating
7.1kW Class
White
17.4 (614)
15.1 (533)
12.7 (448)
11.4 (402)
Cross Flow Fan
43
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.18
0.20
40
45
96.6
97.8
Microcomputer Control
290×1,050×238
337×1,147×366
12
17
16.7 (590)
14.2 (501)
11.6 (409)
10.6 (374)
18.5 (653)
15.1 (533)
13.5 (477)
12.1 (427)
Cross Flow Fan
43
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.20
0.22
45
50
96.4
97.6
Microcomputer Control
290×1,050×238
337×1,147×366
12
17
dBA
45/41/36/33
44/40/35/32
46/42/37/34
46/42/37/34
dBA
63
62
63
63
mm
mm
mm
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ12.7
φ18.0
3D040779
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ15.9
φ18.0
3D040780A
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications
39
Specifications
Si12-411A
230V, 50Hz
ATXS20CVMB(9)
Model
Cooling
Rated Capacity
Front Panel Color
Air Flow Rates
m³/min
(cfm)
Type
Motor Output
Speed
Air Direction Control
Air Filter
Running Current (Rated)
Power Consumption (Rated)
Power Factor
Temperature Control
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimension (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
H
M
L
SL
W
Steps
A
W
%
Operation Sound
dBA
Sound Power
Heat Insulation
dBA
mm
mm
kg
kg
H
M
L
SL
H
Liquid
Gas
Drain
mm
mm
mm
Drawing No.
7.7 (272)
5.9 (208)
4.2 (148)
3.6 (127)
Cross Flow Fan
18
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.18
0.18
40
40
96.6
96.6
Microcomputer Control
273×784×185
258×834×325
7.5
11
38
38
32
33
25
28
22
25
56
56
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ 9.5
φ18.0
3D044251B
Rated Capacity
Front Panel Color
m³/min
(cfm)
Type
Motor Output
Speed
Air Direction Control
Air Filter
Running Current (Rated)
Power Consumption (Rated)
Power Factor
Temperature Control
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimension (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
H
M
L
SL
W
Steps
A
W
%
Operation Sound
dBA
Sound Power
Heat Insulation
dBA
mm
mm
kg
kg
H
M
L
SL
H
Liquid
Gas
Drain
mm
mm
mm
Drawing No.
7.7 (272)
5.9 (208)
4.2 (148)
3.6 (127)
7.7 (272)
6.1 (215)
4.4 (155)
3.8 (134)
7.8 (275)
6.5 (230)
5.3 (187)
4.6 (162)
Cross Flow Fan
18
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.18
0.18
40
40
96.6
96.6
Microcomputer Control
273×784×185
258×834×325
7.5
11
38
38
32
33
25
28
22
25
56
56
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ 9.5
φ18.0
3D044252B
ATXS50CVMB
Heating
Cooling
3.5kW Class
White
Fan
Piping Connection
7.8 (275)
6.5 (230)
5.3 (187)
4.6 (162)
Cooling
Heating
2.5kW Class
White
ATXS35CVMB(9)
Model
Air Flow Rates
Cooling
2.0kW Class
White
Fan
Piping Connection
ATXS25CVMB(9)
Heating
Heating
5.0kW Class
White
8.1 (286)
6.7 (237)
5.3 (187)
4.6 (162)
Cross Flow Fan
18
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.18
0.18
40
40
96.6
96.6
Microcomputer Control
273×784×185
258×834×325
7.5
11
39
39
33
34
26
29
23
26
57
57
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ 9.5
φ18.0
3D044253B
11.4 (402)
9.7 (342)
8.0 (282)
7.1 (251)
12.6 (445)
10.8 (381)
8.9 (314)
7.7 (272)
Cross Flow Fan
40
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward
Removable / Washable / Mildew Proof
0.18
0.20
40
45
96.6
97.8
Microcomputer Control
290×795×238
338×280×840
9
13
44
42
40
38
35
33
32
30
63
60
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ12.7
φ18.0
3D044869
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
40
Specifications
Si12-411A
Specifications
50Hz 230V
FTXS25BVMA
Model
Cooling
Rated Capacity
Front Panel Color
Air Flow Rates
FTXS35BVMA
Heating
Cooling
2.5kW Class
White
m³/min
(cfm)
Type
Motor Output
Speed
Air Direction Control
Air Filter
Running Current (Rated)
Power Consumption (Rated)
Power Factor
Temperature Control
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation
H/M/L/SL
Sound
Sound Power H
Heat Insulation
Liquid
Gas
Piping Connection
Drain
Drawing No.
Fan
H
M
L
SL
W
Steps
A
W
%
mm
mm
kg
kg
7.4 (261)
5.8 (205)
4.1 (145)
3.6 (127)
Heating
3.5kW Class
White
7.5 (265)
6.3 (222)
5.0 (177)
4.5 (159)
Cross Flow Fan
18
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.18
0.18
40
40
96.6
96.6
Microcomputer Control
273×784×195
258×834×325
8
11
7.4 (261)
5.9 (208)
4.4 (155)
3.8 (134)
7.5 (265)
6.3 (222)
5.2 (184)
4.6 (162)
Cross Flow Fan
18
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.18
0.18
40
40
96.6
96.6
Microcomputer Control
273×784×195
258×834×325
8
11
dBA
38/32/25/22
38/33/28/25
39/33/26/23
39/34/29/26
dBA
—
—
—
—
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ 9.5
φ18.0
3D046602
mm
mm
mm
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ 9.5
φ18.0
3D046603
50Hz 230V
FTXS50BVMA(8)
Model
Cooling
Rated Capacity
Front Panel Color
Air Flow Rates
Cooling
5.0kW Class
White
m³/min
(cfm)
Type
Motor Output
Speed
Air Direction Control
Air Filter
Running Current (Rated)
Power Consumption (Rated)
Power Factor
Temperature Control
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation
H/M/L/SL
Sound
Sound Power H
Heat Insulation
Liquid
Gas
Piping Connection
Drain
Drawing No.
Fan
FTXS60BVMA(8)
Heating
H
M
L
SL
W
Steps
A
W
%
mm
mm
kg
kg
11.4 (402)
9.8 (346)
8.7 (306)
7.7 (271)
Heating
6.0kW Class
White
12.6 (444)
10.9 (385)
9.3 (329)
8.2 (291)
Cross Flow Fan
40
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.17
0.17
40
40
98.0
98.0
Microcomputer Control
290×795×238
280×840×338
9
13
16.2 (573)
13.9 (490)
11.9 (420)
10.7 (378)
17.4 (613)
15.3 (539)
13.1 (464)
11.7 (412)
Cross Flow Fan
43
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.19
0.19
45
45
98.7
98.7
Microcomputer Control
290×1,050×238
337×1,147×366
12
17
dBA
44/40/35/32
42/38/33/30
45/41/36/33
44/40/35/32
dBA
63
60
63
62
mm
mm
mm
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ12.7
φ18.0
3D040798
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ12.7
φ18.0
3D040799
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications
41
Specifications
Si12-411A
50Hz 230V
FTXS71BVMA(8)
Model
Cooling
Rated Capacity
Front Panel Color
Air Flow Rates
m³/min
(cfm)
Type
Motor Output
Speed
Air Direction Control
Air Filter
Running Current (Rated)
Power Consumption (Rated)
Power Factor
Temperature Control
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation
H/M/L/SL
Sound
Sound Power H
Heat Insulation
Liquid
Gas
Piping Connection
Drain
Drawing No.
Fan
Heating
7.1kW Class
White
H
M
L
SL
16.8 (592)
14.2 (501)
11.9 (420)
11.2 (394)
Cross Flow Fan
43
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
W
Steps
A
W
%
0.21
50
99.2
0.21
50
99.2
Microcomputer Control
290×1,050×238
337×1,147×366
12
17
mm
mm
kg
kg
dBA
46/42/37/34
dBA
63
mm
mm
mm
18.7 (660)
16.1 (567)
13.6 (481)
12.5 (441)
46/42/37/34
63
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ15.9
φ18.0
3D040800
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
42
Specifications
Si12-411A
Specifications
Duct Connected Type
50Hz 220-230-240V / 60Hz 220-230V
CDXD25CVMA
Model
Cooling
Rated Capacity
Front Panel Color
Cooling
Heating
2.5kW Class
3.5kW Class
—
m³/min
(cfm)
Air Flow Rates
Type
Motor Output
Speed
Running Current (Rated)
Power Consumption (Rated)
Power Factor
Temperature Control
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation
H/M/L/SL
Sound
External Static Pressure
Heat Insulation
Liquid
Gas
Piping Connection
Drain
Drawing No.
Fan
H
M
L
SL
W
Steps
A
W
%
mm
mm
kg
kg
dBA
Pa
mm
mm
mm
9.5 (335)
8.8 (311)
8.0 (282)
6.7 (237)
—
9.5 (335)
8.8 (311)
8.0 (282)
6.7 (237)
Sirocco Fan
62
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
0.47-0.47-0.48/0.52-0.53
0.47-0.47-0.48/0.52-0.53
97-100-107/108-113
97-100-107/108-113
93.8-92.5-92.9/94.4-92.7
93.8-92.5-92.9/94.4-92.7
Microcomputer Control
200×900×620
266×1,106×751
25
31
35/33/31/29
35/33/31/29
40
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ 9.5
VP20 (O.D.φ 26 / I.D.φ 20)
3D046069A
10.0 (353)
9.3 (328)
8.5 (300)
7.0 (247)
Cooling
Rated Capacity
Front Panel Color
10.0 (353)
9.3 (328)
8.5 (300)
7.0 (247)
Sirocco Fan
62
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
0.47-0.48-0.48/0.53-0.54
0.47-0.48-0.48/0.53-0.54
97-100-107/110-113
97-100-107/110-113
93.8-90.6-92.9/94.3-91.0
93.8-90.6-92.9/94.3-91.0
Microcomputer Control
200×900×620
266×1,106×751
25
31
35/33/31/29
35/33/31/29
40
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ12.7
VP20 (O.D.φ 26 / I.D.φ 20)
3D046070A
CDXD50CVMA
Model
CDXD60CVMA
Heating
Cooling
5.0kW Class
m³/min
(cfm)
Type
Motor Output
Speed
Running Current (Rated)
Power Consumption (Rated)
Power Factor
Temperature Control
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation
H/M/L/SL
Sound
External Static Pressure
Heat Insulation
Liquid
Gas
Piping Connection
Drain
Drawing No.
Fan
Notes:
H
M
L
SL
W
Steps
A
W
%
mm
mm
kg
kg
dBA
Pa
mm
mm
mm
12.0 (424)
11.0 (388)
10.0 (353)
8.4 (297)
—
12.0 (424)
11.0 (388)
10.0 (353)
8.4 (297)
Sirocco Fan
130
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
0.65-0.66-0.67/0.79-0.80
0.65-0.66-0.67/0.79-0.80
133-140-150/164-167
133-140-150/164-167
93.0-92.2-93.3/94.4-90.8
93.0-92.2-93.3/94.4-90.8
Microcomputer Control
200×900×620
266×1,106×751
27
33
37/35/33/31
Heating
6.0kW Class
—
Air Flow Rates
Specifications
CDXD35CVMA
Heating
37/35/33/31
40
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ12.7
VP20 (O.D.φ 26 / I.D.φ 20)
3D046071A
16.0 (565)
14.8 (523)
13.5 (477)
11.2 (395)
16.0 (565)
14.8 (523)
13.5 (477)
11.2 (395)
Sirocco Fan
130
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
0.74-0.75-0.75/0.89-0.90
0.74-0.75-0.75/0.89-0.90
152-160-168/185-187
152-160-168/185-187
93.4-92.8-93.3/94.5-90.3
93.4-92.8-93.3/94.5-90.3
Microcomputer Control
200×1,100×620
266×1,306×751
30
36
38/36/34/32
38/36/34/32
40
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ15.9
VP20 (O.D.φ 26 / I.D.φ 20)
3D046072A
1. The operating sound is based on the rear side suction inlet and the external static pressure 40 Pa.
Operating sound for under side suction inlet:[operating sound for rear side suction inlet ]+5 dB.
However, when installation to which the external static pressure becomes low is carried out,
5 dB or more may go up.
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
43
Specifications
Si12-411A
50Hz 230V
CDXS25CVMB
Model
Cooling
Rated Capacity
Front Panel Color
m³/min
(cfm)
Type
Motor Output
Speed
H
M
L
SL
W
Steps
A
W
%
mm
mm
kg
kg
dBA
Pa
mm
mm
mm
9.5 (335)
8.8 (311)
8.0 (282)
6.7 (237)
—
9.5 (335)
8.8 (311)
8.0 (282)
6.7 (237)
Sirocco Fan
62
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.47
0.47
100
100
92.5
92.5
Microcomputer Control
200×900×620
266×1,106×751
25
31
35/33/31/29
35/33/31/29
40
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ 9.5
VP20 (O.D. φ 26 / I.D. φ 20)
3D046061A
10.0 (353)
9.3 (328)
8.5 (300)
7.0 (247)
Cooling
Rated Capacity
Front Panel Color
10.0 (353)
9.3 (328)
8.5 (300)
7.0 (247)
Sirocco Fan
62
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.47
0.47
100
100
92.5
92.5
Microcomputer Control
200×900×620
266×1,106×751
25
31
35/33/31/29
35/33/31/29
40
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ 9.5
VP20 (O.D. φ 26 / I.D. φ 20)
3D046062A
CDXS50CVMB
Model
CDXS60CVMB
Heating
Cooling
5.0kW Class
m³/min
(cfm)
Type
Motor Output
Speed
W
Steps
Air Filter
Running Current (Rated)
Power Consumption (Rated)
Power Factor
Temperature Control
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation
H/M/L/SL
Sound
External Static Pressure
Heat Insulation
Liquid
Gas
Piping Connection
Drain
Drawing No.
Notes:
H
M
L
SL
A
W
%
mm
mm
kg
kg
dBA
Pa
mm
mm
mm
12.0 (424)
11.0 (388)
10.0 (353)
8.4 (297)
—
12.0 (424)
11.0 (388)
10.0 (353)
8.4 (297)
Sirocco Fan
130
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.64
0.64
140
140
95.1
95.1
Microcomputer Control
200×900×620
266×1,106×751
27
34
37/35/33/31
Heating
6.0kW Class
—
Air Flow Rates
44
Heating
3.5kW Class
—
Air Filter
Running Current (Rated)
Power Consumption (Rated)
Power Factor
Temperature Control
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation
H/M/L/SL
Sound
External Static Pressure
Heat Insulation
Liquid
Gas
Piping Connection
Drain
Drawing No.
Fan
Cooling
2.5kW Class
Air Flow Rates
Fan
CDXS35CVMB
Heating
37/35/33/31
40
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ12.7
VP20 (O.D. φ 26 / I.D. φ 20)
3D046063A
16.0 (565)
14.8 (523)
13.5 (477)
11.2 (395)
16.0 (565)
14.8 (523)
13.5 (477)
11.2 (395)
Sirocco Fan
130
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.74
0.74
160
160
94.0
94.0
Microcomputer Control
200×1,100×620
266×1,306×751
30
37
38/36/34/32
38/36/34/32
40
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ12.7
VP20 (O.D. φ 26 / I.D. φ 20)
3D046064A
1. The operating sound is based on the rear side suction inlet and the external static pressure 40 Pa.
Operating sound for under side suction inlet:[operating sound for rear side suction inlet ]+5 dB.
However, when installation to which the external static pressure becomes low is carried out,
5 dB or more may go up.
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications
Si12-411A
Specifications
50Hz 230V
CDXS25CVMA
Model
Cooling
Rated Capacity
Front Panel Color
Fan
Type
Motor Output
Speed
H
M
L
SL
W
Steps
A
W
%
mm
mm
kg
kg
9.5 (335)
8.8 (311)
8.0 (282)
6.7 (237)
—
9.5 (335)
8.8 (311)
8.0 (282)
6.7 (237)
Sirocco Fan
62
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.47
0.47
100
100
92.5
92.5
Microcomputer Control
200×900×620
266×1,106×751
25
31
10.0 (353)
9.3 (328)
8.5 (300)
7.0 (247)
Sirocco Fan
62
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.47
0.47
100
100
92.5
92.5
Microcomputer Control
200×900×620
266×1,106×751
25
31
dBA
35/33/31/29
35/33/31/29
35/33/31/29
35/33/31/29
—
—
—
—
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ 9.5
VP20 (O.D φ 26 / I.D φ 20)
3D046469
mm
mm
mm
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ 9.5
VP20 (O.D φ 26 / I.D φ 20)
3D046470
CDXS50CVMA
Cooling
Rated Capacity
Front Panel Color
CDXS60CVMA
Heating
Cooling
5.0kW Class
Type
Motor Output
Speed
Air Filter
Running Current (Rated)
Power Consumption (Rated)
Power Factor
Temperature Control
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation
H/M/L/SL
Sound
Sound Power H
Heat Insulation
Liquid
Gas
Piping Connection
Drain
Drawing No.
H
M
L
SL
W
Steps
A
W
%
mm
mm
kg
kg
12.0 (424)
11.0 (388)
10.0 (353)
8.4 (297)
Heating
6.0kW Class
—
m³/min
(cfm)
10.0 (353)
9.3 (328)
8.5 (300)
7.0 (247)
dBA
Model
Air Flow Rates
Heating
3.5kW Class
—
Air Filter
Running Current (Rated)
Power Consumption (Rated)
Power Factor
Temperature Control
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation
H/M/L/SL
Sound
Sound Power H
Heat Insulation
Liquid
Gas
Piping Connection
Drain
Drawing No.
Fan
Cooling
2.5kW Class
m³/min
(cfm)
Air Flow Rates
CDXS35CVMA
Heating
—
12.0 (424)
11.0 (388)
10.0 (353)
8.4 (297)
Sirocco Fan
130
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.64
0.64
140
140
95.1
95.1
Microcomputer Control
200×900×620
266×1,106×751
27
34
16.0 (565)
14.8 (523)
13.5 (477)
11.2 (395)
16.0 (565)
14.8 (523)
13.5 (477)
11.2 (395)
Sirocco Fan
130
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.74
0.74
160
160
94.0
94.0
Microcomputer Control
200×1,100×620
266×1,306×751
30
37
dBA
37/35/33/31
37/35/33/31
38/36/34/32
38/36/34/32
dBA
—
—
—
—
mm
mm
mm
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ12.7
VP20 (O.D φ 26 / I.D φ 20)
3D046471
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ12.7
VP20 (O.D φ 26 / I.D φ 20)
3D046472
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications
45
Specifications
Si12-411A
Floor / Ceiling Suspended Dual Type
50Hz 220-230-240V / 60Hz 220-230V
FLX25AVMA
Model
Cooling
Rated Capacity
Front Panel Color
Air Flow Rates
m³/min
(cfm)
Type
Motor Output
Speed
Air Direction Control
Air Filter
Running Current (Rated)
Power Consumption (Rated)
Power Factor
Temperature Control
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation
H/M/L/SL
Sound
Heat Insulation
Liquid
Gas
Piping Connection
Drain
Drawing No.
H
M
L
SL
W
Steps
A
W
%
mm
mm
kg
kg
dBA
mm
mm
mm
7.6 (268)
6.8 (240)
6.0 (212)
5.2 (184)
9.2 (325)
8.3 (293)
7.4 (261)
6.6 (233)
Sirocco Fan
34
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward
Removal-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.32-0.32-0.32/0.34-0.34
0.34-0.34-0.34/0.37-0.37
68-70-72/72-74
72-74-76/76-79
96.6-95.1-93.8/96.3-94.6
96.3-94.6-93.1/93.4-92.8
Microcomputer Control
490×1,050×200
280×1,100×566
16
22
37/34/31/28
37/34/31/28
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ 9.5
φ18.0
3D036690
Cooling
Rated Capacity
Front Panel Color
8.7 (307)
7.7 (272)
6.6 (233)
5.6 (198)
Type
Motor Output
Speed
Air Direction Control
Air Filter
Running Current (Rated)
Power Consumption (Rated)
Power Factor
Temperature Control
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation
H/M/L/SL
Sound
Heat Insulation
Liquid
Gas
Piping Connection
Drain
Drawing No.
H
M
L
SL
W
Steps
A
W
%
mm
mm
kg
kg
dBA
mm
mm
mm
11.4 (402)
10.0 (353)
8.5 (300)
7.5 (265)
38/35/32/29
39/36/33/30
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ12.7
φ18.0
3D036691
FLX60AVMA
Heating
Cooling
Heating
5.7kW Class
Almond White
12.1 (427)
9.8 (346)
7.5 (265)
6.8 (240)
Sirocco Fan
34
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward
Removal-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.45-0.45-0.45/0.48-0.48
0.45-0.45-0.45/0.48-0.48
94-96-98/98-100
94-96-98/98-100
94.9-92.8-90.7/92.8-90.6
94.9-92.8-90.7/92.8-90.6
Microcomputer Control
490×1,050×200
280×1,100×566
17
24
47/43/39/36
10.0 (353)
9.0 (318)
8.0 (282)
7.1 (251)
Sirocco Fan
34
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward
Removal-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.36-0.36-0.36/0.39-0.39
0.36-0.36-0.36/0.39-0.39
76-78-80/80-84
76-78-80/80-83
96.0-94.2-92.6/93.2-93.6
96.0-94.2-92.6/93.2-92.5
Microcomputer Control
490×1,050×200
280×1,100×566
16
22
5.0kW Class
Almond White
m³/min
(cfm)
Heating
3.5kW Class
Almond White
FLX50AVMA
Model
Fan
Cooling
2.5kW Class
Almond White
Fan
Air Flow Rates
FLX35AVMA
Heating
46/41/35/32
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ12.7
φ18.0
3D036692
12.0 (424)
10.6 (374)
9.3 (328)
8.3 (293)
12.8 (452)
10.6 (374)
8.4 (297)
7.5 (265)
Sirocco Fan
34
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward
Removal-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.47-0.47-0.47/0.51-0.51
0.45-0.45-0.45/0.48-0.48
96-98-100/100-104
94-96-98/98-101
92.8-90.7-88.7/89.1-88.7
94.9-92.8-90.7/92.8-91.5
Microcomputer Control
490×1,050×200
280×1,100×566
17
24
48/45/41/38
47/42/37/34
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ15.9
φ18.0
3D036693
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
46
Specifications
Si12-411A
Specifications
50Hz 230V
FLXS25BVMB
Model
Cooling
Rated Capacity
Front Panel Color
Air Flow Rates
m³/min
(cfm)
Type
Motor Output
Speed
Air Direction Control
Air Filter
Running Current (Rated)
Power Consumption (Rated)
Power Factor
Temperature Control
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation
H/M/L/SL
Sound
Sound Power H
Heat Insulation
Liquid
Gas
Piping Connection
Drain
Drawing No.
H
M
L
SL
W
Steps
A
W
%
mm
mm
kg
kg
7.6 (268)
6.8 (240)
6.0 (212)
5.2 (184)
9.2 (325)
8.3 (293)
7.4 (261)
6.6 (233)
Sirocco Fan
34
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.32
0.34
70
74
95.1
94.6
Microcomputer Control
490×1,050×200
280×1,100×566
16
22
8.6 (304)
7.6 (268)
6.6 (233)
5.6 (198)
Sirocco Fan
34
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.36
0.36
78
78
94.2
94.2
Microcomputer Control
490×1,050×200
280×1,100×566
16
22
37/34/31/28
37/34/31/29
38/35/32/29
39/36/33/30
53
—
54
—
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ 9.5
φ18.0
3D040174A
mm
mm
mm
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ 9.5
φ18.0
3D040175A
FLXS50BVMB
Rated Capacity
Front Panel Color
FLXS60BVMB
Heating
Cooling
5.0kW Class
Almond White
Type
Motor Output
Speed
Air Direction Control
Air Filter
Running Current (Rated)
Power Consumption (Rated)
Power Factor
Temperature Control
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation
H/M/L/SL
Sound
Sound Power H
Heat Insulation
Liquid
Gas
Piping Connection
Drain
Drawing No.
9.8 (346)
8.9 (314)
8.0 (282)
7.2 (254)
dBA
Cooling
m³/min
(cfm)
Heating
3.5kW Class
Almond White
dBA
Model
Fan
Cooling
2.5kW Class
Almond White
Fan
Air Flow Rates
FLXS35BVMB
Heating
H
M
L
SL
W
Steps
A
W
%
mm
mm
kg
kg
11.4 (402)
10.0 (353)
8.5 (300)
7.5 (265)
Heating
5.7kW Class
Almond White
12.1 (427)
9.8 (346)
7.5 (265)
6.8 (240)
Sirocco Fan
34
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.45
0.45
96
96
92.8
92.8
Microcomputer Control
490×1,050×200
280×1,100×566
17
24
12.0 (424)
10.7 (378)
9.3 (328)
8.3 (293)
12.8 (452)
10.6 (374)
8.4 (297)
7.5 (265)
Sirocco Fan
34
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.47
0.45
98
96
90.7
92.8
Microcomputer Control
490×1,050×200
280×1,100×566
17
24
dBA
47/43/39/36
46/41/35/33
48/45/41/39
47/42/37/34
dBA
63
32
64
63
mm
mm
mm
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ12.7
φ18.0
3D040826
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ12.7
φ18.0
3D040827A
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications
47
Specifications
Si12-411A
50Hz 230V
FLXS25BVMA
Model
Cooling
Rated Capacity
Front Panel Color
Air Flow Rates
m³/min
(cfm)
Type
Motor Output
Speed
Air Direction Control
Air Filter
Running Current (Rated)
Power Consumption (Rated)
Power Factor
Temperature Control
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation
H/M/L/SL
Sound
Sound Power H
Heat Insulation
Liquid
Gas
Piping Connection
Drain
Drawing No.
H
M
L
SL
W
Steps
A
W
%
mm
mm
kg
kg
7.6 (268)
6.8 (240)
6.0 (212)
5.2 (184)
9.2 (325)
8.3 (293)
7.4 (261)
6.6 (233)
Sirocco Fan
34
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.32
0.34
70
74
95.1
94.6
Microcomputer Control
490×1,050×200
280×1,100×566
16
22
8.6 (304)
7.6 (268)
6.6 (233)
5.6 (198)
Sirocco Fan
34
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.36
0.36
78
78
94.2
94.2
Microcomputer Control
490×1,050×200
280×1,100×566
16
22
37/34/31/28
37/34/31/29
38/35/32/29
39/36/33/30
—
—
—
—
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ 9.5
φ18.0
3D046600
mm
mm
mm
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ 9.5
φ18.0
3D046601
FLXS50BVMA
Rated Capacity
Front Panel Color
FLXS60BVMA
Heating
Cooling
5.0kW Class
Almond White
Type
Motor Output
Speed
Air Direction Control
Air Filter
Running Current (Rated)
Power Consumption (Rated)
Power Factor
Temperature Control
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation
H/M/L/SL
Sound
Sound Power H
Heat Insulation
Liquid
Gas
Piping Connection
Drain
Drawing No.
9.8 (346)
8.9 (314)
8.0 (282)
7.2 (254)
dBA
Cooling
m³/min
(cfm)
Heating
3.5kW Class
Almond White
dBA
Model
Fan
Cooling
2.5kW Class
Almond White
Fan
Air Flow Rates
FLXS35BVMA
Heating
H
M
L
SL
W
Steps
A
W
%
mm
mm
kg
kg
11.4 (402)
10.0 (353)
8.5 (300)
7.5 (265)
Heating
5.7kW Class
Almond White
12.1 (427)
9.8 (346)
7.5 (265)
6.8 (240)
Sirocco Fan
34
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.45
0.45
96
96
92.8
92.8
Microcomputer Control
490×1,050×200
280×1,100×566
17
24
12.0 (424)
10.7 (378)
9.3 (328)
8.3 (293)
12.8 (452)
10.6 (374)
8.4 (297)
7.5 (265)
Sirocco Fan
34
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.47
0.45
98
96
90.7
92.8
Microcomputer Control
490×1,050×200
280×1,100×566
17
24
dBA
47/43/39/36
46/41/35/33
48/45/41/39
47/42/37/34
dBA
—
—
—
—
mm
mm
mm
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ12.7
φ18.0
3D046571
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ12.7
φ18.0
3D046572
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
48
Specifications
Si12-411A
Specifications
Floor Standing Type
50Hz 230V
FVXS25BVMB
Model
Cooling
Rated Capacity
Front Panel Color
Air Flow Rates
m³/min
(cfm)
Type
Motor Output
Speed
Air Direction Control
Air Filter
Running Current (Rated)
Power Consumption (Rated)
Power Factor
Temperature Control
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation
H/M/L/SL
Sound
Sound Power H
Heat Insulation
Liquid
Gas
Piping Connection
Drain
Drawing No.
H
M
L
SL
W
Steps
A
W
%
mm
mm
kg
kg
8.1 (286)
6.2 (219)
4.3 (152)
3.4 (120)
Heating
3.5kW Class
Almond White
9.2 (325)
7.0 (247)
4.8 (169)
3.5 (124)
8.3 (293)
6.3 (222)
4.3 (152)
3.4 (120)
Cross Flow Fan
14+14
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Upward
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.14
0.14
32
32
99.4
99.4
Microcomputer Control
600×650×195
714×770×294
13
19
9.2 (325)
7.1 (251)
5.0 (177)
3.6 (127)
Cross Flow Fan
14+14
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Upward
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.14
0.14
32
32
99.4
99.4
Microcomputer Control
600×650×195
714×770×294
13
19
dBA
38/32/26/23
38/32/26/23
39/33/27/24
39/34/29/26
dBA
54
—
55
—
mm
mm
mm
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ 9.5
φ18.0
3D040172A
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ 9.5
φ18.0
3D040173A
FVXS50BVMB
Model
Cooling
Rated Capacity
Front Panel Color
Heating
5.0kW Class
Almond White
m³/min
(cfm)
Type
Motor Output
Speed
Air Direction Control
Air Filter
Running Current (Rated)
Power Consumption (Rated)
Power Factor
Temperature Control
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation
H/M/L/SL
Sound
Sound Power H
Heat Insulation
Liquid
Gas
Piping Connection
Drain
Drawing No.
Fan
Cooling
2.5kW Class
Almond White
Fan
Air Flow Rates
FVXS35BVMB
Heating
H
M
L
SL
10.8 (381)
9.2 (325)
7.7 (272)
6.7 (237)
Cross Flow Fan
14+14
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Upward
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
W
Steps
A
W
%
0.26
55
92.0
0.32
70
95.1
Microcomputer Control
600×650×195
714×770×294
13
19
mm
mm
kg
kg
dBA
44/40/36/33
dBA
56
mm
mm
mm
13.2 (466)
11.3 (399)
9.4 (332)
8.3 (293)
45/40/36/33
57
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ12.7
φ20.0
3D040831
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications
49
Specifications
Si12-411A
50Hz 230V
FVXS35BVMA
Model
Cooling
Rated Capacity
Front Panel Color
Air Flow Rates
Cooling
3.5kW Class
Almond White
m³/min
(cfm)
Type
Motor Output
Speed
Air Direction Control
Air Filter
Running Current (Rated)
Power Consumption (Rated)
Power Factor
Temperature Control
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation
H/M/L/SL
Sound
Sound Power H
Heat Insulation
Liquid
Gas
Piping Connection
Drain
Drawing No.
Fan
FVXS50BVMA
Heating
H
M
L
SL
W
Steps
A
W
%
mm
mm
kg
kg
8.3 (293)
6.3 (222)
4.3 (152)
3.4 (120)
Heating
5.0kW Class
Almond White
9.2 (325)
7.1 (251)
5.0 (177)
3.6 (127)
Cross Flow Fan
14+14
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Upward
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.14
0.14
32
32
99.4
99.4
Microcomputer Control
600×650×195
714×770×294
13
19
10.8 (381)
9.2 (325)
7.7 (272)
6.7 (237)
13.2 (466)
11.3 (399)
9.4 (332)
8.3 (293)
Cross Flow Fan
14+14
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal, Upward
Removable-Washable-Mildew Proof
0.26
0.32
55
70
92.0
95.1
Microcomputer Control
600×650×195
714×770×294
13
19
dBA
39/33/27/24
39/33/26/23
44/40/36/33
45/40/36/33
dBA
—
—
—
—
mm
mm
mm
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ 9.5
φ20.0
3D046650
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
φ 6.4
φ12.7
φ20.0
3D046661, 3D040832
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
50
Specifications
Si12-411A
1.4
Specifications
Outdoor Units - Heat Pump
50Hz 220-240V / 60Hz 220-230V
3MXD68BVMA
Model
Cooling
Cooling Capacity
Power Consumption
Running Current
Casing Color
Type
Compressor
Model
Motor Output
Model
Refrigerant Oil
Charge
Type
Refrigerant
Charge
L
m³/min
Air Flow Rates
cfm
Fan
Type
Motor Output
Running Current
Power Consumption
Starting Current
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation Sound
Liquid
Gas
Piping Connection
Drain
Heat Insulation
No. of Wiring Connection
Max. Interunit Piping Length
Amount of Additional Charge
Max. Installation Height Difference
Drawing No.
Notes:
kg
H
L
H
L
W
A
W
A
mm
mm
kg
kg
dBA
mm
mm
mm
m
m
g/m
m
m
Heating
—
—
—
Ivory White
Hermetically Sealed Swing Type
2YC45ZXD
1,380
SUNISO 4GSD.I.
0.75
R22
2.6
51
47.6
45
45
1,472
1,374
1,299
1,299
Propeller
53
H: 0.33 / L: 0.25
H: 68 / L: 46
10.1
735×936×300
784×960×357
59
63
48
49
φ 6.4×3
φ12.7×2, φ15.9×1
φ16.0
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
3 for Power Supply, 4 for Interunit Wiring
45 (for Total of Each Room)
25 (for One Room)
20 (30m or more)
15 (between Indoor Unit and Outdoor Unit)
7.5 (between Indoor Units)
3D039671#1
Pale Ivory
Hermetically Sealed Swing Type
2YC45ZXD
1,380
SUNISO 4GSD.I.
0.75
R22
3.1
48.5
45
42
42
1,400
1,299
1,212
1,212
Propeller
51
H: 0.44 / L: 0.34
H: 60 / L: 41
10.2
908×900×320
942×926×394
73
80
48
49
φ 6.4×3, φ 9.5×1
φ 9.5×1, φ12.7×1, φ15.9×2
φ 25.0
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
3 for Power Supply, 4 for Interunit Wiring
70 (for Total of Each Room)
25 (for One Room)
20 (40m or more)
15 (between Indoor Unit and Outdoor Unit)
7.5 (between Indoor Units)
3D039672#1
1. The data are based on the conditions shown in the table below.
Cooling
Heating
Indoor ; 27°CDB/19°CWB
Outdoor ; 35°CDB
Specifications
Cooling
—
—
—
kW
W
A
W
4MXD80BVMA
Heating
Indoor ; 20°CDB
Outdoor ; 7°CDB/6°CWB
Piping Length
Conversion Formulae
7.5m
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
51
Specifications
Si12-411A
50Hz 230V
3MXS52BVMB(8)
Model
Cooling
Cooling Capacity
Power Consumption
Running Current
Casing Color
Type
Compressor
Model
Motor Output
Model
Refrigerant Oil
Charge
Type
Refrigerant
Charge
L
m³/min
Air Flow Rates
cfm
Fan
Type
Motor Output
Running Current
Power Consumption
Starting Current
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation Sound
Sound Power
Liquid
Gas
Piping Connection
Drain
Heat Insulation
No. of Wiring Connection
Max. Interunit Piping Length
Amount of Additional Charge
Max. Installation Height Difference
Drawing No.
Notes:
kg
H
L
H
L
W
A
W
A
mm
mm
kg
kg
dBA
dBA
mm
mm
mm
m
m
g/m
m
m
Heating
—
—
—
Ivory White
Hermetically Sealed Swing Type
2YC32HXD
980
FVC50K
0.65
R410A
2.0
44
44
37
37
1,270
1,270
1,068
1,068
Propeller
53
H: 0.24 / L: 0.17
H: 44 / L: 27
6.9
735×936×300
784×960×357
55
59
46
47
59
60
φ 6.4×3
φ9.5×2, φ12.7×1
φ18.0
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
3 for Power Supply, 4 for Interunit Wiring
45 (for Total of Each Room)
25 (for One Room)
20 (30m or more)
15 (between Indoor Unit and Outdoor Unit)
7.5 (between Indoor Units)
3D039603#1
Ivory White
Hermetically Sealed Swing Type
2YC45BXD
1,380
FVC50K
0.75
R410A
2.6
51
47.6
45
45
1,472
1,374
1,299
1,299
Propeller
53
H: 0.33 / L: 0.25
H: 68 / L: 46
8.5
735×936×300
784×960×357
59
63
48
49
61
62
φ 6.4×4
φ9.5×2, φ12.7×2
φ18.0
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
3 for Power Supply, 4 for Interunit Wiring
60 (for Total of Each Room)
25 (for One Room)
20 (30m or more)
15 (between Indoor Unit and Outdoor Unit)
7.5 (between Indoor Units)
3D039604#1
1. The data are based on the conditions shown in the table below.
Cooling
Heating
Indoor ; 27°CDB/19°CWB
Outdoor ; 35°CDB
52
Cooling
—
—
—
kW
W
A
W
4MXS68BVMB9
Heating
Indoor ; 20°CDB
Outdoor ; 7°CDB/6°CWB
Piping Length
Conversion Formulae
7.5m
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications
Si12-411A
Specifications
50Hz 230V
4MXS80BVMB9
Model
Cooling
Cooling Capacity
Power Consumption
Running Current
Casing Color
Type
Compressor
Model
Motor Output
Model
Refrigerant Oil
Charge
Type
Refrigerant
Charge
L
Air Flow Rates
cfm
Type
Motor Output
Running Current
Power Consumption
Starting Current
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation Sound
Sound Power
Liquid
Gas
Piping Connection
Drain
Heat Insulation
No. of Wiring Connection
Max. Interunit Piping Length
Amount of Additional Charge
Max. Installation Height Difference
kg
H
L
H
L
W
A
W
A
mm
mm
kg
kg
dBA
dBA
mm
mm
mm
m
m
g/m
m
m
Drawing No.
Notes:
48.5
42
1,400
1,212
45
42
1,299
1,212
Propeller
51
H: 0.44 / L: 0.34
H: 60 / L: 41
8.7
908×900×320
942×926×394
73
80
48
61
φ 6.4×4
φ 9.5×2, φ12.7×1, φ15.9×1
φ 25.0
49
62
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
3 for Power Supply, 4 for Interunit Wiring
70 (for Total of Each Room)
25 (for One Room)
20 (40m or more)
15 (between Indoor Unit and Outdoor Unit)
7.5 (between Indoor Units)
3D039605#1
1. The data are based on the conditions shown in the table below.
Cooling
Heating
Indoor ; 27°CDB/19°CWB
Outdoor ; 35°CDB
Specifications
Pale Ivory
Hermetically Sealed Swing Type
2YC45BXD
1,380
FVC50K
0.75
R410A
3.1
W
m³/min
Fan
Heating
—
—
—
kW
W
A
Indoor ; 20°CDB
Outdoor ; 7°CDB/6°CWB
Piping Length
Conversion Formulae
7.5m
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
53
Specifications
Si12-411A
230V, 50Hz
3AMXS52BVMB
Model
Cooling
Cooling Capacity
Power Consumption
Running Current
Casing Color
Type
Compressor Model
Motor Output
Model
Refrigerant
Oil
Charge
Type
Refrigerant
Charge
L
Air Flow Rate
cfm
Type
Motor Output
Starting Current
Dimension (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimension (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Sound Pressure
Operation
Sound
Silent Mode
Sound Power
Liquid
Piping
Gas
Connection
Drain
Heat Insulation
No. of Wiring Connection
Fan
Max. Piping Length
m
m
g/m
Max. Installation Height Difference
54
kg
HH
H
L
HH
H
L
W
A
mm
mm
kg
kg
dBA
dBA
dBA
mm
mm
mm
Min. Piping Length
Amount of Additional Charge
Notes:
Ivory White
Hermetically Sealed Swing Type
2YC32HXD
980
FVC50K
0.65
R410A
2.0
W
m³/min
Drawing No.
Heating
—
—
—
kW
W
A
m
—
—
44
37
44
37
—
—
1,270
1,068
1,270
1,068
Propeller
53
6.9
735×936×300
784×990×400
55
59
46
—
59
φ 6.4×3
φ 9.5×2, φ12.7×1
φ18.0
47
—
60
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
3 for Power Supply, 4 for Interunit Wiring
45 (for Total of Each Room)
25 (for One Room)
—
20 (30m or more)
15 (between Indoor Unit and Outdoor Unit)
7.5 (between Indoor Units)
3D044977#1
1. The data are based on the conditions shows in the table below.
Cooling
Heating
Indoor ; 27°CDB/19°CWB
Indoor ; 20°CDB
Outdoor ; 35°CDB
Outdoor ; 7°CDB/6°CWB
Piping Length
Conversion Formulae
7.5m
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications
Si12-411A
Specifications
50Hz 230V
4MXS68CVMA
Model
Cooling
Cooling Capacity
Power Consumption
Running Current
Casing Color
Type
Compressor
Model
Motor Output
Model
Refrigerant Oil
Charge
Type
Refrigerant
Charge
L
m³/min
Air Flow Rates
cfm
Fan
Type
Motor Output
Running Current
Power Consumption
Starting Current
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation Sound
Sound Power
Liquid
Gas
Piping Connection
Drain
Heat Insulation
No. of Wiring Connection
Max. Interunit Piping Length
Amount of Additional Charge
Max. Installation Height Difference
Drawing No.
Notes:
kg
H
L
H
L
W
A
W
A
mm
mm
kg
kg
dBA
dBA
mm
mm
mm
m
m
g/m
m
m
Heating
—
—
—
Ivory White
Hermetically Sealed Swing Type
2YC45BXD
1,380
FVC50K
0.75
R410A
2.6
51
47.6
45
45
1,472
1,374
1,299
1,299
Propeller
53
H: 0.33 / L: 0.25
H: 68 / L: 46
8.5
735×936×300
784×960×357
59
63
48
49
61
62
φ 6.4×4
φ9.5×2, φ12.7×2
φ18.0
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
3 for Power Supply, 4 for Interunit Wiring
60 (for Total of Each Room)
25 (for One Room)
20 (30m or more)
15 (between Indoor Unit and Outdoor Unit)
7.5 (between Indoor Units)
—
Pale Ivory
Hermetically Sealed Swing Type
2YC45BXD
1,380
FVC50K
0.75
R410A
3.1
48.5
45
42
42
1,400
1,299
1,212
1,212
Propeller
51
H: 0.44 / L: 0.34
H: 60 / L: 41
8.7
908×900×320
1,025×926×388
73
80
48
49
61
62
φ 6.4×4
φ 9.5×2, φ12.7×1, φ15.9×1
φ 25.0
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
3 for Power Supply, 4 for Interunit Wiring
70 (for Total of Each Room)
25 (for One Room)
20 (40m or more)
15 (between Indoor Unit and Outdoor Unit)
7.5 (between Indoor Units)
3D046668
1. The data are based on the conditions shown in the table below.
Cooling
Heating
Indoor ; 27°CDB/19°CWB
Outdoor ; 35°CDB
Specifications
Cooling
—
—
—
kW
W
A
W
4MXS80CVMA
Heating
Indoor ; 20°CDB
Outdoor ; 7°CDB/6°CWB
Piping Length
Conversion Formulae
7.5m
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
55
Specifications
56
Si12-411A
Specifications
Si12-411A
Part 3
Printed Circuit Board
Connector Wiring Diagram
1. Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram..................................58
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
Wall Mounted Type 20/25/35 Class .......................................................58
Wall Mounted Type 50/60/71 Class .......................................................61
Duct Connected Type.............................................................................63
Floor / Ceiling Suspended Dual Type.....................................................64
Floor Standing Type ...............................................................................66
Outdoor Units .........................................................................................69
Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram
57
Si12-411A
Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram
1. Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram
1.1
Wall Mounted Type 20/25/35 Class
Connectors
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
Note:
S1
S6
S7
S21
S26
S27
S32
S35
Other designations
1) V1
2) JA
JB
JC
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
58
Connector for fan motor
Connector for swing motor (Horizontal Flap)
Connector for fan motor
Connector for centralized control to 5 rooms
Connector for signal receiver PCB
Connector for control PCB
Connector for heat exchanger thermistor
Connector for INTELLIGENT EYE Sensor PCB
SW7
LED1
LED2
LED3
LED A
FU1
RTH1
Varistor
Address setting jumper
Fan speed setting when compressor is OFF on thermostat
Power failure recovery function
∗ Refer to page 259 for more detail.
Forced operation ON/OFF switch
LED for operation (green)
LED for timer (yellow)
LED for HOME LEAVE operation (red)
LED for service monitor (green)
Fuse (3.15A)
Room temperature thermistor
Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram
Si12-411A
Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram
PCB
PCB(1) Control
SW7
S1
PCB (2)
Signal reciever
5V Check
V1
5V
S27
S7
JP21
JA
JB
JC
PCB (3)
Intelligent eye
sensor
12V Check
12V
GND
S21
S6
GND
S35
JA
JB
JC
S32
S26
(R2413)
Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram
59
Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram
Si12-411A
PCB Detail
60
Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram
Si12-411A
1.2
Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram
Wall Mounted Type 50/60/71 Class
Connectors
1) S1
2) S6
3) S8
4) S21
5) S26, S37
6) S27, S29, S36
7) S28
8) S32
9) S35
10)S38
Note:
Connector for fan motor
Connector for swing motor (horizontal blades)
Connector for swing motor (vertical blades)
Connector for centralized control (HA)
Connector for buzzer PCB
Connector for control PCB
Connector for signal receiver PCB
Connector for heat exchanger thermistor
Connector for Intelligent Eye sensor PCB
Connector for display PCB
Other designations
1) V1
2) JA
JB
JC
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
SW1
LED1
LED2
LED3
LED A
FU1
RTH1
Varistor
Address setting jumper
Fan speed setting when compressor is OFF on thermostat
Power failure recovery function
∗ Refer to page 259 for detail.
Forced operation ON/OFF switch
LED for operation (green)
LED for timer (yellow)
LED for HOME LEAVE operation (red)
LED A for service monitor (green)
Fuse (3.15A)
Room temperature thermistor
Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram
61
Si12-411A
Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram
PCB Detail
PCB(1): Control PCB (indoor unit)
S1
V1
FU1
S21
S6
S8
S35
LED A
JA
JB JC
PCB(2): Signal Receiver PCB
S32 S28
S26
(R2860)
PCB(3): Buzzer PCB
S27
SW1
S38
S29
(R2861)
RTH1
PCB(4): Display PCB
LED1
LED2
(R2862)
PCB(5): Intelligent Eye sensor PCB
LED3
S37
(R2863)
S36
(R2864)
62
Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram
Si12-411A
1.3
Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram
Duct Connected Type
Connectors
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
Note:
S1 (on PCB 1)
S1 (on PCB 2)
S7
S21
S26
S32
Connector for fan motor
Connector for control PCB
Connector for fan motor
Connector for centralized control to 5 rooms
Connector for display PCB
Connector for room temp / Heat exchanger thermistor
Other designations
1) V1
2) JA
JB
JC
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
SW1
LED1
LED2
LED3
LED A
FU1
RTH1
Varistor
Address setting jumper
Fan speed setting when compressor is OFF on thermostat
Power failure recovery function
∗ Refer to page 259 for more detail.
Forced operation ON/OFF switch
LED for operation (green)
LED for timer (yellow)
LED for HOME LEAVE operation (red)
LED for service monitor (green)
Fuse (3.15A)
Room temperature thermistor
Control PCB Detail (PCB 1)
„ Refer to PCB (1) Control on P60.
Display PCB Detail (PCB 2)
Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram
63
Si12-411A
Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram
1.4
Floor / Ceiling Suspended Dual Type
Connectors
1) S6
2) S7
3) S21
4) S24
5) S25, S27, S36
6) S26
7) S31
8) S32
9) S37
Note:
Connector for swing motor (horizontal swing)
Connector for fan motor
Connector for centralized control
Connector for display PCB
Connector for control PCB
Connector for signal receiver PCB
Connector for room temperature thermistor
Connector for heat exchanger thermistor
Connector for power supply PCB
Other designations
1) V1
2) JA
JB
JC
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
SW1
SW2
LED1
LED2
LED3
LED A
FU1
Varistor
Address setting jumper
Fan speed setting when compressor is OFF on thermostat
Power failure recovery function
∗ Refer to page 259 for detail.
Forced operation ON/OFF switch
Select switch ceiling or floor
LED for operation (green)
LED for timer (yellow)
LED for HOME LEAVE operation (red)
LED for service monitor (green)
Fuse (3.15A)
Control PCB (PCB 1)
64
Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram
Si12-411A
Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram
Power Supply PCB (PCB 2)
Display PCB (PCB 3)
Signal Receiver PCB (PCB 4)
Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram
65
Si12-411A
Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram
1.5
Floor Standing Type
Connectors
1) S6
2) S21
3) S23
4) S31, S32
5) S201, S203,
S7, S24, S26
6) S202, S204,
S8
7) S25
8) S301, S302
Note:
Connector for control PCB (2)
Connector for display PCB (3)
Connector for fan motors
Other Designations
1) V1
2) JA
JB
JC
3) SW1
4) SW2
5) SW4
6) FU
7) LED11
8) LED12
9) LED14
10)LED A
66
Connector for swing motor and lower air outlet motor
Connector for centralized control
Connector for signal receiver
Connector for room temperature / heat exchanger thermistor
Connector for power supply PCB (1)
Varistor
Address setting jumper
Fan speed setting when compressor is OFF on thermostat
Power failure recovery function
∗ Refer to page 259 for detail.
Forced operation ON/OFF switch
Changing upward air flow limit switch
Discharge changeover switch
Fuse (3.15A)
LED for operation (green)
LED for timer (yellow)
LED for HOME LEAVE operation (red)
LED for service monitor (green)
Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram
Si12-411A
Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram
Power Supply PCB (PCB 1)
Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram
67
Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram
Si12-411A
Control PCB (PCB 2)
Display PCB (PCB 3)
Signal Receiver PCB (PCB 4)
68
Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram
Si12-411A
1.6
Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram
Outdoor Units
Connectors
1) S20
2) S21
3) S22
4) S23
5) S31
6) S32
7) S33
8) S40
9) S71
10)S80
11)S90
12)S92
13)S93
Note:
Connector for electronic expansion valve coil A port
Connector for electronic expansion valve coil B port
Connector for electronic expansion valve coil C port
Connector for electronic expansion valve coil D port
Connector for CN14
Connector for CN11
Connector for S34
Connector for overload relay
Connector for S72
Connector for four way valve coil
Connector for thermistor
(outdoor air, heat exchanger, and discharge pipe)
Connector for gas pipe thermistor
Connector for liquid pipe thermistor
Other Designations
1) LED A, LED 1 to 4 Service Monitor LED
Control PCB
Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram
69
Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram
70
Si12-411A
Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram
Si12-411A
Part 4
Function and Control
1. Main Functions......................................................................................72
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
1.10
Frequency Principle................................................................................72
Power-Airflow Dual Flaps, Wide Angle Louvers and Auto-Swing ..........74
Fan Speed Control for Indoor Units........................................................75
Programme Dry Function .......................................................................76
Automatic Operation...............................................................................77
Night Set Mode.......................................................................................78
Intelligent Eye.........................................................................................79
Home Leave Operation ..........................................................................81
Inverter Powerful Operation ...................................................................82
Other Functions......................................................................................83
2. Function of Main Structural Parts..........................................................85
2.1 Main Structural Parts..............................................................................85
2.2 Function of Thermistor ...........................................................................86
3. Control Specification .............................................................................90
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
3.10
3.11
3.12
3.13
3.14
3.15
3.16
Function and Control
Mode Hierarchy ......................................................................................90
Frequency Control..................................................................................91
Controls at Mode Changing / Start-up....................................................93
Discharge Pipe Control ..........................................................................94
Input Current Control..............................................................................94
Freeze-up Protection Control .................................................................95
Heating Peak-cut Control .......................................................................95
Fan Control.............................................................................................96
Moisture Protection Function 2...............................................................96
Defrost Control .......................................................................................97
Low Hz High Pressure Limit ...................................................................98
Electronic Expansion Valve Control .......................................................98
Malfunctions .........................................................................................103
Forced Operation Mode .......................................................................104
Wiring-Error Check...............................................................................105
Additional Function...............................................................................107
71
Main Functions
Si12-411A
1. Main Functions
Note:
1.1
See the list of functions for the functions applicable to different models.
Frequency Principle
Main Control
Parameters
The compressor is frequency-controlled during normal operation. The target frequency is set by
the following 2 parameters coming from the operating indoor unit:
„ The load condition of the operating indoor unit
„ The difference between the room temperature and the set temperature
Additional
Control
Parameters
The target frequency is adapted by additional parameters in the following cases:
„ Frequency restrictions
„ Initial settings
„ Forced cooling / heating operation
Inverter Principle
To regulate the capacity, a frequency control is needed. The inverter makes it possible to vary
the rotation speed of the compressor. The following table explains the conversion principle:
Phase
1
2
Drawing of
Inverter
Description
The supplied AC power source is converted into the DC power source for the present.
The DC power source is reconverted into the three phase AC power source with variable
frequency.
„ When the frequency increases, the rotation speed of the compressor increases resulting
in an increased refrigerant circulation. This leads to a higher amount of the heat
exchange per unit.
„ When the frequency decreases, the rotation speed of the compressor decreases
resulting in a decreased refrigerant circulation. This leads to a lower amount of the heat
exchange per unit.
The following drawing shows a schematic view of the inverter principle:
Refrigerant circulation rate (high)
DC
power
Amount of heat
exchanged air (small)
high speed
AC
power
Amount of heat
exchanged air (large)
high f
low f
Amount of heat
exchanged air (large)
Amount of heat
exchanged air (small)
low speed
50 Hz
freq=
constant 60 Hz
freq=variable
capacity=
variable
Refrigerant circulation rate (low)
72
(R2812)
Function and Control
Si12-411A
Inverter Features
Main Functions
The inverter provides the following features:
„ The regulating capacity can be changed according to the changes in the outdoor air
temperature and cooling / heating load.
„ Quick heating and quick cooling
The compressor rotational speed is increased when starting the heating (or cooling). This
enables a quick set temperature.
Air discharge
temperature
45˚C
inverter
normal heat pump
Start
60
120
300
seconds
(R1187)
„ Even during extreme cold weather, the high capacity is achieved. It is maintained even when
the outdoor air temperature is 2°C.
„ Comfortable air conditioning
A detailed adjustment is integrated to ensure a fixed room temperature. It is possible to air
condition with a small room temperature variation.
„ Energy saving heating and cooling
Once the set temperature is reached, the energy saving operation enables to maintain the
room temperature at low power.
Frequency Limits
The following table shows the functions that define the minimum and maximum frequency:
Frequency limits
Low
High
Forced Cooling /
Heating Operation
Function and Control
„
„
„
„
„
„
Limited during the activation of following functions
Four way valve operation compensation. Refer to page 93.
Input current control. Refer to page 94.
Compressor protection function. Refer to page 93.
Heating Peak-cut control. Refer to page 95.
Freeze-up protection. Refer to page 95.
Defrost control. Refer to page 97.
For more information, refer to “Forced operation mode” on page 104.
73
Main Functions
1.2
Si12-411A
Power-Airflow Dual Flaps, Wide Angle Louvers and
Auto-Swing
Power-airflow
Dual Flaps
The large flaps send a large volume of air downwards to the floor. The flap provides an optimum
control area in cooling, heating and dry mode.
Heating Mode
During heating mode, the large flap enables direct warm air straight downwards. The flap
presses the warm air above the floor to reach the entire room.
Cooling Mode
During cooling mode, the flap retracts into the indoor unit. Then, cool air can be blown far and
pervaded all over the room.
Wide-Angle
Louvers
The louvres, made of elastic synthetic resin, provide a wide range of airflow that guarantees a
comfortable air distribution.
Auto-Swing
In case of Wall Mounted Type 50 / 60 / 71 Class
The following table explains the auto-swing process for heating, cooling, dry and fan :
Horizontal Swing
(right and left)
Heating, Cooling
Vertical Swing (up and down)
Heating
Cooling
15˚
55˚
55˚
(R2813)
Fan
5˚
5˚
10˚
15˚
Dry
40˚ 10˚
40˚
35˚
5˚
5˚
55˚
35˚
(R2814)
50˚
55˚
(R2816)
(R2815)
50˚
(R2817)
Outline of 3-D
Airflow
Alternative repetition of vertical and horizontal swing motions enables uniform air-conditioning of
the entire room. This function is effective for starting the air conditioner.
Detail of the
Action
When the horizontal swing and vertical swing are both set to auto mode, the airflow become 3-D
airflow and the horizontal swing and vertical swing motions are alternated. The order of swing
motion is such that it turns counterclockwise, starting from the right upper point as viewed to the
front side of the indoor unit.
�
�
�
�
(R1024)
74
Function and Control
Si12-411A
1.3
Main Functions
Fan Speed Control for Indoor Units
Control Mode
The airflow rate can be automatically controlled depending on the difference between the set
temperature and the room temperature. This is done through phase control and hall IC control.
For more information about hall IC, refer to the troubleshooting for fan motor on page 174.
Phase Steps
Phase control and fan speed control contains 9 steps: LLL, LL, SL, L, ML, M, MH, H and HH.
Step
LLL (Heating thermostat OFF)
LL (Cooling thermostat OFF)
SL (Silent)
L
ML
M
MH
H
HH (Powerful)
Cooling
Heating
Dry mode
20 · 25 · 35kW class :
500 - 860 rpm
(During powerful operation :
850 - 910 rpm)
50 · 60 · 71kW class :
750 - 1000 rpm
(During powerful operation :
1050 rpm)
(R2818)
(R2818)
= Within this range the airflow rate is automatically controlled when the FAN setting
button is set to automatic.
Note:
Automatic Air
Flow Control for
Heating
1. During powerful operation, fan operates H tap + 50 - 90 rpm.
2. Fan stops during defrost operation.
The following drawing explains the principle for fan speed control for heating:
Thermostat
setting
temperature
Phase control
-0.5˚C
L
-1˚C
-1.5˚C
ML
-2˚C
Difference between room
and set temperature
M
fan speed
Automatic Air
Flow Control for
Cooling
(R2819)
The following drawing explains the principle of fan speed control for cooling:
fan speed
M
+2˚C
ML
+1.5˚C
L
Difference between room
and set temperature
+1˚C
+0.5˚C
Thermostat
setting
temperature
Function and Control
Phase control
(R2820)
75
Main Functions
1.4
Si12-411A
Programme Dry Function
Programme dry function removes humidity while preventing the room temperature from
lowering.
Since the microcomputer controls both the temperature and air flow volume, the temperature
adjustment and fan adjustment buttons are inoperable in this mode.
In Case of
Inverter Units
The microcomputer automatically sets the temperature and fan settings. The difference
between the room temperature at startup and the temperature set by the microcomputer is
divided into two zones. Then, the unit operates in the dry mode with an appropriate capacity for
each zone to maintain the temperature and humidity at a comfortable level.
Room temperature at
startup
Temperature (ON point) Frequency switching
at which operation starts point
temperature at
24ºC Room
startup
18ºC
Temperature difference
for operation stop
1.5ºC
0.5ºC
18ºC
1.0ºC
17ºC
—
ON point
Frequency
switching
point
0.5˚C
OFF point
5 min
5 min
Compressor
control
LHz
Stop
*55Hz
Indoor unit fan
Extra-low air flow
Low air flow
LHz
Stop
Extra-low air flow
Stop
LHz
Stop
*55Hz
Stop
Stop
Low air flow
LHz indicates low frequency. Item marked with varies depending on models.
(R1359)
76
Function and Control
Si12-411A
1.5
Main Functions
Automatic Operation
Automatic Cooling / Heating Function (Heat Pump Only)
When the AUTO mode is selected with the remote controller, the microcomputer automatically
determines the operation mode from cooling and heating according to the room temperature
and setting temperature at the time of the operation startup, and automatically operates in that
mode.
The unit automatically switches the operation mode to cooling or heating to maintain the room
temperature at the main unit setting temperature.
Detailed
Explanation of
the Function
1. Remote controller setting temperature is set as automatic cooling / heating setting
temperature (18 to 30°C).
2. Main unit setting temperature equals remote controller setting temperature plus correction
value (correction value / cooling: 0 deg, heating: 2 deg.).
3. Operation ON / OFF point and mode switching point are as follows.
� Heating → Cooling switching point:
Room temperature ≥ Main unit setting temperature +2.5 deg.
� Cooling → Heating switching point:
Room temperature < Main unit setting temperature –2.5 deg.
� Thermostat ON / OFF point is the same as the ON / OFF point of cooling or heating
operation.
4. During initial operation
Room temperature ≥ Remote controller setting temperature: Cooling operation
Room temperature < Remote controller setting temperature: Heating operation
Heating /
cooling switching point
2.5 deg.
or higher
(Heating thermostat
OFF point)
Main unit setting
temperature
(Cooling thermostat
OFF point)
Cooling /
heating switching point
(1.5 deg.)
or higher
Less than
(1.5 deg.)
Cooling
operation
Heating
operation
Cooling
operation
2.5 deg.
or higher
With compressor capacity supplied
With no compressor capacity supplied
(R1360)
Function and Control
77
Main Functions
1.6
Si12-411A
Night Set Mode
When the OFF timer is set, the Night Set circuit automatically activates.
The Night Set circuit maintains the airflow setting made by users.
The Night Set
Circuit
The Night Set circuit continues heating or cooling the room at the set temperature for the first
one hour, then automatically raises the temperature setting slightly in the case of cooling, or
lowers it slightly in the case of heating, for economical operations. This prevents excessive
heating in winter and excessive cooling in summer to ensure comfortable sleeping conditions,
and also conserves electricity.
Cooling Operation
Heating Operation
78
Function and Control
Si12-411A
1.7
Main Functions
Intelligent Eye
This is the function that detects existence of humans in the room by a human motion sensor
(Intelligent Eye) and reduces the capacity when there is no human in the room in order to save
electricity.
Processing
1. Detection method by Intelligent Eye
sampling (20msec)
Sensor output
1sec
If the sensor detects the outputs 10 times/sec.
or more, it judges humans exist.
High
Low
(Human motion)
Human detection ON
signal
OFF
(R2821)
„ This sensor detects human motion by receiving infrared rays and displays the pulse wave
output.
„ A microcomputer in an indoor unit carries out a sampling every 20 msec. and if it detects 10
cycles of the wave in one second in total (corresponding to 20msec.× 10 = 100msec.), it
judges human is in the room as the motion signal is ON.
2. The motions (for example: in cooling)
within 20
minutes.
20 min.
20 min.
40 min.
Human detection ON
signal
OFF
RESET.
C/O Set temp. + 2˚C
H/P Set temp. - 2˚C
Set temp.
Frequency at set temp. + 2˚C
MaxHz
Compressor Mi nHz
speed
0Hz
The lower limit by detecting
human.
(Prohibition of thermostat-off)
in case of
thermostat-off
Remote controller
Intelligent Eye
ON
button
OFF
Operation
ON
OFF
Fan speed (+1)
Set speed
Set speed
Set speed - 50 rpm
OFF
(R2822)
„ When a microcomputer doesn’t have a signal from the sensor in 20 minutes, it judges that
nobody is in the room and operates the unit in temperature sifted 2°C from the set
temperature. (Cooling : 2°C higher, Dry: 1°C higher and Auto : according to the operation
mode at that time.)
1 In case of Fan mode, the fan speed reduces by 50 rpm.
Function and Control
79
Main Functions
Si12-411A
„ Since the set temperature is shifted by 2°C higher for 40 minutes, compressor speed
becomes low and can realize energy saving operation. But as thermostat is prone to be off
by the fact that the set temperature has been shifted, the thermostat-off action is prohibited
in 40 minutes so as to prevent this phenomena.
After this 40 minutes, the prohibition of the thermostat-off is cancelled and it can realize the
conditions to conduct thermostat-off depending on the room temperature. In or after this forty
minutes, if the sensor detects human motion detection signal, it let the set temperature and
the fan speed return to the original set point, keeping a normal operation.
Others
„ The dry operation can’t command the setting temperature with a remote controller, but
internally the set temperature is shifted by 1°C.
80
Function and Control
Si12-411A
1.8
Main Functions
Home Leave Operation
Outline
In order to respond to the customer's need for immediate heating and cooling of the room after
returning home or for house care, a measure to switch the temperature and air volume from that
for normal time over to outing time by one touch is provided. (This function responds also to the
need for keeping up with weak cooling or heating.)
This time, we seek for simplicity of operation by providing the special temperature and air
volume control for outing to be set by the exclusive button.
Detail of the
Control
1. Start of Function
The function starts when the [HOME LEAVE] button is pressed in cooling mode or heating
mode (including stopping and powerful operation). If this button is pressed while the operation is
stopped, the function becomes effective when the operation is started. If this button is pressed
in powerful operation, the powerful operation is reset and this function becomes effective.
„ The [HOME LEAVE] button is ineffective in dry mode and fan mode.
2. Details of Function
A mark representing [HOME LEAVE] is indicated on the liquid crystal display of the remote
controller. The indoor unit is operated according to the set temperature and air volume for
HOME LEAVE which were pre-set in the memory of the remote controller.
The LED (Red) of indoor unit representing [HOME LEAVE] lights up. (It goes out when the
operation is stopped.)
3. End of Function
The function ends when the [HOME LEAVE] button is pressed again during [HOME LEAVE]
operation or when the powerful operation button is pressed.
Others
Function and Control
The set temperature and set air volume are memorized in the remote controller. When the
remote controller is reset due to replacement of battery, it is necessary to set the temperature
and air volume again for [HOME LEAVE].
81
Main Functions
1.9
Si12-411A
Inverter Powerful Operation
Outline
In order to exploit the cooling and heating capacity to full extent, operate the air conditioner by
increasing the indoor fan rotating speed and the compressor frequency.
Details of the
Control
When Powerful button is pushed in each operation mode, the fan speed / setting temperature
will be converted to the following states in a period of twenty minutes.
In case of Wall Mounted Type 50 / 60 / 71 Class.
Operation mode
Cooling
Dry
Fan speed
H tap + 90 rpm
Dry rotating speed +
50 rpm
Heating
Fan
Automatic
H tap + 90 rpm
H tap + 90 rpm
Same as cooling /
heating in Powerful
operation
Target set temperature
18°C
Normally targeted
temperature in dry
operation; Approx. - 2°C
30°C
—
The target is kept
unchanged
Ex.) : Powerful operation in cooling mode.
Target temp.
Set temp.
It should be the lower limit of cooling temperature.
18˚C
Powerful ON
It counts 20 min. also in the remote controller.
Powerful OFF
Fan
90rpm
H tap
Set tap
TPF=(20min.)
Ending condition: "or" in 1 to 3
1. TPF ends.
2. Stop
3. Powerful operation is OFF.
(R4571)
82
Function and Control
Si12-411A
Main Functions
1.10 Other Functions
1.10.1 Hot Start Function
Heat Pump Only
In order to prevent the cold air blast that normally comes when heating is started, the
temperature of the heat exchanger of the indoor unit is detected, and either the air flow is
stopped or is made very weak thereby carrying out comfortable heating of the room.
*The cold air blast is also prevented using a similar control when the defrosting operation is
started or when the thermostat gets turned ON.
1.10.2 Signal Receiving Sign
When the indoor unit receives a signal from the remote controller, the unit emits a signal
receiving sound.
1.10.3 ON/OFF Button on Indoor Unit
An ON/OFF switch is provided on the front panel of the unit. Use this switch when the remote
controller is missing or if its battery has run out.
Every press of the switch changes from Operation to Stop or from Stop to Operation
In case of Wall Mounted Type 50 / 60 / 71 Class.
ON / OFF button
(R2824)
„ Push this button once to start operation. Push once again to stop it.
„ This button is useful when the remote controller is missing.
„ The operation mode refers to the following table.
Cooling Only
Heat Pump
Mode
COOL
AUTO
Temperature setting
22ºC
25ºC
Air flow rate
AUTO
AUTO
„ In the case of multi system operation, there are times when the unit does not activate with
this button.
1.10.4 Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter
Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter demonstrates powerful oxidation characteristics when
subjected to harmless ultraviolet light. Photocatalytic deodorizing power is recovered simply by
exposing the filter to the sun for 6 hours once every 6 months.
1.10.5 Air-Purifying Filter
A double structure made up of a bacteriostatic filter and an Air-Purifying Filter traps dust,
mildew, mites, tobacco smoke, and allergy-causing pollen. Replace the Air-Purifying Filter once
every 3 months.
1.10.6 Air Purifying Filter with Photocatalytic Deodorizing Function
This filter incorporates the benefits the Air Purifying Filter and Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter
in a single unit. Combining the two filters in this way increases the active surface area of the
new filter. This larger surface area allows the filter to effectively trap microscopic particles,
decompose odours and deactivate bacteria and viruses even for the high volume of air required
to air-condition large living rooms. The filter can be used for approximately 3 years if periodic
maintenance is performed.
1.10.7 Mold Proof Air Filter
The filter net is treated with mold resisting agent TBZ (harmless, colorless, and odorless). Due
to this treatment, the amount of mold growth is much smaller than that of normal filters.
Function and Control
83
Main Functions
Si12-411A
1.10.8 Self-Diagnosis Digital Display
The microcomputer continuously monitors main operating conditions of the indoor unit, outdoor
unit and the entire system. When an abnormality occur, the LCD remote controller displays error
code. These indications allow prompt maintenance operations.
1.10.9 Auto-restart Function
Even if a power failure (including one for just a moment) occurs during the operation, the
operation restarts in the condition before power failure automatically when power is restored.
(Note) It takes 3 minutes to restart the operation because the 3-minute standby function is
activated.
84
Function and Control
Si12-411A
Function of Main Structural Parts
2. Function of Main Structural Parts
2.1
Main Structural Parts
1. Compressor
A Swing compressor, being operated by INV control.
Heat Pump Model
4 Expansion valve
Receiver
EVA
EVB
EVC
EVD
SV
D
3 Solenoid valve
2 Four-way valve
(R2433)
1 Compressor
Cooling Only
Model
4 Expansion valve
EVA
EVB
EVC
EVD
1 Compressor
Note:
Function and Control
(R2434)
1. Expansion Valve : In Case of 2MK(X).....EVA-B, 3MK(X).....EVA-C, 4MK(X).....EVA-D,
2. Liquid pipe thermistor : R410A Type only
85
Function of Main Structural Parts
2.2
Si12-411A
Function of Thermistor
2.2.1 Heat Pump Model
E
4 Expansion valve
EVA
A
EVB
EVC
EVD
Receiver
SV
D
3 Solenoid valve
2 Four-way valve
D
B
1 Compressor
C
(R2435)
A Outdoor Heat
Exchanger
Thermistor (DCB)
1. An outdoor heat exchanger thermistor is used for controlling a target discharge temperature.
Set a target discharge temperature depending on an outdoor and indoor heat exchanger
temperature.
Control the electronic expansion valve opening so that the target discharge temperature can
be obtained.
2. An outdoor heat exchanger thermistor is used for detecting a disconnected discharge pipe
thermistor when cooling.
When the temperature of the discharge piping is lower than the temperature of outdoor heat
exchanger, a disconnected discharge pipe thermistor can be detected.
B Discharge
Pipe Thermistor
(DOT)
1. Discharge pipe thermistor is used to control a discharge pipe.
If the temperature of discharge pipe (used in place of the inner temperature of the
compressor) rises abnormally, the operating frequency drops or the operation must be
halted.
2. A discharge pipe thermistor is used for detecting a disconnected discharge pipe thermistor.
C Gas Pipe
Thermistor (DGN)
1. When cooling: a gas pipe thermistor is used for gas pipe isothermal control.
Control electronic expansion valve opening so that a gas pipe temperature in each room
becomes equal.
86
Function and Control
Si12-411A
Function of Main Structural Parts
D Indoor Heat
Exchanger
Thermistor (DCN)
1. An indoor heat exchanger thermistor is used for controlling target discharge pipe
temperature.
Set a target discharge pipe temperature according to the outdoor and indoor heat exchanger
temperature.
Control the electronic expansion valve so that the target discharge pipe temperature can be
obtained.
2. An indoor heat exchanger thermistor is used to prevent freezing.
During the cooling operation, if the temperature drops abnormally, the operating frequency
becomes lower, then the operation must be halted.
3. An indoor heat exchanger thermistor is used for anti-icing control.
During the cooling operation, if the heat exchanger temperature in the room where operation
is halted becomes -1°C, or if the room temperature - heat exchanger temperature in the
room where operation is halted becomes ≥10°C, it is assumed as icing.
4. During heating: an indoor heat exchanger thermistor is used for detecting a disconnected
discharge pipe thermistor.
When a discharge pipe temperature become lower than an indoor heat exchanger
temperature, a disconnected discharge pipe thermistor can be detected.
5. An indoor heat exchanger thermistor is used for detecting incorrect wiring.
During the operation of checking incorrect wiring, refrigerant is passed in order from the port
A to detect a heat exchanger temperature, and then wiring and piping will be checked.
6. An indoor heat exchanger thermistor is used for sub-cooling control.
An actual sub-cooling must be calculated from an indoor liquid pipe temperature and a heat
exchanger temperature. The indoor heat exchanger thermistor controls the electronic
expansion valve opening to get a target sub-cooling.
7. An indoor heat exchanger thermistor is used for heating isothermal control of heat
exchanger.
When heating: if the difference in temperature of each room is greater than 8°C, the
electronic expansion valve of the room whose temperature is the higher is opened.
E Indoor Liquid
Pipe Thermistor
(DLN)
1. When heating: used for a sub-cooling control.
Calculate an actual sub-cooling from the temperature of indoor liquid pipes and a heat
exchanger temperature.
Actual sub-cooling
A maximum heat exchanger temperature in each room - adjust the opening of the electronic
expansion valve so that the liquid pipe temperature of each room becomes an target subcooling.
Function and Control
87
Function of Main Structural Parts
Si12-411A
2.2.2 Cooling Only Model
4 Expansion valve
EVA
EVB
A
EVC
EVD
B
D
1 Compressor
C
(R2436)
A Outdoor Heat
Exchanger
Thermistor (DCB)
1. An outdoor heat exchanger thermistor is used for controlling a target discharge temperature.
Set a target discharge temperature depending on an outdoor and indoor heat exchanger
temperature.
Control the electronic expansion valve opening so that the target discharge temperature can
be obtained.
2. When cooling: an outdoor heat exchanger thermistor is used for detecting a disconnected
discharge pipe thermistor.
When the temperature of the discharge piping is lower than the temperature of outdoor heat
exchanger, a disconnected discharge pipe thermistor can be detected.
B Discharge
Pipe Thermistor
(DOT)
1. Discharge pipe thermistor is used to control a discharge pipe.
If the temperature of discharge pipe (used in place of the inner temperature of the
compressor) rises abnormally, the operating frequency drops or the operation must be
halted.
2. A discharge pipe thermistor is used for detecting a disconnected discharge pipe thermistor.
C Gas Pipe
Thermistor (DGN)
1. When cooling: a gas pipe thermistor is used for gas pipe isothermal control.
Control electronic expansion valve opening so that a gas pipe temperature in each room
becomes equal.
88
Function and Control
Si12-411A
Function of Main Structural Parts
D Indoor Heat
Exchanger
Thermistor (DCN)
1. An indoor heat exchanger thermistor is used for controlling target discharge pipe
temperature.
Set a target discharge pipe temperature according to the outdoor and indoor heat exchanger
temperature.
Control the electronic expansion valve opening so that the target discharge pipe
temperature can be obtained.
2. An indoor heat exchanger thermistor is used to prevent freezing.
During the cooling operation, if the temperature drops abnormally, the operating frequency
becomes lower, then the operation must be halted.
3. An indoor heat exchanger thermistor is used for anti-icing control.
During the cooling operation, if the heat exchanger temperature in the room where operation
is halted becomes -1°C, or if the room temperature - heat exchanger in the room where
operation is halted becomes ≥10°C, it is assumed as icing.
4. An indoor heat exchanger thermistor is used for detecting incorrect wiring.
During the operation of checking incorrect wiring, refrigerant is passed in order from the port
A to detect a heat exchanger temperature, and then wiring and piping will be checked.
Function and Control
89
Control Specification
Si12-411A
3. Control Specification
3.1
Mode Hierarchy
Outline
There are two modes; the mode selected in user’s place (normal air conditioning mode) and
forced operation mode for installation and providing service.
Detail
Air Conditioner’s Control Mode
1. For heat pump model
There are following modes; stop, cooling (includes drying), heating (include defrosting)
Air conditioner control mode
Forced operating mode
Forced cooling
Forced heating
Check incorrect wiring
Normal operating mode
Cooling
Heating
Defrosting
Stop mode (except for cooling/heating modes by indoor command)
Preheat operation
During C (capacitor) is discharging
Stop
(R1373)
2. For cooling only model
There are following models; stop and cooling (including drying).
Air conditioner control mode
Forced operating mode
Forced cooling
Check incorrect wiring
Normal operating mode
Cooling
Stop mode (except for cooling modes by indoor command)
Preheat operation
During C (capacitor) is discharging
Stop
(R1374)
Note:
Unless specified otherwise, an indoor dry operation command must be regarded as cooling
operation. An indoor fan operation command cannot be made in a multiple indoor unit. (A forced
fan command to the indoor unit from the outdoor unit must be made during forced operation.)
Determine Operating Mode
Judge the operating mode command set by each room in accordance with the instructing
procedure, and determine the operating mode of the system.
The following procedure will be taken as the modes conflict with each other.
*1.The system will follow the mode determined first. (First-push, first-set)
*2.For the rooms set with different mode, select stand-by mode. (Operation lamp flashes)
90
Function and Control
Si12-411A
3.2
Control Specification
Frequency Control
Outline
Frequency that corresponds to each room’s capacity will be determined according to the
difference in the temperature of each room and the temperature that is set by the remote
controller.
The function is explained as follows.
1. How to determine frequency.
2. Frequency command from an indoor unit. (The difference between a room temperature and
the temperature set by the remote controller.)
3. Frequency command from an indoor unit. (The ranked capacity of the operating room).
4. Frequency initial setting.
5. PI control.
Frequency changes by PI control < repeats when frequency becomes lower
Command frequency X repeats when frequency becomes lower
Each drooping function
Input current control, etc.
Upper limit frequency
FMAX
Command frequency
Limit frequency
Initial frequency
PI control
Defrost control (*)
Lower limit frequency
FMIN
Each upper limit function
Compressor protection function
Skip control
Target frequency
Each lower limit function
Four-way valve operating compensation, etc. (*)
*; only for heat pump model
(R1375)
Detail
How to Determine Frequency
The compressor’s frequency will finally be determined by taking the following steps.
For Heat Pump Model
1. Determine command frequency
Š Command frequency will be determined in the following order of priority.
1.1 Limiting frequency by drooping function
Š Input current, discharge pipes, low Hz high pressure limit, peak cutting, freeze-up protection,
dew prevention, fin thermistor temperature.
1.2 Limiting defrost control time
1.3 Forced cooling / heating
1.4 Indoor frequency command
2. Determine upper limit frequency
Š Set a minimum value as an upper limit frequency among the frequency upper limits of the
following functions:
Compressor protection, input current, discharge pipes, Low Hz high pressure, peak cutting,
freeze-up protection, defrost.
3. Determine lower limit frequency
Š Set a maximum value as an lower limit frequency among the frequency lower limits of the
following functions:
Four way valve operating compensation, draft prevention, pressure difference upkeep.
4. Determine prohibited frequency
Š There is a certain prohibited frequency such as a power supply frequency.
For Cooling Only Model
1. Determine command frequency
Š Command frequency will be determined in the following order of priority.
1.1 Limiting frequency by drooping function
Input current, discharge pipes, freeze-up protection, dew prevention, fin thermistor temperature.
1.2 Indoor frequency command
Function and Control
91
Control Specification
Si12-411A
2. Determine upper limit frequency
Š Set a minimum value as an upper limit frequency among the frequency upper limits of the
following functions:
Compressor protection, input current, discharge pipes, freeze-up protection, dew prevention,
fin thermistor temperature.
3. Determine lower limit frequency
Š Set a maximum value as an lower limit frequency among the frequency lower limits of the
following functions:
Pressure difference upkeep.
4. Determine prohibited frequency
Š There is a certain prohibited frequency such as a power supply frequency.
Indoor Frequency Command (∆D signal)
The difference between a room temperature and the temperature set by the remote controller
will be taken as the “∆D signal” and is used for frequency command.
Temperature
difference
0
0.5
1.0
1.5
∆D
signal
∗Th
OFF
1
2
3
Temperature
difference
2.0
∆D
signal
4
Temperature
difference
4.0
∆D
signal
8
Temperature
difference
6.0
∆D
signal
C
2.5
3.0
3.5
5
6
7
4.5
5.0
5.5
9
A
B
6.5
7.0
7.5
D
E
F
∗Th OFF = Thermostat OFF
Indoor Unit Capacity (S value)
The capacity of the indoor unit is a “S” value and is used for frequency command.
Capacity
2.5 kW
3.5 kW
S value
25
35
Capacity
5.0 kW
6.0 kW
S value
50
60
Frequency Initial Setting
<Outline>
When starting the compressor, or when conditions are varied due to the change of the operating
room, the frequency must be initialized according to the total of a maximum ∆D value of each
room and a total value of Q (ΣQ) of the operating room (the room in which the thermos is set to
ON).
Q value: Indoor unit output determined from indoor unit volume, air flow rate and other factors.
PI Control (Determine Frequency Up / Down by ∆D Signal)
1. P control
Calculate a total of the ∆D value in each sampling time (20 seconds), and adjust the
frequency according to its difference from the frequency previously calculated.
2. I control
If the operating frequency is not change more than a certain fixed time, adjust the frequency
up and down according to the Σ∆D value, obtaining the fixed Σ∆D value.
When the Σ∆D value is small...lower the frequency.
When the Σ∆D value is large...increase the frequency.
3. Limit of frequency variation width
When the difference between input current and input current drooping value is less than 1.5
A, the frequency increase width must be limited.
4. Frequency management when other controls are functioning
Š When each frequency is drooping;
Frequency management is carried out only when the frequency droops.
Š For limiting lower limit
Frequency management is carried out only when the frequency rises.
5. Upper and lower limit of frequency by PI control
The frequency upper and lower limits are set depending on the total of S values of a room.
When low noise commands come from the indoor unit more than one room or when outdoor
unit low noise or quiet commands come from all the rooms, the upper limit frequency must
be lowered than the usual setting.
92
Function and Control
Si12-411A
3.3
Control Specification
Controls at Mode Changing / Start-up
3.3.1 Preheating Operation
Outline
Operate the inverter in the open phase operation with the conditions including the preheating
command from the indoor, the outdoor air temperature and discharge pipe temperature.
Detail
Preheating ON Condition
„ When outdoor air temperature is below 10.5°C and discharge pipe temperature is below
10.5°C, inverter in open phase operation starts.
OFF Condition
„ When outdoor air temperature is higher than 12°C or discharge pipe temperature is higher
than 12°C, inverter in open phase operation stops.
3.3.2 Four Way Valve Switching
Outline of heating
operation
Heat Pump Only
During the heating operation current must be conducted and during cooling and defrosting
current must not be conducted. In order to eliminate the switching sound (as the four way valve
coil switches from ON to OFF) when the heating is stopped, the delay switch of the four way
valve must be carried out after the operation stopped.
Detail
The OFF delay of four way valve
Energize the coil for 150 sec after unit operation is stopped.
3.3.3 Four Way Valve Operation Compensation
Outline
Heat Pump Only
At the beginning of the operation as the four way valve is switched, acquire the differential
pressure required for activating the four way valve by having output the operating frequency,
which is more than a certain fixed frequency, for a certain fixed time.
Detail
Staring Conditions
1. When starting compressor for heating.
2. When the operating mode changes from the previous time.
3. When starting compressor for rushing defrosting or resetting.
4. When starting compressor for the first time after the reset with the power is ON.
Set the lower limit frequency to 55 (model by model) Hz for 70 seconds with the OR
conditions with 1 through 4 above.
3.3.4 3 Minutes Stand-by
Prohibit to turn ON the compressor for 3 minutes after turning it off.
(Except when defrosting. (Only for Heat Pump Model).)
3.3.5 Compressor Protection Function
When turning the compressor from OFF to ON, the upper limit of frequency must be set as
follows. (The function must not be used when defrosting (only for heat pump model).)
FCG 3
FCG 2
FCG 1
Function and Control
2YC32
85
70
55
2YC45
80
65
55
93
Control Specification
3.4
Si12-411A
Discharge Pipe Control
Outline
The discharge pipe temperature is used as the compressor's internal temperature. If the
discharge pipe temperature rises above a certain level, the operating frequency upper limit is
set to keep this temperature from going up further.
Detail
Divide the Zone
Management within the Zone
Zone
Stop zone
Drooping zone
Keep zone
Return / Reset zone
3.5
Control contents
When the temperature reaches the stop zone, stop the compressor and
correct abnormality.
Start the timer, and the frequency will be drooping.
Keep the frequency upper limit.
Cancel the frequency upper limit.
Input Current Control
Outline
Detect an input current by the CT during the compressor is running, and set the frequency
upper limit from such input current.
In case of heat pump model, this control is the upper limit control function of the frequency
which takes priority of the lower limit of four way valve activating compensation.
Detail
The frequency control will be made within the following zones.
When a “stop current” continues for 2.5 seconds after rushing on the stop zone, the compressor
operation stops.
If a “drooping current” is continues for 1.0 second after rushing on the drooping zone, the
frequency will be 2 Hz drooping.
Repeating the above drooping continues until the current rushes on the drooping zone without change.
In the unchanged zone, the frequency limit will remain.
In the return / reset zone, the frequency limit will be cancelled.
Limitation of current drooping and stop value according to the outdoor air temperature
1. In case the operation mode is cooling
„ The current droops when outdoor air temperature becomes higher than a certain level
(model by model).
2. In case the operation mode is heating (only for heat pump model)
„ The current droops when outdoor air temperature becomes higher than a certain level
(model by model).
94
Function and Control
Si12-411A
3.6
Control Specification
Freeze-up Protection Control
Outline
During cooling operation, the signals being sent from the indoor unit allow the operating
frequency limitation and then prevent freezing of the indoor heat exchanger. (The signal from
the indoor unit must be divided into the zones as the followings.
Detail
Conditions for Start Controlling
Judge the controlling start with the indoor heat exchanger temperature after 2 sec from
operation start and after 30 sec from changing number of operation room.
Control in Each Zone
3.7
Heating Peak-cut Control
Outline
Heat Pump Only
During heating operation, the signals being sent form the indoor unit allow the operating
frequency limitation and prevent abnormal high pressure. (The signal from the indoor unit must
be divided as follows.)
Detail
Conditions for Start Controlling
Judge the controlling start with the indoor heat exchanger temperature after 2 min from
operation start and after A sec from changing number of operation room.
Control in Each Zone
The maximum value of heat exchange intermediate temperature of each indoor unit controls the
following (excluding stopped rooms).
When increase
When decrease
Function and Control
A
30
2
95
Control Specification
3.8
Si12-411A
Fan Control
Outline
Fan control is carried out according to the following priority.
1. Fan ON control for electric component cooling fan
2. Fan control when defrosting
3. Fan OFF delay when stopped
4. ON/OFF control when cooling operation
5. Fan control when the number of heating rooms decreases
6. Fan control when forced operation
7. Fan control in indoor / outdoor silent operation
8. Fan control for pressure difference upkeep
Detail
Fan OFF Control when Stopped
„ Fan OFF delay for 60 seconds must be made when the compressor is stopped.
Fan control when the number of heating room decreases (Only for Heat Pump Model)
When the outdoor air temperature is more than 10°C, the fan must be turned OFF for 30
seconds.
Tap Control in Indoor / Outdoor Unit Silent Operation
1. When Cooling Operation
When the outdoor air temperature is less than 37°C, the fan tap must be set to L.
2. When Heating Operation
When the outdoor air temperature is more than 4°C, the fan tap must be turned to L (only for
heat pump model).
3.9
Outline
Detail
Moisture Protection Function 2
In order to obtain the dependability of the compressor, the compressor must be stopped
according to the conditions of the temperature of the outdoor air and outdoor heat exchanger.
Heat Pump Model
„ Operation stop depending on the outdoor air temperature
Compressor operation turns OFF under the conditions that the system is in cooling operation
and outdoor air temperature is below –10°C.
Cooling Only Model
„ Operation stops depending on the outdoor air temperature.
Compressor operation turns OFF under the condition that outdoor air temperature is below
–10°C (10°C for R22 type).
96
Function and Control
Si12-411A
Control Specification
3.10 Defrost Control
Outline
Heat Pump Only
Defrosting is carried out by the cooling cycle (reverse cycle). The defrosting time or outdoor
heat exchanger temperature must be more than its fixed value when finishing.
Detail
Conditions for Starting Defrost
The starting conditions must be made with the outdoor air temperature and heat exchanger
temperature. Under the conditions that the system is in heating operation, 6 minutes after the
compressor is started and more than 47 minutes of accumulated time pass since the start of the
operation or ending the defrosting.
Conditions for Canceling Defrost
The target heat exchanger temperature as the canceling condition is selected in the range of
4°C<Te<12°C according to the air temperature as the following formula.
The target heat exchanger temperature=–(45/65)×(ambient temperature)+14
The defrost operation surely operates in 120 seconds after the start. (A→B)
After then the defrost operation stops at the following conditions.
1. When the heat exchanger temperature reaches the target heat exchanger temperature.
(B→C)
2. When 650 seconds have passed after the start even if the heat exchanger temperature does
not reaches the target heat exchanger temperature. (C)
A
Function and Control
B
C
97
Control Specification
Si12-411A
3.11 Low Hz High Pressure Limit
Outline
Heat Pump Only
Set the upper limit of high pressure in a low Hz zone. Set the upper limit of the indoor heat
exchanger temperature by its operating frequency of Hz. Separate into three zones, reset zone,
unchanged zone and drooping zone and the frequency control must be carried out in such
zones.
Detail
Separate into Zones
Note:
Drooping: The system stops 2 minutes after staying in the drooping zone.
3.12 Electronic Expansion Valve Control
Outline
98
The following items are included in the electronic expansion valve control.
Electronic expansion valve is fully closed
1. Electronic expansion valve is fully closed when turning on the power.
2. Pressure equalizing control
Room Distribution Control
1. Gas pipe isothermal control
2. SC control (Only for Heat Pump Model)
Open Control
1. Electronic expansion valve control when starting operation
2. Control when frequency changed
3. Control for defrosting (only for heat pump model)
4. Oil recover control
5. Control when a discharge pipe temperature is abnormally high
6. Control when the discharge pipe thermistor is disconnected
7. Control for indoor unit freeze-up protection
Feedback Control
1. Discharge pipe temperature control
Distribution control for each room
1. Liquid pipe temperature control (with all ports connected and all rooms being airconditioned)
2. Liquid pipe temperature control for stopped rooms
3. Dew prevention function for indoor rotor
Function and Control
Si12-411A
Control Specification
SC control
(only for heat pump model)
Control when frequency changed
Control for abnormally high discharge
pipe temperature
Oil recovery control
Indoor freeze-up protection control
Liquid pipe temperature control
Liquid pipe temperature control for
stopped rooms
Dew prevention control for indoor rotor
The followings are the examples of control which function in each mode by the electronic
expansion valve control.
Gas pipe isothermal control
Detail
Fully closed when power is turned ON
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
Open control when starting
×
×
×
{
{
{
×
×
×
(Control of target discharge pipe temperature)
×
×
{
{
{
{
×
×
{
Control when the operating room is changed
×
×
×
{
{
{
×
×
{
(Control of target discharge pipe temperature)
{
×
{
{
{
{
×
×
{
Pressure equalizing control
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
Open control when starting
×
×
×
{
×
×
×
×
×
(Control of target discharge pipe temperature)
×
All
rooms
{
{
×
×
All
rooms
All
rooms
×
Control when the operating room is changed
×
×
×
{
×
×
×
×
×
×
{
{
×
{
All
rooms
×
{
(Control of target discharge pipe temperature)
All
rooms
All
rooms
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
Pressure equalizing control
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
Open control when starting
×
×
×
{
×
×
×
×
×
Continue
×
All
rooms
×
×
×
×
All
rooms
×
×
×
×
×
×
Operation pattern
{ : function
× : not function
When power is turned ON
Cooling, 1 room operation
Cooling, 2 rooms operation
to
Cooling, 4 rooms operation
Stop
Heating, 1 room operation
(only for heat
pump model)
Heating, 2 rooms operation
to
Heating, 4 rooms operation
(only for heat
pump model)
(Defrost control FD=1)
(only for heat pump model)
Stop
Heating operation
(only for heat
pump model)
Control of discharge pipe
thermistor disconnection
Stop
Pressure equalizing control
{
×
{
×
{
×
{
{
{
{
{
×
×
{
All
rooms
{
×
×
×
×
×
(R3056)
Function and Control
99
Control Specification
Si12-411A
3.12.1 Fully Closing with Power ON
Initialize the electronic expansion valve when turning on the power, set the opening position and
develop pressure equalizing.
3.12.2 Pressure Equalization Control
When the compressor is stopped, open and close the electronic expansion valve and develop
pressure equalization.
3.12.3 Opening Limit
Outline
Limit a maximum and minimum opening of the electronic expansion valve in the operating room.
Detail
„ A maximum electronic expansion valve opening in the operating room: 450 pulses
„ A minimum electronic expansion valve opening in the operating room: 75 pulses
The electronic expansion valve is fully closed in the room where cooling is stopped and is
opened with fixed opening during defrosting.
3.12.4 Starting Operation Control / Changing Operation Room
Control the electronic expansion valve opening when the system is starting or the operating
room is changed, and prevent the system to be super heated or moistened.
3.12.5 High Temperature of the Discharge Pipe
When the compressor is operating, if the discharge pipe temperature exceeds a certain value,
open the electronic expansion valve and remove the refrigerant to the low pressure side and
lower discharge temperature.
3.12.6 Oil Recovery Function
Outline
The electronic expansion valve opening in the cooling stopped room must be set as to open for
a certain time at a specified interval so that the oil in the cooling stopped room may not be
accumulated.
Detail
During cooling operation, every 1 hour continuous operation, the electronic expansion valves in
the operation stopped room must be opened by 80 pulses for specified time.
3.12.7 Gas Pipe Isothermal Control During Cooling
When the units are operating in multiple rooms, detect the gas piping temperature and correct
the electronic expansion valve opening so that the temperature of the gas pipe in each room
becomes identical.
„ When the gas pipe temperature > the average gas pipe temperature,
→ open the electronic expansion valve in that room
„ When the gas pipe temperature < the average gas pipe temperature,
→ close the electronic expansion valve in that room
100
Function and Control
Si12-411A
Control Specification
3.12.8 Target Discharge Pipe Temperature Control
Obtain the target discharge pipe temperature from the indoor and outdoor heat exchange
temperature, and adjust the electronic expansion valve opening so that the actual discharge
pipe temperature become close to that temperature. (Indirect SH control using the discharge
pipe temperature)
Determine a correction value of the electronic expansion valve compensation and drive it
according to the deflection of the target discharge temperature and actual discharge
temperature, and the discharge temperature variation by the 20 sec.
3.12.9 SC Control
Outline
Heat Pump Only
Detect the temperature of liquid pipe and heat exchanger of the rooms and compensate the
electronic expansion valve opening so that the SC of each room becomes the target SC.
„ When the actual SC is > target SC, open the electronic expansion valve of the room.
„ When the actual SC is < target SC, close the electronic expansion valve of the room.
Detail
Start Functioning Conditions
After finishing the open control (660 seconds after the beginning of the operation), control all the
electronic expansion valve in the operating room.
Determine Electronic Expansion Valve Opening
Adjust the electronic expansion valve so that the temperature difference between the maximum
heat exchanger temperature of connected room and the temperature of liquid pipe thermistor
becomes constant.
3.12.10 Disconnection of the Discharge Pipe Thermistor
Outline
Detect a disconnected discharge pipe thermistor by comparing the discharge pipe temperature
with the condensation temperature. If any is disconnected, open the electronic expansion valve
according to the outdoor air temperature and the operating frequency and operate for a
specified time, and then stop.
After 3 minutes of waiting, restart the unit and check if any is disconnected. If any is
disconnected stop the system after operating for a specified time. If the disconnection is
detected 4 times in succession, then the system will be down.
Detail
Detect Disconnection
If a 630-second timer for open control becomes over, and a 9-minute timer for the compressor
operation continuation is not counting time, the following adjustment must be made.
1. When the operation mode is cooling
When the discharge pipe temperature is lower than the outdoor heat exchanger
temperature, the discharge pipe thermistor disconnection must be ascertained.
2. When the operation mode is heating (only for heat pump model)
When the discharge pipe temperature is lower than the max temperature of operating room
heat exchanger, the discharge pipe thermistor disconnection must be ascertained.
Adjustment when the thermistor is disconnected
When compressor stop repeats specified time, the system should be down.
Function and Control
101
Control Specification
Si12-411A
3.12.11Control when frequency is changed
When the target pipe temperature control is active, if the target frequency is changed for a
specified value in a certain time period, cancel the target discharge pipe temperature control
and change the opening of the target electronic expansion valve according to the shift.
102
Function and Control
Si12-411A
Control Specification
3.13 Malfunctions
3.13.1 Sensor Malfunction Detection
Sensor malfunction may occur either in the thermistor or current transformer (CT) system.
Relating to Thermistor Malfunction
1. Outdoor heat exchanger thermistor
2. Discharge pipe thermistor
3. Fin thermistor
4. Gas pipe thermistor
5. Outdoor air temperature thermistor
6. Liquid pipe thermistor
Relating to CT Malfunction
When the output frequency is more than 55 Hz and the input current is less than 1.25A, carry
out abnormal adjustment.
3.13.2 Detection of Overload and Over Current
Outline
In order to protect the inverter, detect an excessive output current, and for protecting
compressor, monitor the OL operation.
Detail
„ If the OL (compressor head) temperature exceeds 130°C (for the 2YC32) (120°C for
3MXS52BVMB) or 130°C (for the 2YC45), the compressor gets interrupted.
„ If the inverter current exceeds 30 A, the compressor gets interrupted too.
3.13.3 Insufficient Gas Control
Outline
If a power consumption is below the specified value in which the frequency is higher than the
specified frequency, it must be regarded as gas insufficient.
In addition to such conventional function, if the discharge temperature is higher than the target
discharge pipe temperature, and more than the specified temperature, and the electronic
expansion valve is fully open (450 pulses) more than the specified time, it is considered as an
insufficient gas.
Power consumption
Insufficient gas zone
55 Hz
Frequency
(R2834)
With the conventional function, a power consumption is weak comparing with that in the normal
operation when gas is insufficient, and gas insufficiency is detected by checking a power
consumption.
Gas insufficient
zone
(R1391)
When operating with insufficient gas, although the rise of discharge pipe temperature is great
and the electronic expansion valve is open, it is presumed as an insufficient gas if the discharge
pipe temperature is higher than the target discharge pipe temperature.
Function and Control
103
Control Specification
Detail
Si12-411A
Judgment by Input Current
When an output frequency is exceeds 55 Hz and the input current is less than specified value,
the adjustment is made for insufficient gas.
Judgment by Discharge Pipe Temperature
When discharge pipe temperature is 20°C higher than target value and the electronic expansion
value opening is 450 plus (max.), the adjustment is made for insufficient gas.
3.13.4 Preventing Indoor Freezing
During cooling, if the heat exchanger temperature in the operation stopped room becomes
below the specified temperature for the specified time, open the electronic expansion valve in
the operation stopped room as specified, and carry out the fully closed operation. After this, if
freezing abnormality occurs more than specified time, the system shall be down as the system
abnormality.
3.14 Forced Operation Mode
Outline
Forced operating mode includes functions such as; forced cooling, forced heating, incorrect
wiring, incorrect piping check.
Operating mode must be selected by operating the forced operation switch.
Detail
Forced Cooling, Forced Heating (Only for Heat Pump Model)
Item
Forced operation
allowing conditions
Forced Cooling
1) The indoor unit is not abnormal, but
the indoor unit which is not in the
freezing prohibiting zone is present in
more than 1 room.
2) The outdoor unit is not abnormal
and not in the 3-minute stand-by
mode.
3) The operating mode of the outdoor
unit is the stop mode.
4) The slide selection switch of the
forced operation is the cooling mode.
The forced operation is allowed when
the above “and” conditions are met.
Starting / adjustment If the forced operation switch is
pressed as the above conditions are
met.
1) Determine
All rooms
operating room
2) Command
frequency
2YC32: 52 Hz
2YC45: 42 Hz
3) Electronic
expansion valve
opening
4) Outdoor unit
adjustment
5) Indoor unit
adjustment
End
Depending on the capacity of the
operating indoor unit.
Others
104
Forced Heating
1) The indoor unit is not abnormal.
The indoor unit which is not in the
peak-cut prohibited zone is present in
more than 1 room.
←
←
4) The slide selection switch of the
forced operation is the heating mode.
The forced operation is allowed when
the above “and” conditions are met.
←
1 room operation, with the room that
can enable operation and its NO is the
smallest (A>B>C>D). Other rooms
operation must be stopped.
2YC32: 44 Hz
(Outdoor air temp:0°C)
2YC45: 37 Hz
(Outdoor air temp:0°C)
←
Compressor is in operation
←
Transmit the command of forced
draft to the indoor unit
1) When the forced operation switch is
pressed again.
2) The operation is to end
automatically after 30 min.
The protect functions are prior to all
others in the forced operation.
←
←
←
←
Function and Control
Si12-411A
Control Specification
3.15 Wiring-Error Check
Outline
The convenient Wiring Error Check function is designed for the microcomputer to correct wiring
errors itself.
If local wiring is unclear in the case of buried piping, for example, just press the wiring error
check switch that is behind the right-hand panel of the outdoor unit. Even if the connections for
Room A and Room B are confused, the system may run without a hassle. Note that this check
function does not work in the following cases.
„ For about 30 seconds after the power is turned on (during initial setup).
„ For 3-minute standby period after the compressor has stopped.
„ When the outdoor air temperature is below 5°C.
„ If the indoor unit is in trouble (also in case of all-room transmission failure).
When the piping and wiring are perfect, there is no need to use this function.
Operation
1. Remove the 5 screws from the service panel (right side panel) and detach the panel.
2. Press the wiring error check switch on the service monitor PCB, and the wiring error check
function is activated.
3. In about 10-15 minutes, the checking will end automatically.
4. When the checking is over, the service monitor LED indicators start flashing.
LED
Status
1
2
3
4
All flashing at once
Flashing one after another
Judgment
Self-correction impossible
Self-correction complete
Self-correction complete…The LED indicators 1 ~ 4 flash one after another.
Self-correction impossible…The LED indicators flash all at the same time.
„ Transmission failure occurs at any of the indoor units.
„ The indoor unit heat exchanger thermistor is disconnected.
„ An indoor unit is in trouble (if a trouble occurs during the wiring error checking).
Emergency stop…Any of the LED indicators 1 ~ 4 stays on.
Note:
1. It takes about 10-15 minutes (after pressing the wiring error check switch) to complete the
checking. (Wrong wiring between the upper and lower units cannot be self-corrected.)
2. Wrongly connected liquid and gas pipes cannot be self-corrected either. Be sure to make the
liquid pipe and the gas pipe in pairs.
3. To forced-terminate the wiring error check procedure halfway, press the wiring error check
switch again.
In this case, the microcomputer's memory gets back to its initial status (Room A wiring →
Port A piping, Room B wiring → Port B piping).
4. In replacing the outdoor unit PCB, be sure to use this function.
5. Make the power slide setting after doing the wiring error checking. (Otherwise, if the wiring is
reversed, the air-conditioners being connected are set up in the reverse way.)
Basic Knowledge
„ This function works in this way. Refrigerant is let flow from Port A and on. The temperatures
of the indoor unit heat exchanger thermistors are detected one by one to check up the
matching between the pipes and wiring.
„ With this function on, freezing (crackling) noise may be heard from the indoor unit. This is
not a problem. (This is because the heat exchange temperature is made to drop below 0°C
in order to increase the detection accuracy.)
„ The indoor fan is made to turn on and off at the same time.
Function and Control
105
Control Specification
Si12-411A
Checking the
current setting
data on the
microcomputer
memory
Those data can be checked by looking at the service monitor LED indicators, when the wiring
error checking is over, during forced operation, at the stop of the system.
The LED indicators stop flashing when the forced operation is over.
LED1…Room A wiring, LED2…Room B wiring
1st flashing LED…Port A piping, 2nd flashing LED…Port B piping
The first stay-on LED means the room that is connected with Port A. The next stay-on LED
means the one connected with Port B.
Example
Let's suppose the LED indicators are flashing as follows.
L A 1 2 3 4
E
D Green Red
L A 1 2 3 4
E
L A 1 2 3 4
D Green Red
E
D Green Red
The above means that Port A is connected with Port B and Port B with Room A (or selfcorrected this way.)
A
Wiring
B
Piping
A
B
Wiring
Piping
106
Function and Control
Si12-411A
Control Specification
3.16 Additional Function
3.16.1 Connection Pipe Condensation Preventing Function
This control is intended to adjust the electronic expansion valve opening so that the outdoor unit
gas pipe temperature (GDN) be kept below 8°C.
3.16.2 Priority Room Setting
Electronic expansion valves are controlled to provide the unit designated as the priority room
with the capacity of other room units.
(Distribution of capacity: Priority room unit --- ∆D Max., other room units --- ∆D -α)
„ Setting method
Turn off the circuit breaker before changing the setting.
Only one room can be set as the priority room.
„ Control start conditions
Priority room setting is made.
AND
“Powerful” signal from the priority room unit is received.
Note:
The operation mode of the priority room unit has precedence.
„ Cancellation of control
The control function is canceled when the “Powerful” operation mode is switched off or 20
minutes elapse after “Powerful Operation” started.
A
room
A
room
B
room
Living
room
C
room
B
room
Living
room
C
room
Normal
operation
When Inverter
powerful-operation
is selected in the
priority room
(R1396)
3.16.3 Powerful Operation Mode
Compressor operating frequency is increased to PI Max. (Max. Hz of operating room unit ΣS)
and outdoor unit airflow rate is increased.
3.16.4 Voltage Detection Function
Power supply voltage is detected each time equipment operation starts.
Function and Control
107
Control Specification
Si12-411A
3.16.5 Cooling / Heating Mode Lock
Use the S15 connector to set the unit to only cool or heat.
Setting to only heat (H): Short-circuit pins 1 and 3 of the connector <S15>.
Setting to only cool (C): short-circuit pins 3 and 5 of the connector <S15>.
The following specifications apply to the connector housing and pins.
JST products Housing: VHR-5N
Pin: SVH-21T-1, 1
Note that forced operation is also possible in COOL / HEAT mode.
COOL mode (C)
HEAT mode (H)
5<C>3<H>1
108
(R1397)
Function and Control
Si12-411A
Part 5
System Configuration
1. System Configuration..........................................................................110
1.1 Operation Instructions ..........................................................................110
2. Instruction............................................................................................111
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
2.11
2.12
2.13
2.14
System Configuration
Contents and Reference Page .............................................................111
Safety Precautions ...............................................................................112
Names of Parts.....................................................................................114
Preparation before Operation...............................................................126
AUTO · DRY · COOL · HEAT · FAN Operation ....................................129
Adjusting the Air Flow Direction ...........................................................131
POWERFUL Operation ........................................................................137
OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT Operation ...................................................138
HOME LEAVE Operation .....................................................................139
INTELLIGENT EYE Operation .............................................................141
TIMER Operation .................................................................................145
Note for Multi System ...........................................................................147
Care and Cleaning ...............................................................................149
Troubleshooting....................................................................................159
109
System Configuration
Si12-411A
1. System Configuration
1.1
Operation Instructions
After the installation and test operation of the room air conditioner have been completed, it
should be operated and handled as described below. Every user would like to know the correct
method of operation of the room air conditioner, to check if it is capable of cooling (or heating)
well, and to know a clever method of using it.
In order to meet this expectation of the users, giving sufficient explanations taking enough time
can be said to reduce about 80% of the requests for servicing. However good the installation
work is and however good the functions are, the customer may blame either the room air
conditioner or its installation work because of improper handling. The installation work and
handing over of the unit can only be considered to have been completed when its handling has
been explained to the user without using technical terms but giving full knowledge of the
equipment.
110
System Configuration
Si12-411A
Instruction
2. Instruction
Note:
2.1
This instruction is appropriate for R22 models.
Contents and Reference Page
Wall Mounted Type
Duct Connected Type
Model Series
FTKE25/35BVM(A) FTKD50/60/71BVM(A) CDKD25~60CVM(A)
FTXE25/35BVMA FTXD50/60/71BVMA CDXD25~60CVMA
Read before Operation
Safety Precautions
Names of Parts
Preparation before Operation
Operation
AUTO, DRY, COOL, HEAT, FAN
Operation
Adjusting the Air Flow Direction
POWERFUL Operation
OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT
Operation
HOME LEAVE Operation
INTELLIGENT EYE Operation
TIMER Operation
Note for Multi System
Care
Care and Cleaning
Trouble Shooting
Trouble Shooting
Drawing No.
Floor/Ceiling
Suspended Dual
Type
FLK25~60AVMA
FLX25~60AVMA
112
114
126
112
117
126
112
120
126
112
123
126
129
129
129
129
131
137
138
133
137
138
—
137
138
135
137
138
139
141
145
147
139
143
145
147
139
—
145
147
139
—
145
147
149
152
155
156
159
3P098590-2H
159
C : 3P098595-2M
159
3P132000-1B
159
3P077961-5E
: Illustrations are for wall mounted type FTK(X)E25/35B as representative.
System Configuration
111
Instruction
2.2
Si12-411A
Safety Precautions
Safety precautions
•
•
•
•
Keep this manual where the operator can easily find them.
Read this manual attentively before starting up the unit.
For safety reason the operator must read the following cautions carefully.
This manual classifies precautions into WARNINGS and CAUTIONS. Be sure to follow all precautions below: they are all important for ensuring safety.
WARNING
CAUTION
If you do not follow these instructions exactly, the unit may
cause property damage, personal injury or loss of life.
If you do not follow these instructions exactly, the unit may
cause minor or moderate property damage or personal injury.
Never do.
Be sure to follow the instructions.
Be sure to earth the air conditioner.
Never cause the air conditioner (including the remote
controller) to get wet.
Never touch the air conditioner (including the remote
controller) with a wet hand.
WARNING
• In order to avoid fire, explosion or injury, do not operate the unit when harmful, among which flammable or
corrosive gases, are detected near the unit.
• It is not good for health to expose your body to the air flow for a long time.
• Do not put a finger, a rod or other objects into the air outlet or inlet. As the fan is rotating at a high speed, it will
cause injury.
• Do not attempt to repair, relocate, modify or reinstall the air conditioner by yourself. Incorrect work will cause electric
shocks, fire etc.
For repairs and reinstallation, consult your Daikin dealer for advice and information.
• The refrigerant used in the air conditioner is safe. Although leaks should not occur, if for some
reason any refrigerant happens to leak into the room, make sure it does not come in contact
with any flame as of gas heaters, kerosene heaters or gas range.
• If the air conditioner is not cooling (heating) properly, the refrigerant may be leaking, so call your dealer.
When carrying out repairs accompanying adding refrigerant, check the content of the repairs with our service staff.
• Do not attempt to install the air conditioner by your self. Incorrect work will result in water leakage, electric shocks or
fire. For installation, consult the dealer or a qualified technician.
• In order to avoid electric shock, fire or injury, if you detect any abnormally such as smell of fire, stop the operation and
turn off the breaker. And call your dealer for instructions.
CAUTION
• The air conditioner must be earthed. Incomplete earthing may result in electric shocks. Do not connect the
earth line to a gas pipe, water pipe, lightening rod, or a telephone earth line.
• In order to avoid any quality deterioration, do not use the unit for cooling precision instruments, food, plants,
animals or works of art.
• Never expose little children, plants or animals directly to the air flow.
• Do not place appliances which produce open fire in places exposed to the air flow from the unit or under the
indoor unit. It may cause incomplete combustion or deformation of the unit due to the heat.
• Do not block air inlets nor outlets. Impaired air flow may result in insufficient performance or trouble.
112
System Configuration
Si12-411A
Instruction
• Do not stand or sit on the outdoor unit. Do not place any object on the unit to avoid injury, do not remove the fan guard.
• Do not place anything under the indoor or outdoor unit that must be kept away from moisture. In certain conditions,
moisture in the air may condense and drip.
• After a long use, check the unit stand and fittings for damage.
• Do not touch the air inlet and aluminum fins of outdoor unit. It may cause injury.
• The appliance is not intended for use by young children or infirm persons without supervision.
• Young children shuld be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance.
• To avoid oxygen deficiency, ventilate the room sufficiently if equipment with burner is used together with the
air conditioner.
• Before cleaning, be sure to stop the operation, turn the breaker off or pull out the supply cord.
• Do not connect the air conditioner to a power supply different from the one as specified. It may cause trouble or fire.
• Depending on the environment, an earth leakage breaker must be installed. Lack of an earth leakage breaker may
result in electric shocks.
• Arrange the drain hose to ensure smooth drainage. Incomplete draining may cause wetting of the building, furniture
etc.
• Do not operate the air conditioner with wet hands.
• Do not wash the indoor unit with excessive water, only use a slightly wet cloth.
• Do not place things such as vessels containing water or anything else on top of the unit. Water may penetrate into the unit and degrade electrical insulations, resulting in an electric shock.
Installation site
■ To install the air conditioner in the following types of environments, consult the dealer.
• Places with an oily ambient or where steam or soot occurs.
• Salty environment such as coastal areas.
• Places where sulfide gas occurs such as hot springs.
• Places where snow may block the outdoor unit.
The drain from the outdoor unit must be discharged to a place of good drainage.
Consider nuisance to your neighbours from noises
■ For installation, choose a place as described below.
• A place solid enough to bear the weight of the unit which does not amplify the operation noise or vibration.
• A place from where the air discharged from the outdoor unit or the operation noise will not annoy
your neighbours.
Electrical work
• For power supply, be sure to use a separate power circuit dedicated to the air conditioner.
System relocation
• Relocating the air conditioner requires specialized knowledge and skills. Please consult the dealer if relocation is necessary for moving or remodeling
System Configuration
113
Instruction
2.3
Si12-411A
Names of Parts
FTK(X)E 25/35 B
Names of parts
■ Indoor Unit
1
2
3
4
5
6
11
10
9
7
8
12
13
14
15
16
ON
OFF
114
System Configuration
Si12-411A
Instruction
■ Outdoor Unit
17
22
19
20
21
18
■
Indoor Unit
1. Air filter
2. Photocatalytic deodorizing filter or
Air purifying filter:
• These filters are attached to the inside of the air
filters.
12. Indoor Unit ON/OFF switch:
• Push this switch once to start operation.
Push once again to stop it.
• The operation mode refers to the following
table.
3. Air inlet
4. Front grille
FTKE
FTXE
5. Grille tab
6. Room temperature sensor:
• It senses the air temperature around the unit.
7. INTELLIGENT EYE sensor:
• It detects the movements of people and automatically switches between normal operation
and energy saving operation.
8. Display
9. Air outlet
10. Flaps (horizontal blades)
11. Louvres (vertical blades):
• The louvres are inside of the air outlet.
Temperature
setting
22°C
COOL
AUTO
25°C
Mode
Air flow
rate
AUTO
AUTO
• This switch is useful when the remote controller
is missing.
13. Operation lamp (green)
14. TIMER lamp (Yellow)
15. HOME LEAVE lamp (red)
16. Signal receiver:
• It receives signals from the remote controller.
• When the unit receives a signal, you will hear a
short beep.
• Operation start .............beep-beep
• Settings changed..........beep
• Operation stop ..............beeeeep
■ Outdoor Unit
17. Air inlet: (Back and side)
18. Air outlet
19. Refrigerant piping and inter-unit cable
20. Drain hose
21. Earth terminal:
• It is inside of this cover.
22. Outside air temperature sensor:
• It senses the ambient temperature around the
unit.
Appearance of the outdoor unit may differ from some models.
System Configuration
115
Instruction
Si12-411A
■ Remote Controller
1
ON
2
C
5
HOME LEAVE
ON/OFF
3
POWERFUL
TEMP
6
4
7
MODE
SILENT
FAN
SWING
SENSOR
8
12
9
10
11
ON
CANCEL
15
16
OFF
TIMER
14
13
< ARC433A1, A2 >
1. Signal transmitter:
• It sends signals to the indoor unit.
2. Display:
• It displays the current settings.
(In this illustration, each section is shown
with all its displays ON for the purpose of
explanation.)
3. HOME LEAVE button:
for HOME LEAVE operation
4. POWERFUL button:
for POWERFUL operation
5. TEMPERATURE adjustment buttons:
• It changes the temperature setting.
6. ON/OFF button:
• Press this button once to start operation.
Press once again to stop it.
7. MODE selector button:
• It selects the operation mode.
116
(AUTO/DRY/COOL/HEAT/FAN)
8. SILENT button: for OUTDOOR UNIT
SILENT operation
• Only works for multi-connection
9. FAN setting button:
• It selects the air flow rate setting.
10. SWING button
11. SENSOR button: for INTELLIGENT EYE
operation
12. ON TIMER button
13. OFF TIMER button
14. TIMER Setting button:
• It changes the time setting.
15. TIMER CANCEL button:
• It cancels the timer setting.
16. CLOCK button
System Configuration
Si12-411A
Instruction
FTK(X)D 50/60/71 B
Names of parts
■ Indoor Unit
4
5
3
2
9
10
1
8
6
7
11
12
14
13
■ Main unit control panel
16
15
System Configuration
117
Instruction
Si12-411A
„ Outdoor Unit
17
19
20
21
18
„
Indoor Unit
1. Air filter
2. Photocatalytic deodorizing filter or
Air purifying filter:
2These filters are attached to the inside of the air
filters.
3. Air inlet
4. Front grille
13. HOME LEAVE lamp (red):
2Lights up when you use HOME LEAVE
Operation.
14. Indoor Unit ON/OFF switch:
2Push this switch once to start operation.
Push once again to stop it.
2The operation mode refer to the following table.
5. Grille tab
6. INTELLIGENT EYE sensor:
2It detects the movements of people and
automatically switches between normal operation
and energy saving operation.
FTKD
FTXD
9. Flap (horizontal blade)
10. Louvers (vertical blades):
2The Louvers are inside of the air outlet.
11. Operation lamp (green)
12. TIMER lamp (yellow)
„
Air flow
rate
AUTO
AUTO
2This switch is useful when the remote controller
is missing.
7. Display
8. Air outlet
Temperature
setting
22°C
COOL
25°C
AUTO
Mode
15. Room temperature sensor:
2It senses the air temperature around the unit.
16. Signal receiver:
2It receives signals from the remote controller.
2When the unit receives a signal, you will hear a
short beep.
2Operation start .............beep-beep
2Settings changed..........beep
2Operation stop ..............beeeeep
Outdoor Unit
17. Air inlet: (Back and side)
20. Drain hose
18. Air outlet
21. Earth terminal:
It is inside of this cover.
19. Refrigerant piping and inter-unit cable
Appearance of the outdoor unit may differ from some models.
118
System Configuration
Si12-411A
Instruction
■ Remote Controller
1
ON
2
C
5
HOME LEAVE
ON/OFF
3
POWERFUL
TEMP
6
4
7
MODE
SILENT
FAN
SENSOR SWING
8
13
ON
9
11
10
12
CANCEL
16
OFF
17
TIMER
15
14
< ARC433A21, A22 >
1. Signal transmitter:
• It sends signals to the indoor unit.
2. Display:
• It displays the current settings.
(In this illustration, each section is shown with all
its displays ON for the purpose of explanation.)
3. HOME LEAVE button:
for HOME LEAVE operation
4. POWERFUL button:
for POWERFUL operation
10. SENSOR button: for INTELLIGENT EYE
operation
5. TEMPERATURE adjustment buttons:
• It changes the temperature of time setting.
13. ON TIMER button
6. ON/OFF button:
• Press this button once to start operation.
Press once again to stop it.
7. MODE selector button:
• It selects the operation mode.
(AUTO/DRY/COOL/HEAT/FAN)
System Configuration
8. SILENT button: for OUTDOOR UNIT
SILENT operation
9. FAN setting button:
• It selects the air flow rate setting.
11. SWING button
• Flap (Horizontal blade)
12. SWING button
• Louver (Vertical blades)
14. OFF TIMER button
15. TIMER Setting button:
• It changes the time setting.
16. TIMER CANCEL button:
• It cancels the timer setting.
17. CLOCK button
119
Instruction
Si12-411A
CDK(X)D 25/35/50/60 C
Names of parts
„ Indoor Unit
1
5
2
4
3
6
8
7
9
10
120
System Configuration
Si12-411A
Instruction
■ Outdoor Unit
11
12
13
15
14
■
Indoor Unit
1. Air outlet
2. Air outlet grille (Field supply)
• Appearance of the Air outlet grille and Air inlet
grille may differ with some models.
3. Display, Control panel
4. Suction grille (Option)
• Appearance of the suction grille and Air inlet
grille may differ with some models.
10. Indoor Unit ON/OFF switch
• Push this switch once to start operation.
Push once again to stop it.
• This switch is useful when the remote controller
is missing.
• The operation mode refers to the following table.
Mode
5. Air inlet
CDKD
CDXD
6. Room temperature sensor:
• It senses the air temperature around the unit.
COOL
AUTO
Temperature
setting
22°C
25°C
Air flow
rate
AUTO
AUTO
7. Operation lamp (green)
8. TIMER lamp (yellow)
9. HOME LEAVE lamp (red)
• LIghts up when you use HOME LEAVE
operation.
■ Outdoor Unit
11. Air inlet: (Back and side)
12. Refrigerant piping and inter-unit cable
14. Earth terminal:
• It is inside of this cover.
13. Drain hose
15. Air outlet
Appearance of the outdoor unit may differ from some models.
System Configuration
121
Instruction
Si12-411A
■ Remote Controller
1
ON
2
C
5
HOME LEAVE
ON/OFF
3
POWERFUL
TEMP
6
4
9
7
MODE
SILENT
FAN
8
10
ON
CANCEL
13
14
OFF
TIMER
12
11
< ARC433A7, A8 >
1. Signal transmitter:
• It sends signals to the indoor unit.
2. Display:
• It displays the current settings.
(In this illustration, each section is shown
with all its displays ON for the purpose of
explanation.)
8. SILENT button: for OUTDOOR UNIT
SILENT operation
9. FAN setting button:
• It selects the air flow rate setting.
3. HOME LEAVE button:
for HOME LEAVE operation
10. ON TIMER button
4. POWERFUL button:
for POWERFUL operation
12. TIMER Setting button:
• It changes the time setting.
5. TEMPERATURE adjustment buttons:
• It changes the temperature setting.
6. ON/OFF button:
• Press this button once to start operation.
Press once again to stop it.
122
7. MODE selector button:
• It selects the operation mode.
(AUTO/DRY/COOL/HEAT/FAN)
11. OFF TIMER button
13. TIMER CANCEL button:
• It cancels the timer setting.
14. CLOCK button
System Configuration
Si12-411A
Instruction
FLK(X) 25/35/50/60 A
Names of parts
■ Indoor Unit
The indoor unit can be installed either to the ceiling or to a wall. The descriptions contained in this manual show the
case when installation is being carried out to the ceiling. (The methods of operation used are the same when
installing to a wall.)
3
2
1
4
ON
OFF
5
9
8
7
6
11
10
12
14
13
CAUTION
• Before opening the front grille, be sure to stop the operation and turn the breaker OFF.
System Configuration
123
Instruction
Si12-411A
„ Outdoor Unit
15
17
18
19
16
„
Indoor Unit
1. Louvres (vertical blades)
The louvres are inside of the air outlet.
2. Air outlet
3. Flap (horizontal blade)
4. Grille tab
5. Air inlet
6. Display
7. Air filter
8. Photocatalytic deodorizing filter or
Air purifying filter:
2 These filters are attached to the inside of the air
filters.
9. Front grille
10. Operation lamp (green)
11. TIMER lamp (orange)
13. Indoor unit ON/OFF switch
2 Push this switch once to start operation.
Push once again to stop it.
2 Push the switch using an object with a sharp
tip, such as a pen.
2 This switch is useful when the remote controller
is missing.
14. Signal receiver:
2 It receives signals from the remote controller.
2 When the unit receives a signal, you will hear a
short beep.
2 Operation start .............beep-beep
2 Settings changed..........beep
2 Operation stop ..............beeeeep
2 The operation mode refers to the following
table.
12. HOME LEAVE lamp (red):
Lights up when you use HOME LEAVE
Operation.
„
Mode
FLK
FLX
COOL
AUTO
Temperature
setting
22°C
25°C
Air flow
rate
AUTO
AUTO
Outdoor Unit
15. Air inlet: (Back and side)
18. Drain hose
16. Air outlet
19. Earth terminal:
2 It is inside of this cover.
17. Refrigerant piping and inter-unit cable
Appearance of the outdoor unit may differ from some models.
124
System Configuration
Si12-411A
Instruction
■ Remote Controller
1
ON
2
C
5
HOME LEAVE
ON/OFF
3
POWERFUL
TEMP
6
4
7
MODE
SILENT
FAN
SWING
9
10
CANCEL
14
8
11
ON
15
OFF
TIMER
13
12
< ARC433A5, A6 >
1. Signal Transmitter:
• It sends signals to the indoor unit.
2. Display:
• It displays the current settings.
(In this illustration, each section is shown
with all its displays ON for the purpose of
explanation.)
3. HOME LEAVE button:
for HOME LEAVE operation
4. POWERFUL button:
for POWERFUL operation
5. TEMPERATURE adjustment buttons:
• It changes the temperature setting.
6. ON/OFF button:
• Press this button once to start operation.
Press once again to stop it.
System Configuration
7. MODE selector button:
• It selects the operation mode.
(AUTO/DRY/COOL/HEAT/FAN)
8. OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT button
9. FAN setting button:
• It selects the air flow rate setting.
10. SWING button
11. ON TIMER button
12. OFF TIMER button
13. TIMER Setting button:
• It changes the time setting.
14. TIMER CANCEL button:
• It cancels the timer setting.
15. CLOCK button
125
Instruction
2.4
Si12-411A
Preparation before Operation
Preparation Before Operation
■ To set the batteries
1. Press
with a finger and slide the
front cover to take it off.
Position + and
– correctly!
2
–
+
+
2. Set two dry batteries (AAA).
–
3. Set the front cover as before.
3
1
ATTENTION
■ About batteries
• When replacing the batteries, use batteries of the same type, and replace the two old batteries
together.
• When the system is not used for a long time, take the batteries out.
• We recommend replacing once a year, although if the remote controller display begins to fade or if
reception deteriorates, please replace with new alkali batteries. Using manganese batteries reduces
the lifespan.
• The attached batteries are provided for the initial use of the system.
The usable period of the batteries may be short depending on the manufactured date of the air
conditioner.
126
System Configuration
Si12-411A
Instruction
Preparation Before Operation
■ To operate the remote
controller
• To use the remote controller, aim the transmitter
at the indoor unit. If there is anything to block
signals between the unit and the remote controller, such as a curtain, the unit will not operate.
• Do not drop the remote controller. Do not get it wet.
• The maximum distance for communication is
about 7 m.
Receiver
■ To fix the remote controller
holder on the wall
1. Choose a place from where the signals reach the unit.
Remote controller
holder
2. Fix the holder to a wall, a pillar, etc.
with the screws supplied with the
holder.
Set.
3. Place the remote controller in the
remote controller holder.
●
To remove, pull it upwards.
ATTENTION
■ About remote controller
• Never expose the remote controller to direct sunlight.
• Dust on the signal transmitter or receiver will reduce the sensitivity. Wipe off dust with soft cloth.
• Signal communication may be disabled if an electronic-starter-type fluorescent lamp (such as
inverter-type lamps) is in the room. Consult the shop if that is the case.
• If the remote control signals happen to operate another appliance, move that appliance to somewhere else, or consult the shop.
System Configuration
127
Instruction
Si12-411A
■ To set the clock
1. Press “CLOCK button”.
is displayed.
C
blinks.
2. Press “TIMER setting button”
to set the clock to the present
time.
Holding down “
” or “
” button rapidly increases or decreases the time display.
3. Press “CLOCK button”.
blinks.
HOME LEAVE
ON/OFF
POWERFUL
TEMP
MODE
SILENT
FAN
ON
■ Turn the breaker ON
• Turning ON the breaker opens the flap, then
closes it again. (This is a normal procedure.)
SWING
SENSOR
2
CANCEL
1.3
OFF
TIMER
NOTE
■ Tips for saving energy
• Be careful not to cool (heat) the room too much.
Keeping the temperature setting at a moderate level helps save energy.
• Cover windows with a blind or a curtain.
Blocking sunlight and air from outdoors increases the cooling (heating) effect.
• Clogged air filters cause inefficient operation and waste energy. Clean them
once in about every two weeks.
Recommended temperature setting
For cooling:26°C – 28°°C
For heating:20°C – 24°C
■ Please note
• The air conditioner always consumes 15-35 watts of electricity even while it is not operating.
• If you are not going to use the air conditioner for a long period, for example in spring or autumn, turn the breaker OFF.
• Use the air conditioner in the following conditions.
Mode
Operating conditions
If operation is continued out of this range
COOL
Outdoor temperature: <3/4MK>10 to 46 °C
<3/4MX>–10 to 46 °C
• A safety device may work to stop the operation.
(In multi system, it may work to stop the operation of the outdoor unit only.)
• Condensation may occur on the indoor unit and drip.
Indoor temperature: 18 to 32 °C
Indoor humidity: 80% max.
HEAT
Outdoor temperature: <3/4MX>–15 to 21 °C
• A safety device may work to stop the operation.
Indoor temperature: 10 to 30 °C
DRY
Outdoor temperature: <3/4MK>10 to 46 °C
<3/4MX>–10 to 46 °C
• A safety device may work to stop the operation.
• Condensation may occur on the indoor unit and drip.
Indoor temperature: 18 to 32 °C
Indoor humidity: 80% max.
• Operation outside this humidity or temperature range may cause a safety device to disable the system.
128
System Configuration
Si12-411A
2.5
Instruction
AUTO · DRY · COOL · HEAT · FAN Operation
AUTO · DRY · COOL · HEAT · FAN Operation
The air conditioner operates with the operation mode of your
choice.
From the next time on, the air conditioner will operate with the
same operation mode.
■ To start operation
C
1. Press “MODE selector button”
and select a operation mode.
• Each pressing of the button advances the
mode setting in sequence.
4
HOME LEAVE
ON/OFF
: AUTO
POWERFUL
TEMP
MODE
SILENT
FAN
2, 3
1
: DRY
: COOL
: HEAT
SWING
SENSOR
: FAN
5
ON
<FTKE>
CANCEL
OFF
TIMER
<FTXE>
2. Press “ON/OFF button” .
• The OPERATION lamp lights up.
ON
OFF
■ To stop operation
3. Press “ON/OFF button” again.
• Then OPERATION lamp goes off.
■ To change the temperature setting
4. Press “TEMPERATURE adjustment button”
DRY or FAN mode
AUTO or COOL or HEAT mode
Press “
“
The temperature setting is not variable.
” to raise the temperature and press
” to lower the temperature.
Set to the temperature you like.
C
System Configuration
129
Instruction
Si12-411A
■ To change the air flow rate setting
5. Press “FAN setting button”.
DRY mode
AUTO or COOL or HEAT or FAN mode
Five levels of air flow rate setting from “
The air flow rate setting is not variable.
plus “
”“
” to “
”
” are available.
• Indoor unit quiet operation
When the air flow is set to “
”, the noise from the indoor unit will become quieter.
Use this when making the noise quieter.
The unit might lose power when the fan strength is set to a weak level.
■ To change the air flow direction
NOTE
■ Note on HEAT operation
• Since this air conditioner heats the room by taking heat from outdoor air to indoors, the heating
capacity becomes smaller in lower outdoor temperatures. If the heating effect is insufficient, it is recommended to use another heating appliance in combination with the air conditioner.
• The heat pump system heats the room by circulating hot air around all parts of the room. After the
start of heating operation, it takes some time before the room gets warmer.
• In heating operation, frost may occur on the outdoor unit and lower the heating capacity. In that case,
the system switches into defrosting operation to take away the frost.
• During defrosting operation, hot air does not flow out of indoor unit.
■ Note on DRY operation
• The computer chip works to rid the room of humidity while maintaining the temperature as
much as possible. It automatically controls temperature and fan strength, so manual adjustment of these functions is unavailable.
■ Note on AUTO operation
• In AUTO operation, the system selects an appropriate operation mode (COOL or HEAT) based on the
room temperature at the start of the operation.
• The system automatically reselects setting at a regular interval to bring the room temperature to usersetting level.
• If you do not like AUTO operation, you can manually select the operation mode and setting
you like.
■ Note on air flow rate setting
• At smaller air flow rates, the cooling (heating) effect is also smaller.
130
System Configuration
Si12-411A
2.6
Instruction
Adjusting the Air Flow Direction
FTK(X)E 25/35 B
Adjusting the Air Flow Direction
You can adjust the air flow direction to increase your comfort.
■ To adjust the horizontal
blades (flaps)
ON
C
1. Press “SWING button”.
The display will light up and the flaps will
begin to swing.
2. When the flaps have reached the
desired position, press “SWING
button” once more.
The display will go blank.
The flaps will stop moving.
HOME LEAVE
ON/OFF
POWERFUL
TEMP
MODE
SILENT
FAN
ON
SWING
SENSOR
1, 2
CANCEL
OFF
TIMER
System Configuration
131
Instruction
Si12-411A
■ To adjust the vertical blades
(louvres)
Hold the knob and move the louvres.
(You will find a knob on the left-side and the right-side blades.)
Notes on flaps and louvres angles
• When “ SWING button ” is selected, the flaps
swinging range depends on the operation mode.
(See the figure.)
■ ATTENTION
• Always use a remote controller to adjust the flaps
angle. If you attempt to move it forcibly with hand
when it is swinging, the mechanism may be broken.
• Be careful when adjusting the louvres. Inside the
air outlet, a fan is rotating at a high speed.
In DRY mode or COOL mode
When stop operation
Upper limit in cooling
0˚
25˚
Lower limit in cooling
In HEAT or FAN mode
When stop operation
20˚
Upper limit in heating
45˚
Lower limit in heating
132
System Configuration
Si12-411A
Instruction
FTK(X)D 50/60/71 B
Adjusting the Air Flow Direction
You can adjust the air flow direction to increase your
comfort.
■ To adjust the horizontal
blade (flap)
ON
C
1. Press “SWING button”.
The display will light up and the flap will
begin to swing.
2. When the flap have reached the
desired position, press “SWING”
button once more.
The display will go blank.
The flap will stop moving.
HOME LEAVE
POWERFUL
MODE
SILENT
ON/OFF
TEMP
FAN
SENSOR SWING
1, 2
3, 4
ON
CANCEL
OFF
TIMER
■ To adjust the vertical blades (louvers)
3. Press “SWING button”.
The display will light up and the louvers will begin to swing.
4. When the louvers have reached the desired position, press the
“SWING” button once more.
The display will go blank.
The louvers will stop moving.
System Configuration
133
Instruction
Si12-411A
■ To 3-D Airflow
1. 3. press “SWING button”: the “ ” “
the flaps and louvers will move in turn.
” display will light up and
■ To cancel 3-D Airflow
2. 4. press “SWING button”
Notes on louvers angles
■ ATTENTION
• Always use a remote controller to adjust the louvers angles. In side the air outlet, a fan is rotating at a
high speed.
Notes on flap angle
• When “SWING button” is selected, the flaps swinging
range depends on the operation mode. (See the figure.)
Three-Dimensional (3-D) Airflow
• Using three-dimensional airflow circulates cold air,
which tends to collected at the bottom of the room, and
hot air, which tends to collect near the ceiling,
throughout the room, preventing areas of cold and hot
developing.
■ ATTENTION
• Always use a remote controller to adjust the flaps angle.
If you attempt to move it forcibly with hand when it is
swinging, the mechanism may be broken.
In COOL or DRY mode
STOP
COOL
approx. 10˚~40˚
DRY
approx. 5˚~35˚
In HEAT or FAN mode
STOP
HEAT
approx. 15˚~55˚
FAN
approx. 5˚~55˚
134
System Configuration
Si12-411A
Instruction
FLK(X) 25/35/50/60 A
Adjusting the Air Flow Direction
You can adjust the air flow direction to increase your comfort.
■ To adjust the horizontal
blade (flap)
ON
C
1. Press “SWING button”.
The display will light up and the flaps will
begin to swing.
2. When the flaps have reached the
desired position, press “SWING
button” once more.
The display will go blank.
The flaps will stop moving.
HOME LEAVE
ON/OFF
POWERFUL
TEMP
MODE
SILENT
FAN
ON
SWING
1, 2
CANCEL
OFF
TIMER
System Configuration
135
Instruction
Si12-411A
■ To adjust the vertical blades
(louvres)
• When adjusting the louvre, use a robust and stable stool and
watch your steps carefully.
Hold the knob and move the louvres.
(You will find a knob on the left side and the right side blades.)
Notes on flap and louvres angles
• Unless [SWING] is selected, you should set the
flap at a near- horizontal angle in COOL or DRY
mode to obtain the best performance.
• In COOL or DRY mode, if the flap is fixed at a
downward position, the flap automatically moves
in about 60 minutes to prevent condensation on it.
■ ATTENTION
• Always use a remote controller to adjust the flap
angle.
If you attempt to move it forcibly with hand when it
is swinging, the mechanism may be broken.
• Be careful when adjusting the louvres. Inside the
air outlet, a fan is rotating at a high speed.
136
DRY
COOL
FAN
HEAT
System Configuration
Si12-411A
2.7
Instruction
POWERFUL Operation
POWERFUL Operation
POWERFUL operation quickly maximizes the cooling
(heating) effect in any operation mode. You can get the
maximum capacity .
■ To start POWERFUL
operation
ON
1. Press “POWERFUL button”.
• POWERFUL operation ends in 20 minutes.
Then the system automatically operates
again with the settings which were used
before POWERFUL operation.
• When using POWERFUL operation,
there are some functions which are not
available.
■ To cancel POWERFUL
operation
HOME LEAVE
POWERFUL
ON/OFF
TEMP
1, 2
MODE
SILENT
FAN
ON
2. Press “POWERFUL button”
again.
SWING
SENSOR
CANCEL
OFF
TIMER
NOTE
■ Notes on POWERFUL operation
• In COOL and HEAT mode
To maximize the cooling (heating) effect, the capacity of outdoor unit must be increased
and the air flow rate be fixed to the maximum setting.
The temperature and air flow settings are not variable.
• In DRY mode
The temperature setting is lowered by 2.5°C and the air flow rate is slightly increased.
• In FAN mode
The air flow rate is fixed to the maximum setting.
• When using priority-room setting
See “Note for multi system”.
System Configuration
137
Instruction
2.8
Si12-411A
OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT Operation
OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT Operation
OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT operation lowers the noise
level of the outdoor unit by changing the frequency and
fan speed on the outdoor unit. This function is convenient during night.
■ To start OUTDOOR UNIT
SILENT operation
C
1. Press “SILENT button”.
■ To cancel OUTDOOR UNIT
SILENT operation
HOME LEAVE
ON/OFF
POWERFUL
TEMP
MODE
SILENT
FAN
2. Press “SILENT button” again.
SWING
SENSOR
1, 2
ON
CANCEL
OFF
TIMER
NOTE
■ Note on OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT operation
• If using a multi system, this function will work only when the OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT
operation is set on all operated indoor units.
However, if using priority-room setting, see “Note for multi system”.
• This function is available in COOL, HEAT, and AUTO modes.
(This is not available in FAN and DRY mode.)
• POWERFUL operation and OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT operation cannot be used at the
same time.
Priority is given to POWERFUL operation.
• If operation is stopped using the remote controller or the main unit ON/OFF switch when
using OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT operation, “
”will remain on the remote controller
display.
138
System Configuration
Si12-411A
2.9
Instruction
HOME LEAVE Operation
HOME LEAVE Operation
HOME LEAVE operation is a function which allows you to record your preferred temperature and air
flow rate settings.
■ To start HOME LEAVE
operation
1. Press “HOME LEAVE button” .
• The HOME LEAVE lamp lights up.
C
ON
OFF
■ To cancel HOME LEAVE
operation
1, 2
HOME LEAVE
ON/OFF
POWERFUL
TEMP
MODE
SILENT
FAN
2. Press “HOME LEAVE button” again.
• The HOME LEAVE lamp goes off.
ON
SWING
SENSOR
CANCEL
OFF
TIMER
Before using HOME LEAVE operation.
■ To set the temperature and air flow rate for HOME LEAVE operation
When using HOME LEAVE operation for the first time, please set the temperature and air flow rate
for HOME LEAVE operation. Record your preferred temperature and air flow rate.
Initial setting
Selectable range
temperature
Air flow rate
temperature
Air flow rate
Cooling
25°C
AUTO
18-32°C
5 step, AUTO and SILENT
Heating
25°C
AUTO
10-30°C
5 step, AUTO and SILENT
1. Press “HOME LEAVE button”. Make sure “
” is displayed in the remote control
display.
2. Adjust the set temperature with “
” or “
” as you like.
3. Adjust the air flow rate with “FAN” setting button as you like.
Home leave operation will run with these settings the next time you use this function. To change
the recorded information, repeat steps 1 – 3.
System Configuration
139
Instruction
Si12-411A
■ What’s the HOME LEAVE operation
Is there a set temperature and air flow rate which is most comfortable, a set temperature and air flow rate which
you use the most? HOME LEAVE operation is a function that allows you to record your favorite set temperature and
air flow rate. You can start your favorite operation mode simply by pressing the HOME LEAVE button on the remote
control. This function is convenient in the following situations.
■ Useful in these cases.
1.Use as an energy-saving mode
Set the temperature 2-3°C higher (cooling) or lower (heating) than normal. Setting the fan strength to the lowest setting
allows the unit to be used in energy-saving mode. Also convenient for use while you are out or sleeping.
• Every day before you leave the house...
When you go out, push the “HOME
LEAVE Operation” button, and the
air conditioner will adjust capacity to
reach the preset temperature for
HOME LEAVE Operation.
When you return, you will be
welcomed by a comfortably air
conditioned room.
Push the “HOME LEAVE Operation” button again, and the air conditioner will adjust capacity to the
set temperature for normal operation.
The unit will maintain the temperature in the room at a comfortable level while you sleep.
When you enter the living room
in the morning, the temperature
will be just right.
• Before bed...
Set the unit to HOME LEAVE Operation before leaving the living room
when going to bed.
Disengaging HOME LEAVE
Operation will return the temperature to that set for normal
operation. Even the coldest
winters will pose no problem!
2.Use as a favorite mode
Once you record the temperature and air flow rate settings you most often use, you can retrieve them by pressing
HOME LEAVE button. You do not have to go through troublesome remote control operations.
NOTE
• Once the temperature and air flow rate for HOME LEAVE operation are set, those settings will be used
whenever HOME LEAVE operation is used in the future. To change these settings, please refer to the
“Before using HOME LEAVE operation” section above.
• HOME LEAVE operation is only available in COOL and HEAT mode. Cannot be used in AUTO, DRY, and
FAN mode.
• HOME LEAVE operation runs in accordance with the previous operation mode(COOL or HEAT) before
using HOME LEAVE operation.
• HOME LEAVE operation and POWERFUL operation cannot be used at the same time.
Last button that was pressed has priority.
• The operation mode cannot be changed while HOME LEAVE operation is being used.
• When operation is shut off during HOME LEAVE operation, using the remote controller or the indoor unit
ON/OFF switch, “
”will remain on the remote controller display.
140
System Configuration
Si12-411A
Instruction
2.10 INTELLIGENT EYE Operation
FTK(X)E 25/35 B
INTELLIGENT EYE Operation
“INTELLIGENT EYE” is the infrared sensor which
detects the human movement.
■ To start INTELLIGENT
EYE operation
C
1. Press “SENSOR button”.
■ To cancel the
INTELLIGENT EYE
operation
HOME LEAVE
ON/OFF
POWERFUL
TEMP
MODE
SILENT
FAN
2. Press “SENSOR button” again.
[EX.]
SWING
SENSOR
1, 2
When somebody in the room
• Normal operation
ON
CANCEL
OFF
TIMER
When nobody in the room
• 20 min. after, start energy
saving
operation.
Somebody back in the room
• Back to normal operation.
System Configuration
141
Instruction
Si12-411A
■ To adjust the angle of the INTELLIGENT EYE sensor
• You can adjust the angle of the INTELLIGENT EYE
sensor to increase the detection area.
(Adjustable angle: 15° to right and left of
centre)
15˚ 15˚
• Gently push and slide the sensor to adjust the
angle.
• After adjusting the angle, wipe the sensor gently
with a clean cloth, being careful not to scratch
the sensor.
Moving the sensor to the left
INTELLIGENT EYE
sensor
Moving the sensor to the right
“INTELLIGENT EYE” is useful for Energy Saving
■ Energy saving operation
• Change the temperature –2°C in heating / +2°C in cooling / +1°C in dry mode from set temperature.
• Decrease the air flow rate slightly in fan operation. (In FAN mode only)
Notes on “INTELLIGENT EYE”
• Application range is as follows.
Vertical angle 80˚
(Side View)
Horizontal angle 100˚
(Top View)
80˚
5m
50˚ 50˚
5m
• Sensor may not detect moving objects further than 5m away. (Check the application range)
• Sensor detection sensitivity changes according to indoor unit location, the speed of passersby, temperature range, etc.
• The sensor also mistakenly detects pets, sunlight, fluttering curtains and light reflected off of
mirrors as passersby.
• INTELLIGENT EYE operatipon will not go on during powerful operation.
• Night set mode will not go on during you use INTELLIGENT EYE operation.
CAUTION
• Do not place large objects near the sensor.
Also keep heating units or humidifiers outside the sensor’s detection area. This sensor can
detect objects it shouldn’t as well as not detect objects it should.
• Do not hit or violently push the INTELLIGENT EYE sensor. This can lead to damage and
malfunction.
142
System Configuration
Si12-411A
Instruction
FTK(X)D 50/60/71 B
INTELLIGENT EYE Operation
“INTELLIGENT EYE” is the infrared sensor which
detects the human movement.
■ To start INTELLIGENT
EYE operation
C
1. Press “SENSOR button”.
■ To cancel the
INTELLIGENT EYE
operation
HOME LEAVE
POWERFUL
ON/OFF
TEMP
2. Press “SENSOR button” again.
MODE
SILENT
[EX.]
FAN
SENSOR SWING
1, 2
When somebody in the room
ON
• Normal operation
CANCEL
OFF
TIMER
When nobody in the room
• 20 min. after, start energy
saving
operation.
Somebody back in the room
• Back to normal operation.
System Configuration
143
Instruction
Si12-411A
“INTELLIGENT EYE” is useful for Energy Saving
■ Energy saving operation
• Change the temperature –2°C in heating / +2°C in cooling / +1°C in dry mode from set temperature.
• Decrease the air flow rate slightly in fan operation. (In FAN mode only)
Notes on “INTELLIGENT EYE”
• Application range is as follows.
Vertical angle 90˚
(Side View)
Horizontal angle 110˚
(Top View)
90˚
7m
55˚ 55˚
7m
• Sensor may not detect moving objects further than 7m away. (Check the application range)
• Sensor detection sensitivity changes according to indoor unit location, the speed of
passersby, temperature range, etc.
• The sensor also mistakenly detects pets, sunlight, fluttering curtains and light reflected off of
mirrors as passersby.
• INTELLIGENT EYE operation will not go on during powerful operation.
• Night set mode will not go on during you use INTELLIGENT EYE operation.
CAUTION
• Do not place large objects near the sensor.
Also keep heating units or humidifiers outside the sensor’s detection area. This sensor can
detect objects it shouldn’t as well as not detect objects it should.
• Do not hit or violently push the INTELLIGENT EYE sensor. This can lead to damage and
malfunction.
144
System Configuration
Si12-411A
Instruction
2.11 TIMER Operation
TIMER Operation
Timer functions are useful for automatically switching the
air conditioner on or off at night or in the morning. You can
also use OFF TIMER and ON TIMER in combination.
■ To use OFF TIMER operation
C
• Check that the clock is correct.
If not, set the clock to the present time.
1. Press “OFF TIMER button”.
is displayed.
HOME LEAVE
ON/OFF
POWERFUL
TEMP
MODE
SILENT
FAN
blinks.
2. Press “TIMER Setting button”
until the time setting reaches the
point you like.
• Every pressing of either button increases
or decreases the time setting by 10 minutes. Holding down either button changes
the setting rapidly.
ON
SWING
SENSOR
CANCEL
OFF
TIMER
3. Press “OFF TIMER button”
again.
4
2
1.3
• The TIMER lamp lights up.
ON
OFF
■ To cancel the OFF TIMER operation
4. Press “CANCEL button”.
• The TIMER lamp goes off.
Notes
• When TIMER is set, the present time is not displayed.
• Once you set ON, OFF TIMER, the time setting is kept in the memory. (The memory is canceled when
remote controller batteries are replaced.)
• When operating the unit via the ON/OFF Timer, the actual length of operation may vary from the time
entered by the user. (Maximum approx. 10 minutes)
■ NIGHT SET MODE
When the OFF TIMER is set, the air conditioner automatically adjusts the temperature setting (0.5°C
up in COOL, 2.0°C down in HEAT) to prevent excessive cooling (heating) for your pleasant sleep.
System Configuration
145
Instruction
Si12-411A
■ To use ON TIMER operation
• Check that the clock is correct. If not, set
the clock to the present time.
1. Press “ON TIMER button”.
is displayed.
C
blinks.
2. Press “TIMER Setting button”
until the time setting reaches
the point you like.
• Every pressing of either button
increases or decreases the time setting
by 10 minutes. Holding down either button changes the setting rapidly.
3. Press “ON TIMER button”
again.
HOME LEAVE
ON/OFF
POWERFUL
TEMP
MODE
SILENT
FAN
SWING
SENSOR
1.3
4
• The TIMER lamp lights up.
ON
ON
OFF
CANCEL
OFF
■ To cancel ON TIMER
operation
2
TIMER
4. Press “CANCEL button”.
• The TIMER lamp goes off.
■ To combine ON TIMER and OFF TIMER
• A sample setting for combining the two timers is shown below.
Display
(Example)
Present time: 11:00 PM
(The unit operating)
OFF TIMER at 0:00 a.m.
ON TIMER at 7:00 a.m.
Combined
ATTENTION
■ In the following cases, set the timer again.
• After a breaker has turned OFF.
• After a power failure.
• After replacing batteries in the remote controller.
146
System Configuration
Si12-411A
Instruction
2.12 Note for Multi System
Note for Multi System
〈〈 What is a “Multi System”? 〉〉
This system has one outdoor unit connected to multiple indoor units.
■ Selecting the Operation Mode
A
room
Outdoor
unit
1. With the Priority Room Setting
present but inactive or not present
B
room
Living
room
C
room
When more than one indoor unit is operating, priority is
given to the first unit that was turned on.
In this case, set the units that are turned on later to the
same operation mode (*1) as the first unit.
Otherwise, they will enter the Standby Mode, and the operation lamp will flash; this does not indicate malfunction.
(*1)
• COOL, DRY and FAN mode may be used at the same time.
• AUTO mode automatically selects COOL mode or HEAT mode based on the room temperature.
Therefore, AUTO mode is available when selecting the same operation mode as that of the room
with the first unit to be turned on.
〈CAUTION〉〉
Normally, the operation mode in the room where the unit is first run is given priority, but the following situations are
exceptions, so please keep this in mind.
If the operation mode of the first room is FAN Mode, then using Heating Mode in any room after this will give priority to
heating. In this situation, the air conditioner running in FAN Mode will go on standby, and the operation lamp will flash.
2. With the Priority Room Setting active
See “Priority Room Setting” on the next page.
■ NIGHT QUIET Mode (Available only for cooling operation)
NIGHT QUIET Mode requires initial programming during installation. Please consult your retailer or dealer for assistance.
NIGHT QUIET Mode reduces the operation noise of the outdoor unit during the night time hours to prevent
annoyance to neighbors.
• The NIGHT QUIET Mode is activated when the temperature drops 5°C or more below the highest temperature
recorded that day. Therefore, when the temperature difference is less than 5°C, this function will not be activated.
• NIGHT QUIET Mode reduces slightly the cooling (heating) efficiency of the unit.
■ OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT Operation
1. With the Priority Room Setting present but inactive or not present
When using the OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT operation feature with the Multi system, set all indoor units to
OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT operation using their remote controllers.
When clearing OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT operation, clear one of the operating indoor units using their remote controller.
However OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT operation display remains on the remote controller for other rooms.
We recommend you release all rooms using their remote controllers.
2. With the Priority Room Setting active
See “Priority Room Setting” on the next page.
■ Cooling / Heating Mode Lock (Available only for heat pump models)
The Cooling / Heating Mode Lock requires initial programming during installation.Please consult your retailer or dealer
for assistance. The Cooling / Heating Mode Lock sets the unit forcibly to either Cooling or Heating Mode. This function
is convenient when you wish to set all indoor units connected to the Multi system to the same operation mode.
System Configuration
147
Instruction
Si12-411A
■ Priority Room Setting
The Priority Room Setting requires initial programming during installation. Please consult your
retailer or dealer for assistance.
The room designated as the Priority Room takes priority in the following situations;
1. Operation Mode Priority
As the operation mode of the Priority Room takes precedence, the user can select a different
operation mode from other rooms.
〈Example〉
* Room A is the Priority Room in the examples.
When COOL mode is selected in Room A while operating the following modes in Room B,C and D :
Operation mode in Room B, C and D
COOL or DRY or FAN
Status of Room B, C and D when the unit in Room A is in COOL mode
Current operation mode maintained
HEAT
The unit enters Standby Mode. Operation resumes when the
Room A unit stops operating.
AUTO
If the unit is set to COOL mode, operation continues. If set to
HEAT mode, it enters Standby Mode. Operation resumes when
the Room A unit stops operating.
2. Priority when POWERFUL operation is used
〈Example〉
* Room A is the Priority Room in the examples.
The indoor units in Rooms A,B,C and D are all operating. If the unit in Room A enters POWERFUL
operation, operation capacity will be concentrated in Room A. In such a case, the cooling (heating)
efficiency of the units in Rooms B,C and D may be slightly reduced.
3. Priority when using OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT operation
〈Example〉
* Room A is the Priority Room in the examples.
Just by setting the unit in Room A to SILENT operation, the air conditioner starts OUTDOOR UNIT
SILENT operation.
You don’t have to set all the operated indoor units to SILENT operation.
148
System Configuration
Si12-411A
Instruction
2.13 Care and Cleaning
FTK(X)E 25/35 B
Care and Cleaning
CAUTION
Before cleaning, be sure to stop the operation and
turn the breaker OFF.
Units
■ Indoor unit, Outdoor unit and Remote controller
1. Wipe them with dry soft cloth.
■ Front grille
1. Open the front grille.
• Hold the grille by the tabs on the two sides and lift
it unitl it stops with a click.
2. Remove the front grille.
• Supporting the front grille with one hand, release
the lock by sliding down the knob with the other
hand.
• To remove the front grille, pull it toward yourself
with both hands.
3. Clean the front grille
• Wipe it with a soft cloth soaked in water.
• Only neutral detergent may be used.
• In case of washing the grille with water, dry it with
cloth, dry it up in the shade after washing.
4. Attach the front grille
• Set the 3 keys of the front grille into the slots
and push them in all the way.
• Close the front grille slowly and push the grille
at the 3 points.
( 1 on each sides and 1 in the middle.)
• Check to see if the rotating axis in the upper
center section is moving.
Fit the key
into the slot.
Slide up the knob.
CAUTION
•
•
•
•
Don’t touch the metal parts of the indoor unit. If you touch those parts, this may cause an injury.
When removing or attaching the front grille, use a robust and stable stool and watch your steps carefully.
When removing or attaching the front grille, support the grille securely with hand to prevent it from falling.
For cleaning, do not use hot water above 40 °C, benzine, gasoline, thinner, nor other volatile oils, polishing compound, scrubbing brushes, nor other hand stuff.
• After cleaning, make sure that the front grille is securely fixed.
System Configuration
149
Instruction
Si12-411A
Filters
1. Open the front grille.
2. Pull out the air filters.
• Push a little upwards the tab at the center of each air
filter, then pull it down.
3. Take off the air purifying filter,
photocatalytic deodorizing filter.
• Hold the recessed parts of the frame and
unhook the four claws.
Air purifying
filter or
photocatalytic
deodorizing
filter
4. Clean or replace each filter.
See below.
5. Set the air filter, air purifying filter
and photocatalytic deodorizing filter as
they were and close the front grille.
Air filter
Push
• Insert claws of the filters into slots of the front grille.
Close the front grille slowly and push the grille at the 3
points. (1 on each sides and 1 in the middle.)
■ Air Filter
1. Wash the air filters with water or clean them with
vacuum cleaner.
• If the dust does not come off easily, wash them with neutral detergent
thinned with lukewarm water, then dry them up in the shade.
• It is recommended to clean the air filters every two weeks.
■ Air Purifying Filter (green)
(Replace approximately once every 3 months.)
1. Detach the filter element and attach a new one.
• Insert with the green side up.
• It is recommended to replace the air purifying filter every three months.
■ Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter (gray)
[ Maintenance ]
1. Dry the photocatalytic deodorizing filter in the sun.
• After removing the dust with a vacuum cleaner, place the filter in the sun for approximately 6 hours.
By drying the photocatalytic deodorizing filter in the sun, its deodorizing and antibacterial capabilities
are regenerated.
• Because the filter material is paper, it can not be cleaned with water.
• It is recommended dry the filter once every 6 months.
[ Replacement]
1. Detach the filter element and attach a new one.
150
System Configuration
Si12-411A
Instruction
Check
Check that the base, stand and other fittings of the outdoor unit are not decayed or corroded.
Check that nothing blocks the air inlets and the outlets of the indoor unit and the outdoor unit.
Check that the earth wire is not disconnected or broken.
Check that the drain comes smoothly out of the drain hose during COOL or DRY operation.
• If no drain water is seen, water may be leaking from the indoor unit. Stop operation and consult the service shop if this is the case.
■ Before a long idle period
1. Operate the “fan only” for several hours on a fine day to dry out the
inside.
• Press “MODE” button and select “fan”operation.
• Press “ON/OFF” button and start operation.
2. Clean the air filters and set them again.
3. Take out batteries from the remote controller.
4. Turn OFF the breaker for the room air conditioner.
• When a multi outdoor unit is connected, make sure the heating operation is not used at the
other room before you use the fan operation.
NOTE
• Operation with dirty filters :
(1) cannot deodorize the air.
(2) cannot clean the air.
(3) results in poor heating or cooling.
(4) may cause odour.
• The air purifying filter and Photocatalytic deodorizing filter cannot be reused, even if washed.
• In principle, there is no need to replace the photocatalytic deodorizing filter. Remove the dust periodically with a vacuum cleaner. However, it is recommended to replace the filter in the following cases.
(1) The paper material is torn or broken during cleaning.
(2) The filter has become extremely dirty after long use.
• To order air purifying filter or photocatalytic deodorizing filter, contact to the service shop where you
bought the air conditioner.
• Dispose of old air filters as non-burnable waste and photocatalytic deodorizing filters as
burnable waste.
Part name
Part No.
Photocatalytic deodorizing filter (with frame)
KAZ917B41
Photocatalytic deodorizing filter (without frame)
KAZ917B42
Air purifying filter (with frame)
KAF925B41
Air purifying filter (without frame)
KAF925B42
System Configuration
151
Instruction
Si12-411A
FTK(X)D 50/60/71 B
Care and Cleaning
CAUTION
Before cleaning, be sure to stop the operation and
turn the breaker OFF.
Units
■ Indoor unit, Outdoor unit and Remote controller
1. Wipe them with dry soft cloth.
■ Front grille
1. Open the front grille.
• Hold the grille by the tabs on the two sides
and lift it until it stops with a click.
2. Remove the front grille.
• Open the front panel further while
sliding it to either the left or right and
pulling it toward you. This will disconnect
the rotation dowel on one side. Then
disconnect the rotation dowel on the
other side in the same manner.
3. Clean the front grille
• Wipe it with a soft cloth soaked in water.
• Only neutral detergent may be used.
• In case of washing the grille with water, dry it with cloth, dry it up in the shade after washing.
4. Attach the front grille
• Align the rotation dowels on the left and right of the front panel with
the slots, then push them all the way in.
• Close the front panel slowly. (Press the panel at both sides and the
center.)
CAUTION
•
•
•
•
Don’t touch the metal parts of the indoor unit. If you touch those parts, this may cause an injury.
When removing or attaching the front grille, use a robust and stable stool and watch your steps carefully.
When removing or attaching the front grille, support the grille securely with hand to prevent it from falling.
For cleaning, do not use hot water above 40 °C, benzine, gasoline, thinner, nor other volatile oils,
polishing compound, scrubbing brushes, nor other hand stuff.
• After cleaning, make sure that the front grille is securely fixed.
152
System Configuration
Si12-411A
Instruction
Filters
1. Open the front grille.
2. Pull out the air filters.
• Push a little upwards the tab at the center of
each air filter, then pull it down.
3. Take off the air purifying filter
with photocatalytic deodorizing function.
• Press the top of the air-cleaning filter onto the tabs
(3 tabs at top). Then press the bottom of the filter up
slightly, and press it onto the tabs (3 at bottom).
tabs (3 tabs at top)
tabs (3 at bottom)
4. Clean or replace each filter.
See below.
5. Set the air filter, air purifying filter with
photocalytic deodorizing function as they
were and close the front grille.
• Press the front panel at both sides and the center.
■ Air Filter
1. Wash the air filters with water or clean them with vacuum cleaner.
• If the dust does not come off easily, wash them with neutral detergent
thinned with lukewarm water, then dry them up in the shade.
• It is recommended to clean the air filters every two weeks.
■ Air purifying filter with photocatalytie deodorizing function. (gray)
The air purifying capacity of the photocatalytic purifying filter can be renewed by washing it with
water once every 6 months. We recommend replacing it once every 3 years.
[ Maintenance ]
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove dust with a vacuum cleaner and wash lightly with water.
If it is very dirty, soak it for 10 to 15 minutes in water mixed with a neutral cleaning agent.
After washing, shake off remaining water and dry in the shade.
Since the material is made out of paper, do not wring out the filter when removing water from it.
[ Replacement]
1. Remove the tabs on the filter frame and replace with a new filter.
• Dispose of the old filter as flammable waste.
System Configuration
153
Instruction
Si12-411A
Check
Check that the base, stand and other fittings of the outdoor unit are not decayed or corroded.
Check that nothing blocks the air inlets and the outlets of the indoor unit and the outdoor unit.
Check that the earth wire is not disconnected or broken.
Check that the drain comes smoothly out of the drain hose during COOL or DRY operation.
• If no drain water is seen, water may be leaking from the indoor unit. Stop operation and consult the service shop if this is the case.
■ Before a long idle period
1. Operate the “fan only” for several hours on a fine day to dry out the
inside.
• Press “MODE” button and select “fan”operation.
• Press “ON/OFF” button and start operation.
2. Clean the air filters and set them again.
3. Take out batteries from the remote controller.
4. Turn OFF the breaker for the room air conditioner.
• When a multi outdoor unit is connected, make sure the heating operation is not used at the other room
before you use the fan operation.
NOTE
• Operation with dirty filters:
(1) cannot deodorize the air.
(2) cannot clean the air.
(3) results in poor heating or cooling.
(4) may cause odour.
• To order air purifying filter with photocatalytic deodorizing function contact to the service shop there
you bought the air conditioner.
• Dispose of old air filter as non-burnable and photocatalytic deodorizing filters as burnable
waste.
Item
Air purifying filter with photocatalytie deodorizing
function. (without frame) 1 set
154
Part No.
KAF952A42
System Configuration
Si12-411A
Instruction
CDK(X)D 25/35/50/60 C
Care and Cleaning
CAUTION
Before cleaning, be sure to stop the operation and
turn the breaker OFF.
■ Cleaning the air filter and suction grille (Option)
• Be sure always to clean the unit before use at the beginning of summer and winter.
(Dirt and dust caught in the air filter cause a drop in airflow, which leads to a decline in performance.)
• When using the unit in a location where dirt may easily accumulate, clean the unit more frequently.
Once every 2 weeks is recommended.
• Ask your DAIKIN dealer how to clean them.
Cleaning the drain pan
• Clean the drain pan periodically, or drain piping may be clogged with dust and may result in water leakage.
Ask your DAIKIN dealer how to clean them.
• If the ambient air of indoor unit is so dusty, install the optional Dust Cover which prevent dust from falling
into drain pan.
Check
Check that the base, stand and other fittings of the outdoor unit are not decayed or corroded.
Check that nothing blocks the air inlets and the outlets of the indoor unit and the outdoor unit.
Check that the earth wire is not disconnected or broken.
Check that the drain comes smoothly out of the drain hose during COOL or DRY operation.
• If no drain water is seen, water may be leaking from the indoor unit. Stop operation and consult the service shop if this is the case.
■ Before a long idle period
1. Operate the “fan only” for several hours on a fine day to dry out the
inside.
• Press “MODE” button and select “fan”operation.
• Press “ON/OFF” button and start operation.
2. Clean the air filters and set them again.
3. Take out batteries from the remote controller.
4. Turn OFF the breaker for the room air conditioner.
• When a multi outdoor unit is connected, make sure the heating operation is not used at the
other room before you use the fan operation.
NOTE
• Do not use gasoline, benzene, thinner, polishing powder, liquid insecticide, It may cause discoloring or
warping.
• Do not let the indoor unit get wet. It may cause an electric shock or a fire.
• Operation with dusty air filters lowers the cooling and heating capacity and wastes energy.
• The air filter and the suction grille are option.
• Ask your DAIKIN dealer how to clean them.
System Configuration
155
Instruction
Si12-411A
FLK(X) 25/35/50/60 A
Care and Cleaning
CAUTION
Before cleaning, be sure to stop the operation and
turn the breaker OFF.
Units
■ Indoor unit, Outdoor unit and Remote controller
1. Wipe them with dry soft cloth.
■ Front grille
1. Open the front grille.
• Hold the grille by the tabs on the two sides and lift
it unitl it stops.
ON
OFF
2. Clean the front grille
• Wipe it with a soft cloth soaked in water.
• Only neutral detergent may be used.
• In case of washing the grille with water, dry it with
cloth, dry it up in the shade after washing.
3. Close the front grille
• Push the grille at the 5 points indicated by .
• Operation without air filters may result in troubles
as dust will accumulate inside the indoor unit.
ON
OFF
CAUTION
•
•
•
•
Don’t touch the metal parts of the indoor unit. If you touch those parts, this may cause an injury.
When opening and closing the front grille, use a robust and stable stool and watch your steps carefully.
When opening and closing the front grille, support the grille securely with hand to prevent it from falling.
For cleaning, do not use hot water above 40 °C, benzine, gasoline, thinner, nor other volatile oils, polishing compound, scrubbing brushes, nor other hand stuff.
• After cleaning, make sure that the front grille is securely fixed.
156
System Configuration
Si12-411A
Instruction
Filters
1. Open the front grille.
2. Pull out the air filters.
• Push upwards the tab at the center of each air filter, then pull it down.
ON
OFF
3. Take off the air purifying filter,
photocatalytic deodorizing filter.
• Hold the recessed parts of the frame and unhook
the four claws.
ON
OFF
4. Clean or replace each filter.
See below.
Air purifying filter
or Photocatalytic
deodorizing filter
5. Set the air filter, air purifying filter
and photocatalytic deodorizing filter as
they were and close the front grille.
ON
OFF
• Insert claws of the filters into slots of the front grille.
• Push the grille at the 5 points.
■ Air Filter
1. Wash the air filters with water or clean them
with vacuum cleaner.
• If the dust does not come off easily, wash them with neutral detergent thinned with lukewarm water, then dry them up in the shade.
• It is recommended to clean the air filters every two weeks.
■ Air Purifying Filter (green)
(Replace approximately once every 3 months.)
1. Detach the filter element and attach a new one.
• Insert with the green side up.
• It is recommended to replace the air purifying filter every three months.
■ Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter (gray)
[ Maintenance ]
1. Dry the photocatalytic deodorizing filter in the sun.
• After removing the dust with a vacuum cleaner, place the filter in the sun for approximately 6 hours.
By drying the photocatalytic deodorizing filter in the sun, its deodorizing and antibacterial capabilities
are regenerated.
• Because the filter material is paper, it can not be cleaned with water.
• It is recommended dry the filter once every 6 months.
[ Replacement]
1. Detach the filter element and attach a new one.
System Configuration
157
Instruction
Si12-411A
Check
Check that the base, stand and other fittings of the outdoor unit are not decayed or corroded.
Check that nothing blocks the air inlets and the outlets of the indoor unit and the outdoor unit.
Check that the earth wire is not disconnected or broken.
Check that the drain comes smoothly out of the drain hose during COOL or DRY operation.
• If no drain water is seen, water may be leaking from the indoor unit. Stop operation and consult the service shop if this is the case.
■ Before a long idle period
1. Operate the “fan only” for several hours on a fine day to dry out the
inside.
• Press “MODE” button and select “fan”operation.
• Press “ON/OFF” button and start operation.
2. Clean the air filters and set them again.
3. Take out batteries from the remote controller.
4. Turn OFF the breaker for the room air conditioner.
• When a multi outdoor unit is connected, make sure the heating operation is not used at the
other room before you use the fan operation.
NOTE
• Operation with dirty filters :
(1) cannot deodorize the air.
(2) cannot clean the air.
(3) results in poor heating or cooling.
(4) may cause odour.
• The air purifying filter and Photocatalytic deodorizing filter cannot be reused, even if washed.
• In principle, there is no need to replace the photocatalytic deodorizing filter. Remove the dust periodically with a vacuum cleaner. However, it is recommended to replace the filter in the following
cases.
(1) The paper material is torn or broken during cleaning.
(2) The filter has become extremely dirty after long use.
• To order air purifying filter or Photocatalytic deodorizing filter, contact to the service shop where you
bought the air conditioner.
• Dispose of old air filters as non-burnable waste and Photocatalytic deodorizing filters as
burnable waste.
Item
158
Part No.
Photocatalytic deodorizing filter (with frame)
KAZ917B41
Photocatalytic deodorizing filter (without frame)
KAZ917B42
Air purifying filter (with frame)
KAF925B41
Air purifying filter (without frame)
KAF925B42
System Configuration
Si12-411A
Instruction
2.14 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
These cases are not troubles.
The following cases are not air conditioner troubles but have some reasons. You may just continue using it.
Case
Explanation
Operation does not start soon.
• When ON/OFF button was
pressed soon after
operation was stopped.
• When the mode was
reselected.
• This is to protect the air conditioner.
You should wait for about 3 minutes.
Hot air does not flow out soon
after the start of heating
operation.
• The air conditioner is warming up. You should wait for 1 to 4
minutes.
(The system is designed to start discharging air only after it
has reached a certain temperature.)
The heating operation stops
suddenly and a flowing sound
is heard.
• The system is taking away the frost on the outdoor unit.
You should wait for about 4 to 12 minutes.
The outdoor unit emits water or
steam.
■ In HEAT mode
• The frost on the outdoor unit melts into water or steam
when the air conditioner is in defrost operation.
■ In COOL or DRY mode
• Moisture in the air condenses into water on the cool
surface of outdoor unit piping and drips.
Mists come out of the indoor
unit.
■ This happens when the air in the room is cooled into mist by
the cold air flow during cooling operation.
The indoor unit gives out odour. ■ This happens when smells of the room, furniture, or
cigarettes are absorbed into the unit and discharged with the
air flow.
(If this happens, we recommend you to have the indoor unit
washed by a technician. Consult the service shop where you
bought the air conditioner.)
The outdoor fan rotates while
the air conditioner is not in
operation.
■ After operation is stopped:
• The outdoor fan continues rotating for another 60
seconds for system protection.
■ While the air conditioner is not in operation:
• When the outdoor temperature is very high, the out door
fan starts rotating for system protection.
The operation stopped
suddenly.
(OPERATION lamp is on)
■ For system protection, the air conditioner may stop
operating on a sudden large voltage fluctuation.
It automatically resumes operation in about 3 minutes.
System Configuration
159
Instruction
Si12-411A
Check again.
Please check again before calling a repair person.
Case
The air conditioner does not
operate.
(OPERATION lamp is off)
Check
• Hasn’t a breaker turned OFF or a fuse blown?
• Isn’t it a power failure?
• Are batteries set in the remote controller?
• Is the timer setting correct?
Cooling (Heating) effect is poor. • Are the air filters clean?
• Is there anything to block the air inlet or the outlet of the
indoor and the outdoor units?
• Is the temperature setting appropriate?
• Are the windows and doors closed?
• Are the air flow rate and the air direction set appropriately?
• Is the unit set to the INTELLIGENT EYE mode?
Operation stops suddenly.
(OPERATION lamp flashes.)
• Are the air filters clean?
• Is there anything to block the air inlet or the outlet of the
indoor and the outdoor units?
Clean the air filters or take all obstacles away and turn the
breaker OFF. Then turn it ON again and try operating the air
conditioner with the remote controller. If the lamp still flashes,
call the service shop where you bought the air conditioner.
• Are operation modes all the same for indoor units
connected to outdoor units in the multi system?
If not, set all indoor units to the same operation mode and
confirm that the lamps flash.
Moreover, when the operation mode is in “AUTO”, set all
indoor unit operation modes to “COOL” or “HEAT” for a
moment and check again that the lamps are normal.
If the lamps stop flashing after the above steps, there is no
malfunction.
An abnormal functioning
happens during operation.
160
• The air conditioner may malfunction with lightening or radio
waves. Turn the breaker OFF, turn it ON again and try
operating the air conditioner with the remote controller.
System Configuration
Si12-411A
Instruction
Call the service shop immediately.
WARNING
■When an abnormality (such as a burning smell) occurs, stop operation and turn the breaker OFF.
Continued operation in an abnormal condition may result in troubles, electric shocks or fire.
Consult the service shop where you bought the air conditioner.
■Do not attempt to repair or modify the air conditioner by yourself.
Incorrect work may result in electric shocks or fire.
Consult the service shop where you bought the air conditioner.
If one of the following symptoms takes place, call the service shop immediately.
■ The power cord is abnormally hot or damaged.
■ An abnormal sound is heard during operation.
■ The safety breaker, a fuse, or the earth leakage breaker
cuts off the operation frequently.
■ A switch or a button often fails to work properly.
■ There is a burning smell.
■ Water leaks from the indoor unit.
■ After a power failure
The air conditioner automatically resumes
operation in about 3 minutes. You should just
wait for a while.
Turn the breaker
OFF and call the
service shop.
■ Lightening
If lightening may strike the neighbouring area,
stop operation and turn the breaker OFF for
system protection.
We recommend periodical maintenance
In certain operating conditions, the inside of the air conditioner may get foul after several seasons of
use, resulting in poor performance. It is recommended to have periodical maintenance by a specialist
aside from regular cleaning by the user. For specialist maintenance, contact the service shop where
you bought the air conditioner.
The maintenance cost must be born by the user.
System Configuration
161
Instruction
162
Si12-411A
System Configuration
Si12-411A
Part 6
Service Diagnosis
1. Caution for Diagnosis..........................................................................164
1.1 Troubleshooting with the Operation Lamp ...........................................164
2. Problem Symptoms and Measures .....................................................166
3. Service Check Function ......................................................................167
4. Code Indication on the Remote Controller ..........................................168
4.1 Error Codes and Description of Fault ...................................................168
5. Troubleshooting ..................................................................................169
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.6
5.7
5.8
5.9
5.10
5.11
5.12
5.13
5.14
5.15
5.16
5.17
5.18
5.19
5.20
5.21
5.22
5.23
5.24
5.25
Indoor Units ..........................................................................................169
Outdoor Units .......................................................................................170
Indoor Unit PCB Abnormality ...............................................................171
Freeze-up Protection Control or High Pressure Control.......................172
Fan Motor or Related Abnormality .......................................................174
Thermistor or Related Abnormality (Indoor Unit)..................................177
Shutter Drive Motor / Shutter Limit Switch Abnormality .......................178
Signal Transmission Error (between Indoor and Outdoor Units)..........179
Unspecified Voltage (between Indoor and Outdoor Units) ...................180
Freeze-up Protection Control ...............................................................181
OL Activation (Compressor Overload) .................................................183
Compressor Lock .................................................................................184
DC Fan Lock ........................................................................................185
Input Over Current Detection ...............................................................186
Four Way Valve Abnormality................................................................188
Discharge Pipe Temperature Control...................................................190
Position Sensor Abnormality ................................................................191
CT or Related Abnormality ...................................................................192
Thermistor or Related Abnormality (Outdoor Unit)...............................194
Electrical Box Temperature Rise..........................................................196
Radiation Fin Temperature Rise ..........................................................198
Output Over Current Detection.............................................................200
Insufficient Gas.....................................................................................202
Low-voltage Detection..........................................................................204
Anti-icing Function in Other Rooms / Unspecified Voltage
(between Indoor and Outdoor Units) ....................................................205
6. Check ..................................................................................................206
6.1 How to Check .......................................................................................206
Service Diagnosis
163
Caution for Diagnosis
Si12-411A
1. Caution for Diagnosis
1.1
Troubleshooting with the Operation Lamp
The operation lamp flashes when any of the following errors is detected.
1. When a protection device of the indoor or outdoor unit is activated or when the thermistor
malfunctions, disabling equipment operation.
2. When a signal transmission error occurs between the indoor and outdoor units.
In either case, conduct the diagnostic procedure described in the following pages.
Location of
Operation Lamp
In case of
FTK(X)S 20/25/35 Series
FTK(X)E 25/35 Series
ATXS 20/25/35 Series (Grille type)
Indicator lamps
ON
OFF
Operation lamp (green)
(R3058)
In case of
FTK(X)S 50/60/71 Series
FTK(X)D 50/60/71 Series
ATXS 50 Series (Grille type)
In case of
CDK(X)S 25/35/50/60 C Series
CDK(X)D 25/35/50/60 C Series
OPERATION lamp (green)
Air outlet
Indicator lamps
Operation lamp (green)
TIMER lamp (yellow)
ON/OFF switch
HOME LEAVE lamp (red)
(Q0340)
(R2837)
In case of
FVK(X)S 25/35/50 B Series
In case of
FLK(X)S 25/35/50/60 B Series
FLK(X) 25/35/50/60 A Series
OPERATION lamp (green)
ON
OFF
OPERATION lamp (green)
(Q0342)
164
(Q0341)
Service Diagnosis
Si12-411A
Caution for Diagnosis
Caution:
Operation stops suddenly. (Operation lamp blinks.)
Cause of above trouble could be "Operation mode butting".
Check followings;
Are the operation modes all the same for indoor units connected to Multi system outdoor unit?
If not set all indoor units to the same operation mode and confirm that the operation lamp is not
blinking.
Moreover, when the operation mode is in "Auto", set all indoor unit operation mode to "Cool" or
"Heat" and check again if the operation lamp is normal.
If the lamp stops blinking after the above steps, there is no malfunction.
Operation stops and operation lamp blinks only for indoor unit which the different operation
mode is set later. (The first set operation mode has priority.)
Troubleshooting
with the LED
Indication
Outdoor Unit
There are green and red LEDs on the PCB. The flashing green LED indicates normal equipment
condition, and the OFF condition of the red LED indicates normal equipment condition.
(Troubleshooting with the green LED)
The LED A (green) of the outdoor unit indicate microcomputer operation condition.
Even after the error is cancelled and the equipment operates in normal condition, the LED
indication remains.
Service Diagnosis
165
Problem Symptoms and Measures
Si12-411A
2. Problem Symptoms and Measures
Problem Symptom
Check Item
None of the units operates. Check the power supply.
Check the type of the indoor units.
Check the outdoor air temperature.
Diagnosis with indoor unit LED
indication
Diagnosis with outdoor unit LED
indication
Check the remote controller
addresses.
Operation sometimes
stops.
Check the power supply.
Check the outdoor air temperature.
Some indoor units do not
operate.
Equipment operates but
does not cool, or does not
heat (only for heat pump
model).
Large operating noise and
vibrations
166
Diagnosis with indoor unit LED
indication
Diagnosis with outdoor unit LED
indication
Check the type of the indoor units.
Details of Measure
Check to make sure that the rated voltage is
supplied.
Check to make sure that the indoor unit type is
compatible with the outdoor unit.
Heating operation cannot be used when the
outdoor air temperature is 21°C or higher (only
for heat pump model), and cooling operation
cannot be used when the outdoor air
temperature is below –10 °C (10°C : R22
cooling only model.)
—
Page
No.
to be
referred
—
—
—
169
—
170
Check to make sure that address settings for
the remote controller and indoor unit are
correct.
A power failure of 2 to 10 cycles can stop air
conditioner operation. (Operation lamp OFF)
Heating operation cannot be used when the
outdoor air temperature is 21°C or higher (only
for heat pump model), and cooling operation
cannot be used when the outdoor air
temperature is below –10°C (10°C : R22
cooling only model.)
—
—
169
—
170
Check to make sure that the indoor unit type is
compatible with the outdoor unit.
—
—
Diagnosis with indoor unit LED
indication
Diagnosis with outdoor unit LED
—
indication
Check for wiring and piping errors in Conduct the wiring/piping error check described
the indoor and outdoor units
on the product diagnosis nameplate.
connection wires and pipes.
Check for thermistor detection errors. Check to make sure that the main unit’s
thermistor has not dismounted from the pipe
holder.
Check for faulty operation of the
Set the units to cooling operation, and compare
electronic expansion valve.
the temperatures of the liquid side connection
pipes of the connection section among rooms to
check the opening and closing operation of the
electronic expansion valves of the individual
units.
Diagnosis with indoor unit LED
—
indication
Diagnosis with outdoor unit LED
—
indication
Diagnosis by service port pressure
Check for insufficient gas.
and operating current
Check the output voltage of the
—
power transistor.
Check the power transistor.
—
Check the installation condition.
Check to make sure that the required spaces
for installation (specified in the Technical
Guide, etc.) are provided.
—
—
169
170
—
—
—
169
170
212
213
—
—
Service Diagnosis
Si12-411A
Service Check Function
3. Service Check Function
In the ARC433A series, the temperature display sections on the main unit indicate
corresponding codes.
1. When the timer cancel button is held down for 5 seconds, a “00” indication flashes on the
temperature display section.
< Cover in open position >
Signal transmitter
It sends signals to the indoor unit.
TEMPERATURE
adjustment button
Display
• It changes the temperature setting.
ON
It displays the current settings.
(In this illustration, each section is
shown with all its displays ON for the
purpose of explanation.)
C
ON / OFF button
• Press this button once to start
operation.
Press once again to stop it.
HOME LEAVE button
for HOME LEAVE operation
POWERFUL button
for POWERFUL operation
HOME LEAVE
POWERFUL
FAN setting button
ON/OFF
• It selects the air flow rate setting.
TEMP
SWING button
MODE selector button
• It selects the operation mode.
(AUTO / DRY / COOL / HEAT / FAN)
MODE
SILENT
FAN
SWING
SENSOR
SENSOR button
for INTELLIGENT EYE operation
SILENT button
for OUTDOOR UNIT
SILENT operation
ON
TIMER CANCEL button
CANCEL
• It cancels the timer setting.
ON TIMER button
OFF
TIMER
CLOCK button
TIMER setting button
• It changes the time setting.
OFF TIMER button
The figure shows the remote controller for <ARC433A1, A2>
(wall mounted 25 / 35 class).
(Q0344)
2. Press the timer cancel button repeatedly until a continuous beep is produced.
„ The code indication changes in the sequence shown below, and notifies with along beep.
Note:
Service Diagnosis
No.
1
Code
00
No.
11
Code
E7
No.
21
Code
UA
2
U4
12
C7
22
A5
3
F3
13
H8
23
J9
4
E6
14
J3
24
E8
5
L5
15
A3
25
P4
6
A6
16
A1
26
L3
7
E5
17
C4
27
L4
8
LC
18
C5
28
H6
9
C9
19
H9
29
H7
10
U0
20
J6
30
U2
1. A short beep and two consecutive beeps indicate non-corresponding codes.
2. To cancel the code display, hold the timer cancel button down for 5 seconds. The code
display also cancels itself if the button is not pressed for 1 minute.
167
Code Indication on the Remote Controller
Si12-411A
4. Code Indication on the Remote Controller
4.1
Error Codes and Description of Fault
Code Indication Description of Problem
System
Indoor
Unit
Outdoor
Unit
168
00
U0
U2
U4
UA
UH
A1
A5
A6
C4
C7
C9
E5
E6
E7
E8
EA
F3
H6
H8
H9
J3
J6
J8
J9
L3
L4
L5
P4
Normal
Insufficient gas
Low-voltage detection
Signal transmission error (between indoor and outdoor units)
Unspecified voltage (between indoor and outdoor units)
Anti-icing function in other rooms
Indoor unit PCB abnormality
Freeze-up protection function or high pressure control
Fan motor or related abnormality
Heat exchanger temperature thermistor abnormality
Shutter drive motor / shutter limit switch abnormality
Room temperature thermistor abnormality
OL activation (compressor overloaded)
Compressor lock
DC fan lock
Input over current detection
Four way valve abnormality
Discharge pipe temperature control
Position sensor abnormality
CT or related abnormality
Outdoor air thermistor or related abnormality
Discharge pipe thermistor or related abnormality
Heat exchanger thermistor or related abnormality
Liquid pipe thermistor or related abnormality
Gas pipe thermistor or related abnormality
Electrical box temperature rise
Radiation fin temperature rise
Output over current detection
Radiation fin thermistor or related abnormality
Service Diagnosis
Si12-411A
Troubleshooting
5. Troubleshooting
5.1
Indoor Units
- : Not used for troubleshooting
∗ : Varies depending on the cases.
Indication on
the remote
controller
Description of The Fault
Details of fault
(Refer to the
indicated
page.)
00
Indoor unit in normal condition (Conduct a diagnosis of the outdoor
unit.)
—
A1
Indoor unit PCB abnormality
171
A5
Freeze-up protection control or high pressure control (heat pump
model only)
AC motor (Wall : 20~35, Duct, Floor / Ceiling)
Fan motor or related
abnormality
DC motor (Wall : 50~71, Floor)
172
174
175
Heat exchanger thermistor or related abnormality
177
Shutter drive motor / shutter limit switch abnormality
178
Room temperature thermistor abnormality
177
Signal transmission error (between indoor and outdoor units)
179
Unspecified voltage (between indoor and outdoor units)
180
A6
C4
C7
C9
U4
UA
Service Diagnosis
169
Troubleshooting
5.2
Si12-411A
Outdoor Units
4: ON, 1: OFF, 5: Blinks
Green : Flashes when in normal condition
Red : OFF in normal condition
- : Not used for troubleshooting
∗ : Varies depending on the cases.
Outdoor Unit LED Indication
Green
Red
A
1
2
3
4
5
3
3
3
Indication on
the remote
controller
3 00
UA
UH
(U0)
(E5)
(E6)
F3
L4
5
5
5
5
5
3
4
3
4
3
3
3
4
3
3
4
4
4
4
3
4
3
3
3
4
5
5
4
4
4
4
3
3
3 H8
3 H6
H9
J3
J6
J8
J9
P4
3 L5
4 E8
4 A5
4 E7
3 EA
4 L3
4 U2
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
Note:
170
4
3
4
4
3
3
3
Description of The Fault
Details of
Fault (Refer
to the
indicated
page.)
Outdoor unit in normal condition
(Conduct a diagnosis of the indoor unit.)
Unspecified voltage (between indoor and outdoor units)
205
Anti-icing function in other rooms
205
Insufficient gas
202
OL activation (compressor overload)
183
Compressor lock
184
Discharge pipe temperature control
190
Radiation fin temperature rise
(Protection of driver overheating)
CT or related abnormality
198
Position sensor abnormality
191
Outdoor air thermistor or related abnormality
194
Discharge pipe thermistor or related abnormality
194
Heat exchanger thermistor or related abnormality
194
Liquid pipe thermistor or related abnormality
194
Gas pipe thermistor or related abnormality
194
Radiation fin thermistor or related abnormality
194
Output over current detection
200
Input over current detection
186
Freeze-up protection control
181
DC fan lock
185
Four way valve abnormality
188
Electrical box temperature rise
196
Low-voltage detection
204
—
192
1. The indications in the parenthesis ( ) in the remote controller display column are displayed
only when system-down occurs.
2. When a sensor error occurs, check the remote controller display to determine which sensor
is malfunctioning.
If the remote controller does not indicate the error type, conduct the following operation.
*Turn the power switch off and back on again. If the same LED indication appears again
immediately after the power is turned on, the fault is in the thermistor.
*If the above condition does not result, the fault is in the CT.
3. The indoor unit error indication may take the precedence in the remote controller display.
Service Diagnosis
Si12-411A
5.3
Troubleshooting
Indoor Unit PCB Abnormality
Remote
Controller
Display
A1
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Evaluation of zero-cross detection of power supply by indoor unit.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When there is no zero-cross detection in approximately 10 continuous seconds.
Supposed
Causes
„ Faulty indoor unit PCB
„ Faulty connector connection
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Connector connection check
(note).
Is it normal?
NO
Correct connections.
YES
Replace PCBs.
(R1400)
Note:
Connector Nos. vary depending on models.
Control connector
Model Type
Wall Mounted Type 20 / 25 / 35 class
Wall Mounted Type 50 / 60 / 71 class
Duct Connected Type
Floor / Ceiling Suspended Dual Type
Floor Standing Type
Service Diagnosis
Connector No.
Terminal strip~Control PCB
Terminal strip~Control PCB
Terminal strip~Control PCB
S37
Control PCB : S7, S201, S203
Power Supply PCB : S8, S202, S204
171
Troubleshooting
5.4
Si12-411A
Freeze-up Protection Control or High Pressure Control
Remote
Controller
Display
A5
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
„ High pressure control (heat pump model only)
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
„ High pressure control
During heating operations, the temperature detected by the indoor heat exchanger
thermistor is used for the high pressure control (stop, outdoor fan stop, etc.)
„ The freeze-up protection control (operation halt) is activated during cooling operation
according to the temperature detected by the indoor unit heat exchanger thermistor.
During heating operations, the temperature detected by the indoor heat exchanger
thermistor is above 65°C
„ Freeze-up protection
When the indoor unit heat exchanger temperature is below 0°C during cooling operation.
Supposed
Causes
172
„
„
„
„
„
Operation halt due to clogged air filter of the indoor unit.
Operation halt due to dust accumulation on the indoor unit heat exchanger.
Operation halt due to short-circuit.
Detection error due to faulty indoor unit heat exchanger thermistor.
Detection error due to faulty indoor unit PCB.
Service Diagnosis
Si12-411A
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Caution
Check No.6
Refer to P.209
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Check the air passage.
Is there any
short-circuit?
YES
Provide sufficient air passage.
NO
Check the intake air filter.
Is it very dirty?
YES
Clean the air filter.
NO
Check the dust accumulation on
the indoor unit heat exchanger.
Is it very dirty?
YES
Clean the heat exchanger.
NO
Check No. 6
Indoor unit heat exchanger
thermistor check
Does it conform to
the thermistor characteristic
chart?
NO
YES
Replace the indoor unit PCB.
Replace the thermistor
(replace the indoor unit PCB).
(R1401)
Note:
Service Diagnosis
If the outside temperature is below –10°C in the cooling mode, the system may get interrupted
with error A5 displayed. The system will be reset itself, but this stop will be put in the error history
memory.
173
Troubleshooting
5.5
Si12-411A
Fan Motor or Related Abnormality
5.5.1 AC Motor
Remote
Controller
Display
A6
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
The rotation speed detected by the Hall IC during fan motor operation is used to determine
abnormal fan motor operation.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the detected rotation speed is less than 50% of the HH tap under maximum fan motor
rotation demand.
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
„
Operation halt due to short circuit inside the fan motor winding.
Operation halt due to breaking of wire inside the fan motor.
Operation halt due to breaking of the fan motor lead wires.
Operation halt due to faulty capacitor of the fan motor.
Detection error due to faulty control PCB.
Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Caution
Check No.16
Refer to P.215
Operate the fan.
Does it rotate?
YES
Check No. 16
Check Hall IC
NO
Rotate the fan by hand.
Is there an output?
NO
Does it rotate smoothly?
NO
YES
Replace the fan motor or control
PCB.
Replace the fan motor
Check the fan motor voltage.
YES
Check the fan motor voltage.
(immediately after re-start)
Is it at the rated voltage?
∗
YES
NO
Is it at the rated voltage?
∗
Check the capacitor's
conductivity
NO
Replace control PCB.
Replace the fan motor.
Replace the control PCB.
∗ Measure the voltage between
the red and black lead wires of
the fan motor, and check if the
maximum voltage reaches the
rated voltage.
YES
Is there conductivity?
NO
YES
Replace the capacitor.
(Replace the control PCB.)
Replace the fan motor.
(R3219)
174
Service Diagnosis
Si12-411A
Troubleshooting
5.5.2 DC Motor
Remote
Controller
Display
A6
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
The rotation speed detected by the Hall IC during fan motor operation is used to determine
abnormal fan motor operation.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the detected rotation speed is less than 50% of the H tap under maximum fan motor
rotation demand.
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
„
Service Diagnosis
Operation halt due to short circuit inside the fan motor winding.
Operation halt due to breaking of wire inside the fan motor.
Operation halt due to breaking of the fan motor lead wires.
Operation halt due to faulty capacitor of the fan motor.
Detection error due to faulty indoor unit PCB (1).
175
Troubleshooting
Si12-411A
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Check No.01
Refer to P.206
Turn off power supply
and rotate fan by hand.
Check No.02
Refer to P.206
Does fan rotate
smoothly?
NO
Replace fan motor.
YES
Turn power ON and
operate fan.
Does it rotate?
Turn off power supply
NO and disconnect fan motor
connector, then turn
power ON.
YES
Check No.01
Check output of fan
motor connector
Is motor
power voltage
DC 200V
generated?
NO
Replace indoor
unit PCB (1) .
YES
Is motor
control power voltage
DC 15V
generated?
NO Check No.02
Check output of indoor
unit PCB (1)
YES
Turn off power supply and
disconnect fan motor
connector, then turn
power ON again.
Is motor control
power voltage DC 16V
generetad?
YES
Check No.01
Check output of fan
motor connector
Is rotation
number command
voltage DC 5V
generated?
Check No.01
Check output of fan
motor connector
YES
NO
Replace indoor
unit PCB (2) .
Check No.01
Check output of fan
motor connector
Replace fan motor.
Note : Motor may
break when
the motor
connector is
disconnected
while
remaining
power supply.
Is rotation
NO
number command pulse
generated?
Replace fan motor
and indoor PCB (2) .
YES
Is rotation
number command pulse
generated?
Replace indoor
unit PCB (1) .
YES
NO
Stop fan motor.
NO
Replace indoor
unit PCB (2) .
Replace fan motor.
Replace indoor
unit PCB (2) .
(R1214)
176
Service Diagnosis
Si12-411A
5.6
Troubleshooting
Thermistor or Related Abnormality (Indoor Unit)
Remote
Controller
Display
C4, C9
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
The temperatures detected by the thermistors are used to determine thermistor errors.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the thermistor input is more than 4.96 V or less than 0.04 V during compressor
operation∗.
∗ (reference)
When above about 212°C (less than 120 ohms) or below about -50°C (more than 1,860 kohms).
Note:
Supposed
Causes
The values vary slightly in some models.
„ Faulty connector connection
„ Faulty thermistor
„ Faulty PCB
Troubleshooting
Caution
Check No.6
Refer to P.209
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Check the connector connection.
Is it normal?
NO
Correct the connection.
YES
Check No. 6
Thermistor resistance check
Is it normal?
NO
YES
Replace the thermistor.
(Replace the indoor unit PCB.)
Replace the indoor unit PCB.
(R1403)
C4 : Heat exchanger temperature thermistor
C9 : Room temperature thermistor
Service Diagnosis
177
Troubleshooting
5.7
Si12-411A
Shutter Drive Motor / Shutter Limit Switch Abnormality
Remote
Controller
Display
C7
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
The shutter open / close performance is detected by the limit switch attached on its structure. In
this way, the shutter drive motor and the shutter limit switch are checked for failure.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the shutter is open, the limit switch is closed.
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
„
„
„
Shutter drive motor defective
Shutter limit switch defective
Shutter itself deformed (warped)
Shutter's sealing material too thick
Detection error by broken relay harness or disconnected connector
Detection error due to defective PCB (2)
Foreign substance in blow port
Troubleshooting
Caution
Check No.3
Refer to P.206
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Turn off the power.
Foreign substance in
the shutter structure?
YES
Remove such substance.
NO
Check No. 3
Check the limit switch continuity.
NO
Limit switch on power?
Replace the limit switch.
YES
Open the shutter and turn on the
power.
Shutter closed?
NO
YES
Shutter opening itself?
NO
Relay harness
broken or connector
disconnected?
NO
YES
YES
Reconnect the connector or
replace the relay harness.
Replace the shutter drive
motor or the PC board (2).
Check the shutter's sealing
material.
Check the shutter for
deformation or its sealing
material.
(Q0346)
178
Service Diagnosis
Si12-411A
5.8
Troubleshooting
Signal Transmission Error (between Indoor and Outdoor
Units)
Remote
Controller
Display
U4
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
The data received from the outdoor unit in indoor unit-outdoor unit signal transmission is
checked whether it is normal.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the data sent from the outdoor unit cannot be received normally, or when the content of
the data is abnormal.
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
„
Faulty outdoor unit PCB.
Faulty indoor unit PCB.
Indoor unit-outdoor unit signal transmission error due to wiring error.
Indoor unit-outdoor unit signal transmission error due to disturbed power supply waveform.
Indoor unit-outdoor unit signal transmission error due to breaking of wire in the connection
wires between the indoor and outdoor units (wire No. 2).
Troubleshooting
Caution
Check No.10
Refer to P.212
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Check the indoor unit-outdoor unit
connection wires.
Is there any wiring error?
YES
Correct the indoor unit-outdoor
unit connection wires.
NO
Check the outdoor unit's LED A.
Is LED A flashing?
NO
Diagnose the outdoor unit.
YES
Check the voltage of the indoor
unit-outdoor unit connection wires
between No. 1 and No. 2, and
between No 2 and No. 3.
Is the voltage 0 V?
YES
NO
Replace the connection wires
between the indoor and
outdoor units.
Check No. 10
Check power supply waveform.
Is there any disturbance?
YES
Service Diagnosis
NO
Replace indoor unit control
PCB .
Locate the cause of the
disturbance of the power supply
waveform, and correct it.
(R2840)
179
Troubleshooting
5.9
Si12-411A
Unspecified Voltage (between Indoor and Outdoor Units)
Remote
Controller
Display
UA
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
The supply power is detected for its requirements (different from separate type and multi type)
by the indoor / outdoor transmission signal.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
The separate type and multi type are interconnected.
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
Wrong models interconnected
Wrong indoor unit PCB mounted
Indoor unit PCB defective
Wrong outdoor unit PCB mounted or defective
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Check the indoor and outdoor unit
model numbers.
Indoor unit and outdoor unit
matched?
NO
Match the compatible
models.
YES
Check the code numbers
(2P01234, for example) of the
indoor and outdoor unit PC boards
with the Parts List.
Matched compatibly?
YES
NO
Change for the specified
PC board (1) or (2).
Replace the indoor unit PC
board (1) (or the outdoor
unit PC board).
(Q0347)
180
Service Diagnosis
Si12-411A
Troubleshooting
5.10 Freeze-up Protection Control
Remote
Controller
Display
A5
Outdoor Unit LED
Display
A5 14 21 34 44
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Indoor unit icing, during cooling operation, is detected by checking the temperatures sensed by
the indoor unit heat exchanger thermistor and room temperature thermistor that are located in a
shut-down room.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
In the cooling mode, the following conditions (A) and (B) are kept together for 5 minutes.
(A) Indoor unit heat exchanger temperature ≤ –1°C
(B) Indoor unit heat exchanger temperature ≤ Room temperature –10°C
„ If the indoor unit icing protector is activated four times straight, the system will be shut down.
(The 4-time counter will reset itself if any of the following errors does not occur during the
compressor running time (total time): OL, radiation fin temperature rise, gas shortage, and
compressor startup.)
<Total 60 minutes>
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
„
Service Diagnosis
Wrong wiring or piping
Ev malfunctioning in each room
Short-circuit
Indoor unit heat exchanger thermistor defective
Indoor unit thermistor defective
181
Troubleshooting
Si12-411A
Troubleshooting
Caution
Check No.4
Refer to P.207
Check No.6
Refer to P.209
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Check the wiring and piping.
Wiring or piping out of spec?
YES
Activate the wiring error
check mode.
NO
Check No. 4
Check the electronic expansion
valve.
Motor functioning?
NO
Replace the defective Ev or
coil.
YES
Check No. 6
Check the outdoor unit heat
exchanger thermistor.
Thermistor as specified
in its characteristic
chart?
NO
Replace the heat
exchanger thermistor.
YES
Check No. 6
Check the room temperature
thermistor.
Thermistor as specified
in its characteristic
chart?
NO
Replace the room
temperature thermistor.
YES
Change the gas to let moisture out
of the unit (after drawing a
vacuum).
Error again?
NO
YES
Replace the room
temperature thermistor or
indoor unit heat exchanger
thermistor.
Do the vacuum-drying.
Replace the indoor unit
PCB and then start the
wiring error check mode.
(R3059)
182
Service Diagnosis
Si12-411A
Troubleshooting
5.11 OL Activation (Compressor Overload)
Remote
Controller
Display
E5
Outdoor Unit LED
Display
A5 1 4 21 34 41
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
A compressor overload is detected through compressor OL.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
„ If the compressor OL is activated twice, the system will be shut down.
„ The error counter will reset itself if this or any other error does not occur during the following
Supposed
Causes
60-minute compressor running time (total time).
∗ The operating temperature condition is not specified.
„
„
„
„
„
„
Refrigerant shortage
Four way valve malfunctioning
Outdoor unit PCB defective
Water mixed in the local piping
Electronic expansion valve defective
Shut-off valve defective
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Check No.4
Refer to P.207
Discharge pipe thermistor
disconnected?
Check No.5
Refer to P.208
Check No.11
Refer to P.212
Malfunctioning
∗ Discharge pipe thermistor
Replace the discharge pipe
thermistor.
Functioning
Check No. 4
Check the electronic expantion
valve.
Malfunctioning
Replace the valve itself or
the coil.
Functioning
Check No. 5
Check the four way valve.
Malfunctioning
Functioning
Check No. 11
Check the refrigerant line.
Functioning
Service Diagnosis
Insert the thermistor in
position.
NO
Check No. 6
Check the thermistors
Check No.6
Refer to P.209
YES
Malfunctioning
∗ Refrigerant shortage
∗ Water mixed
∗ Stop valve defective
Replace the four way valve
coil or the valve itself.
Replace the outdoor unit
PCB.
Refer to the refrigerant line
check procedure.
Replace the outdoor unit
PCB.
(R2841)
183
Troubleshooting
Si12-411A
5.12 Compressor Lock
Remote
Controller
Display
E6
Outdoor Unit LED
Display
A5 11 24 34 41
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
A compressor lock is detected by checking the compressor running condition through the
position detection circuit.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
„ The position detection circuit detects a compressor frequency of below 10 Hz for 20 seconds
or a frequency of above 160 Hz.
„ 40 seconds after the compressor has started, the position detection circuit detects a
compressor frequency of above 180 Hz.
„ The system will be shut down if the error occurs 16 times.
„ Clearing condition: Continuous run for about 5 minutes (normal)
Supposed
Causes
„ Compressor locked
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Turn off the power. Disconnect the
harnesses U, V and W.
∗ Inverter checker
Part No.: 1225477
Check with the inverter checker (∗).
Normal?
NO
YES
Turn off the power and reconnect
the harnesses. Turn on the power
again and get the system restarted.
Emergency stop
without compressor
running?
YES
Correct the power supply or
replace the SPM.
(Replace the outdoor unit
PCB.)
Replace the compressor.
NO
System shut
down after errors repeated
several times?
YES
NO
Check the electronic
expansion valve.
Replace it as required.
Replace the compressor.
(R2842)
184
Service Diagnosis
Si12-411A
Troubleshooting
5.13 DC Fan Lock
Remote
Controller
Display
E7
Outdoor Unit LED
Display
A5 14 24 34 44
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
A fan motor line error is detected by checking the high-voltage fan motor rpm being detected by
the Hall IC.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
„ The fan does not start in 30 seconds even when the fan motor is running.
„ The system will be shut down if the error occurs 16 times.
„ Clearing condition: Continuous run for about 5 minutes (normal)
Supposed
Causes
„ Fan motor breakdown
„ Harness or connector disconnected between fan motor and PCB or in poor contact
„ Foreign matters stuck in the fan
Troubleshooting
Caution
Check No.15
Refer to P.214
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Fan motor connector
disconnected?
YES
Turn off the power and
reconnect the connector.
NO
Foreign matters in or
around the fan?
YES
Remove.
NO
Get started.
Check No. 15
Check the outdoor unit PCB rpm
pulse input.
Pulse signal inputted?
YES
NO
Replace the outdoor unit
fan motor.
Replace the outdoor unit
PCB.
(R2843)
Service Diagnosis
185
Troubleshooting
Si12-411A
5.14 Input Over Current Detection
Remote
Controller
Display
E8
Outdoor Unit LED
Display
A5 11 24 31 44
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
An input over-current is detected by checking the input current value being detected by CT with
the compressor running.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
„ The following CT input with the compressor running continues for 2.5 seconds.
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
„
„
186
CT input : Above 20 A
„ The system will be shut down if the error occurs 16 times.
„ Clearing condition : Continuous run for about 5 minutes (normal)
Over-current due to compressor failure
Over-current due to defective power transistor
Over-current due to defective inverter main circuit electrolytic capacitor
Over-current due to defective outdoor unit PCB
Error detection due to outdoor unit PCB
Over-current due to short-circuit
Service Diagnosis
Si12-411A
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Caution
Check No.7
Refer to P.210
Check No.8
Refer to P.211
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
∗ An input over-current may result from wrong internal wiring. If the wires have been disconnected and
reconnected for part replacement, for example, and the system is interrupted by an input over-current,
take the following procedure.
Get restarted and measure the
input current.
Input current flowing
above its stop level?
Check No.14
Refer to P.214
NO
Replace the outdoor unit
PCB.
YES
Check No. 14
Check the main circuit electrolytic
capacitor.
Normal?
NO
Replace the electrolytic
capacitor.
YES
Turn off the power and disconnect
the harnesses U, V and W.
∗ Inverter checker
Part No.: 1225477
Check with the inverter checker (∗).
Any LED off?
NO
Turn off the power, and reconnect
the harnesses. Turn on the power
again and get restarted.
YES
Correct the power supply or
replace the SPM.
(Replace the outdoor unit
PCB.)
Check No. 8
Check the discharge pressure.
Check No. 7
Check the installation condition.
(R2844)
Service Diagnosis
187
Troubleshooting
Si12-411A
5.15 Four Way Valve Abnormality
Remote
Controller
Display
EA
Outdoor Unit LED
Display
A5 14 21 31 41
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
The liquid pipe thermistor, the outdoor temperature thermistor and the outdoor unit heat
exchanger thermistor are checked to see if they function within their normal ranges in the
operating mode.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
„ Cooling / dry operation
Supposed
Causes
188
Either of the following conditions occurs 3 minutes after the compressor has started.
(Outdoor unit heat exchanger temperature – Liquid pipe temperature) < –5°C
„ Heating operation
(Liquid pipe temperature – Outdoor unit heat exchanger temperature) < –5°C
„
„
„
„
„
„
Connector in poor contact
Thermistor defective
Outdoor unit PCB defective
Four way valve coil or harness defective
Four way valve defective
Foreign substance mixed in refrigerant
Service Diagnosis
Si12-411A
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Caution
Check No.5
Refer to P.208
Check No.6
Refer to P.209
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Four-way valve coil
disconnected (loose)?
YES
NO
YES
Harness out of connector?
Check No.11
Refer to P.212
Correct.
Reconnect.
NO
Check the continuity of the fourway valve coil and harness.
Disconnect the
harness from
the connector.
Resistance between
harnesses about
1500 ohms?
NO
Replace the four-way valve
coil.
YES
Check No. 5
Check the four-way valve
switching output.
Malfunctioning
Replace the outdoor unit
PC board.
Functioning
Any thermistor disconnected?
YES
Reconnect in position.
NO
Check No. 6
Check the thermistors.
Malfunctioning
Replace a defective
thermistor.
Functioning
Check No. 11
Check the refrigerant line.
Functioning
Malfunctioning
z Water mixed
z Shut-off valve defective
Refer to the refrigerant line
check procedure.
Replace the four-way valve
(defective or dust-clogged).
(Q0353)
Service Diagnosis
189
Troubleshooting
Si12-411A
5.16 Discharge Pipe Temperature Control
Remote
Controller
Display
F3
Outdoor Unit LED
Display
A5 14 21 34 41
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
The discharge pipe temperature control (stop, frequency drooping, etc.) is checked with the
temperature being detected by the discharge pipe thermistor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
„ If a stop takes place 6 times straight due to abnormal discharge pipe temperature, the
system will be shut down.
„ If the temperature being detected by the discharge pipe thermistor rises above 120°C, the
compressor will stop. (The error is cleared when the temperature has dropped below
107°C.)
Stop temperatures (in the case of 3MXS52BVMB)
(1) 110°C when the frequency rises above 45 Hz or drops below 40 Hz.
(2) 102°C when the frequency rises from 30 Hz to 45 Hz or drops from 40 Hz to 25 Hz.
(3) 98°C when the frequency rises just up to 30 Hz or drops below 25 Hz.
„ The error counter will reset itself if this or any other error does not occur during the following
60-minute compressor running time (total time).
Supposed
Causes
„ Refrigerant shortage
„ Four way valve malfunctioning
„ Discharge pipe thermistor defective
„
„
„
„
(heat exchanger or outdoor temperature thermistor defective)
Outdoor unit PCB defective
Water mixed in the local piping
Electronic expansion valve defective
Stop valve defective
Troubleshooting
Caution
Check No.4
Refer to P.207
Check No.6
Refer to P.209
Check No.11
Refer to P.212
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Check No. 6
Check the thermistors.
Functioning
Check No. 4
Check the electronic expansion
valve.
Malfunctioning
z Discharge pipe thermistor
z Outdoor unit heat exchanger thermistor
z Outdoor temperature thermistor
Malfunctioning
Replace a defective
thermistor.
Replace the valve itself or
the coil.
Functioning
Check No. 11
Check the refrigerant line.
Functioning
Malfunctioning
z Refrigerant shortage
z Four way valve malfunctioning
z Water mixed
z Stop valve defective
Refer to the refrigerant line
check procedure.
Replace the outdoor unit
PCB.
(R2846)
190
Service Diagnosis
Si12-411A
Troubleshooting
5.17 Position Sensor Abnormality
Remote
Controller
Display
H6
Outdoor Unit LED
Display
A5 14 24 31 41
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
A compressor startup failure is detected by checking the compressor running condition through
the position detection circuit.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
„ The compressor fails to start in about 15 seconds after the compressor run command signal
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
„
is sent.
„ Clearing condition: Continuous run for about 5 minutes (normal)
„ The system will be shut down if the error occurs 16 times.
Compressor relay cable disconnected
Compressor itself defective
Outdoor unit PCB defective
Stop valve closed
Input voltage out of specification
Troubleshooting
Caution
Check No.13
Refer to P.213
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Check No. 13
Check for short-circuit.
Normal
NO
Replace the outdoor unit
PCB, outdoor unit fan.
YES
Check the electrolytic capacitor
voltage.
NO
DC380±30V?
Replace the outdoor unit
PCB.
YES
Electricals
or compressor harnesses
connected as
specified?
NO
Reconnect as specified.
Turn off the power. Disconnect the
harnesses U, V and W.
∗ Inverter checker
Part No.: 1225477
Check with the inverter checker (∗).
Any LED off?
NO
YES
Correct the power supply or
replace the outdoor unit
PCB.
Replace the compressor.
(R2847)
Service Diagnosis
191
Troubleshooting
Si12-411A
5.18 CT or Related Abnormality
Remote
Controller
Display
H8
Outdoor Unit LED
Display
A5 14 24 31 41
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
A CT or related error is detected by checking the compressor running frequency and CTdetected input current.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
The compressor running frequency is below 55 Hz and the CT input is below 0.1 V.
(The input current is also below 1.25 A.)
„ If this error repeats 4 times, the system will be shut down.
„ The error counter will reset itself if this or any other error does not occur during the following
60-minute compressor running time (total time).
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
192
Power transistor defective
Internal wiring broken or in poor contact
Reactor defective
Outdoor unit PCB defective
Service Diagnosis
Si12-411A
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Caution
Check No.12
Refer to P.213
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Turn off the power and turn it on
again.
Get the system started.
∗ Running current
as shown at right with relay
cable 1 or 2?
YES
Current
(guideline)
NO
Check No. 12
Check the capacitor voltage.
Rising with increasing
frequency
2 sec
DC380±30V?
Replace the outdoor unit
PCB.
Capacitor charged when
the indoor unit or outdoor
unit main relay turns on
Time
YES Turn off the power. Disconnect the
harnesses U, V and W.
NO
Check with the inverter checker (∗).
Measure the rectifier input voltage.
* Inverter checker
Part No.: 1225477
YES
Any LED off?
NO
Turn off the power and reconnect
the above harnesses. Then turn on
the power again and get the
system restarted.
Compressor running?
NO
Voltage within
the allowable range (Supply
voltage±15%)?
NO
YES
YES
Correct the power supply or
replace the SPM.
(Replace the outdoor unit
PCB.)
Replace the outdoor unit
PCB.
Replace the compressor.
Replace the outdoor unit
PCB.
Check the supply voltage.
(R2848)
Service Diagnosis
193
Troubleshooting
Si12-411A
5.19 Thermistor or Related Abnormality (Outdoor Unit)
Remote
Controller
Display
P4, J3, J6, J8, J9, H9
Outdoor Unit LED
Display
A5 14 24 31 41
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
This type of error is detected by checking the thermistor input voltage to the microcomputer.
[A thermistor error is detected by checking the temperature being detected by each thermistor.]
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the thermistor input is above 4.96 V or below 0.04 V with the power on, the J3 error is
judged if the discharge pipe thermistor temperature is smaller than the condenser thermistor
temperature, or the system will be shut down if all the units are judged with the J8 error.
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
„
194
Connector in poor contact
Thermistor defective
Outdoor unit PCB defective
Indoor unit PCB defective
Condenser thermistor defective in the case of J3 error (outdoor unit heat exchanger
thermistor in the cooling mode, or indoor unit heat exchanger thermistor in the heating
mode)
Service Diagnosis
Si12-411A
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Caution
Check No.6
Refer to P.209
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Turn on the power again.
Error displayed again
on remote controller?
NO
Reconnect.
YES
Connector or thermistor
disconnected?
YES
Reconnect.
NO
Check No. 6
Check the thermistor resistance
value.
NO
Normal?
J3 error if discharge pipe
thermistor temperature is
smaller than condenser
thermistor temperature
YES
Cooling: Outdoor unit heat
exchanger thermistor
Heating: Indoor unit heat
exchanger thermistor
Check No. 6
Check the indoor unit heat
exchanger thermistor resistance
value in the heating mode.
Indoor unit
heat exchanger thermistor
functioning?
NO
YES
Replace defective one(s) of
the following thermistors.
z Radiation fin thermistor
z Discharge pipe
temperature thermistor
z Outdoor unit heat
exchanger temperature
thermistor
z Liquid pipe thermistor
z Gas pipe thermistor
z Outdoor temperature
thermistor
Replace the following
thermistor.
z Indoor unit heat
exchanger thermistor
Replace the outdoor unit
PC board. (Replace the
indoor unit PC board.)
(Q0357)
P4 : Radiation fin thermistor
J3 : Discharge pipe temperature thermistor
J6 : Outdoor unit heat exchanger temperature thermistor
J8 : Liquid pipe thermistor
J9 : Gas pipe thermistor
H9 : Outdoor temperature thermistor
Service Diagnosis
195
Troubleshooting
Si12-411A
5.20 Electrical Box Temperature Rise
Remote
Controller
Display
L3
Outdoor Unit LED
Display
A5 14 24 31 44
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
An electrical box temperature rise is detected by checking the radiation fin thermistor with the
compressor off.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
With the compressor off, the radiation fin temperature is above 80°C (above 75°C in the case of
8.0 · 9.0kW class). (Reset is made when the temperature drops below 70°C.)
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
„
196
Fin temperature rise due to defective outdoor unit fan
Fin temperature rise due to short-circuit
Fin thermistor defective
Connector in poor contact
Outdoor unit PCB defective
Service Diagnosis
Si12-411A
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Caution
Check No.6
Refer to P.209
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Turn off the power and turn it on
again.
Check No.7
Refer to P.210
Error again or outdoor unit
fan activated?
Check No.9
Refer to P.211
WARNING
To cool down the electricals, the
outdoor unit fan gets started when
the radiation fin temperature rises
above 80˚C and stops itself when
it drops below 70˚C.
YES
NO
Check No. 6
Check the thermistor resistance
value.
z Fin thermistor
Check the radiation fin
temperature.
Thermistor as
specified in its characteristic
chart?
NO
Replace the fin thermistor.
YES
Above 80˚C?
NO
Replace the outdoor unit
PCB.
YES
Check No. 9
Check the outdoor unit
fan or related.
Malfunctioning
Functioning
Radiation fin dirty?
Too dirty
Replace the fan motor.
Correct the connectors and
fan motor leads.
Replace the outdoor unit
PCB.
Clean up the radiation fin.
Slightly dirty
Check No. 7
Check the installation condition.
(R2850)
Service Diagnosis
197
Troubleshooting
Si12-411A
5.21 Radiation Fin Temperature Rise
Remote
Controller
Display
L4
Outdoor Unit LED
Display
A5 11 21 31 44
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
A radiation fin temperature rise is detected by checking the radiation fin temperature being
detected by the fin thermistor with the compressor on.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
If the radiation fin temperature with the compressor on is above 90°C for 5.2~7.5 kW-or-smaller
class systems or above 85°C for 8.0 · 9.0 kW class systems,
„ If a radiation fin temperature rise takes place 4 times successively, the system will be shut
down.
„ The error counter will reset itself if this or any other error does not occur during the following
60-minute compressor running time (total time).
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
„
198
Fin temperature rise due to defective outdoor unit fan
Fin temperature rise due to short-circuit
Fin thermistor defective
Connector in poor contact
Outdoor unit PCB defective
Service Diagnosis
Si12-411A
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Caution
Check No.6
Refer to P.209
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Turn off the power and turn it on
again to get the system started.
Check No.7
Refer to P.210
Error displayed again?
Check No.9
Refer to P.211
YES
NO
Check No. 6
Check the thermistor resistance
value.
z Fin thermistor
Check the radiation fin
temperature.
Thermistor as
specified in its characteristic
chart?
NO
Replace the fin thermistor.
YES
Above 90˚C?
YES
Check No. 9
Check the outdoor unit
fan or related.
Malfunctioning
Functioning
Radiation fin dirty?
Too dirty
NO
Check the power transistor
and fin for looseness. If
they are found to be fit
tightly, replace the PCB or
the power transistor.
Replace the fan motor.
Correct the connectors and
fan motor leads.
Replace the outdoor unit
PCB.
Clean up the radiation fin.
Slightly dirty
Check No. 7
Check the installation condition.
(R2851)
Service Diagnosis
199
Troubleshooting
Si12-411A
5.22 Output Over Current Detection
Remote
Controller
Display
L5
Outdoor Unit LED
Display
A5 11 21 34 41
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
An output over-current is detected by checking the current that flows in the inverter DC section.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
„ A position signal error occurs while the compressor is running.
„ A speed error occurs while the compressor is running.
„ An output over-current input is fed from the output over-current detection circuit to the
microcomputer.
„ The system will be shut down if the error occurs 16 times.
„ Clearing condition: Continuous run for about 5 minutes (normal)
Supposed
Causes
200
„
„
„
„
„
„
„
„
Over-current due to defective power transistor
Over-current due to wrong internal wiring
Over-current due to abnormal supply voltage
Over-current due to defective PCB
Error detection due to defective PCB
Over-current due to closed stop valve
Over-current due to compressor failure
Over-current due to poor installation condition
Service Diagnosis
Si12-411A
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Check No.7
Refer to P.210
Check No.8
Refer to P.211
Check No.13
Refer to P.213
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
∗ An output over-current may result from wrong internal wiring. If the wires have been disconnected and
reconnected for part replacement, for example, and the system is interrupted by an output over-current,
take the following procedure.
NO
Stop valve fully open?
Fully open the stop valve.
YES
Turn off the power and turn it on
again to get the system started.
See if the same error occurs.
Error again?
NO Monitor the supply voltage,
discharge and suction pressures,
and other factors for a long term.
Possible causes
z Instantaneous supply voltage
drop
z Compressor motor overloaded
z Contact-induced electrical shortcircuit
YES
Turn off the power and disconnect
the harnesses U, V and W.
Keep on using as it is
(monitor).
Check the electricals'
connectors and other
fittings.
∗ Inverter checker
Part No.: 1225477
Check with the inverter checker (∗).
YES
Any LED off?
Correct the power supply or
replace the SPM.
(Replace the outdoor unit
PCB.)
NO
Check No. 13
Check the power transistor.
NO
Normal?
Replace the SPM.
(Replace the outdoor unit
PCB.)
YES
Turn off the power, and reconnect
the harnesses. Turn on the power
again and get restarted.
Check the supply voltage.
NO
Voltage as rated?
Correct the power supply.
YES
Short-circuit
or breakage between
compressor's coil
phases?
YES
Replace the compressor.
NO
Check No. 8
Check the discharge pressure.
Check No. 7
Check the installation condition.
(R2852)
Service Diagnosis
201
Troubleshooting
Si12-411A
5.23 Insufficient Gas
Remote
Controller
Display
U0
Outdoor Unit LED
Display
A5 11 21 34 44
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Gas shortage detection I : A gas shortage is detected by checking the CT-detected input current
value and the compressor running frequency.
Gas shortage detection II : A gas shortage is detected by checking the difference between
indoor unit heat exchanger temperature and room temperature as well as the difference
between outdoor unit heat exchanger temperature and room temperature.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Gas shortage detection I :
Input current < 8.78 / 256 (A/Hz) x Compressor running frequency + 0.25
However, when the status of running frequency > 55 (Hz) is kept on for a certain time.
Note : The values are different from model to model.
Gas shortage detection II :
If a gas shortage error takes place 4 times straight, the system will be shut down. The error
counter will reset itself if this or any other error does not occur during the following 60-minute
compressor running time (total time).
Supposed
Causes
„ Refrigerant shortage (refrigerant leakage)
„ Poor compression performance of compressor
„ Discharge pipe thermistor disconnected, or indoor unit or outdoor unit heat exchanger
thermistor disconnected, room or outside air temperature thermistor disconnected
„ Stop valve closed
„ Electronic expansion valve defective
202
Service Diagnosis
Si12-411A
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Check No.4
Refer to P.207
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Any thermistor
disconnected?
Check No.6
Refer to P.209
NO
YES
Reconnect in position.
* Discharge pipe thermistor
* Indoor / outdoor unit heat exchanger thermistor
* Room temperature thermistor
* Outdoor air thermistor
YES
Open the stop valve.
Stop valve closed?
NO
Check for gas leakage.
Oil oozing at relay pipe
connections?
YES
Repair the pipe flare or
replace the square union.
NO
YES
Oil oozing at internal piping?
NO
Check No. 4
Electronic expansion valve
functioning?
Compressor vibrating
too much?
NO
NO
Check the pipes for
improper contact. Correct
as required. Also replace
cracked pipe if any.
YES
Check the CT.
YES Check the power transistor
harness for looseness.
Correct it as required. Also
replace cracked pipe if any.
Replace the electronic
expansion valve.
Malfunctioning
CT in trouble (refer to H8).
Functioning
Change for a specified amount of
fresh refrigerant.
YES
Gas shortage error again?
NO
Malfunctioning Replace the room
Check No. 6
Check the thermistors.
Functioning
temperature or outdoor air
thermistor, or the indoor
unit or outdoor unit heat
exchanger thermistor.
(1) Replace the PCB.
(2) Replace the compressor.
Procedure complete
(R2853)
Service Diagnosis
203
Troubleshooting
Si12-411A
5.24 Low-voltage Detection
Remote
Controller
Display
U2
Outdoor Unit LED
Display
A5 14 21 31 44
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
An abnormal voltage rise or drop is detected by checking the detection circuit or DC voltage
detection circuit.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
„ An over-voltage signal is fed from the over-voltage detection circuit to the microcomputer, or
Supposed
Causes
„ Supply voltage not as specified
„ Over-voltage detector or DC voltage detection circuit defective
„ PAM control part(s) defective
the voltage being detected by the DC voltage detection circuit is judged to be below 150 V
for 0.1 second.
„ The system will be shut down if the error occurs 16 times.
„ Clearing condition: Continuous run for about 60 minutes (normal)
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Check the supply voltage.
Supply voltage as
specified?
NO
Correct the power supply.
YES
(Precaution before turning on the power again)
Make sure the power has been off for
at least 30 seconds.
Turn on the
power again.
System restarted?
NO
Repeat a
couple of times.
YES Disturbance factors
∗ Noise ∗ Power supply distortion
Check for such factors for a
long term.
∗ Try to get restarted a
couple of times.
Replace the SPM.
(Replace the outdoor unit
PCB.)
(R2854)
204
Service Diagnosis
Si12-411A
Troubleshooting
5.25 Anti-icing Function in Other Rooms / Unspecified
Voltage (between Indoor and Outdoor Units)
Remote
Controller
Display
UA, UH
Outdoor Unit LED
Display
A5 11 21 31 41
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
A wrong connection is detected by checking the combination of indoor and outdoor units on the
microcomputer.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
„ Operation halt due to the anti-icing function in other rooms
„ Operation halt due to unspecified internal and/or external voltages
„ Operation halt due to mismatching of indoor and outdoor units
Supposed
Causes
„ Operation halt due to the anti-icing function in other rooms
„ Wrong connections at the indoor unit
„ PCB wrongly connected
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Error-displaying
air-conditioner running?
NO
The freeze protection
function is activated in
other rooms. Refer to A5.
YES
Supply voltage
as specified?
NO
Correct.
YES
Check the model name.
Normal?
NO
Reconnect.
YES
Check the combination of all the
models being connected.
Service Diagnosis
(R3066)
205
Check
Si12-411A
6. Check
6.1
How to Check
6.1.1 Fan Motor Connector Output Check
Check No.01
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Check connector connection.
Check motor power supply voltage output (pins 4-7 and 4-8).
Check motor control voltage (pins 4-3).
Check rotation command voltage output (pins 4-2).
Check rotation pulse input (pins 4-1).
Upper fan connector
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Lower fan connector
8
Motor power supply voltage
7
Unused
6
Unused
5
Unused
4
P.0V (reference potential)
3
Motor control voltage (15 VDC)
2
Rotation command voltage (1 to 5 VDC)
1
Rotation pulse input
Motor power supply voltage
Unused
Unused
P.0V (reference potential)
Motor control voltage (15 VDC)
Rotation command voltage (1~ 5 VDC)
Rotation pulse input
(R1224)
Check No.02
1. Check connector connection.
2. Check motor control voltage output (pins 2-1).
S202
5
4
3
2
1
Motor power supply voltage
Unused
Unused
P.0V (reference potential)
Motor control power supply
(R1073)
6.1.2 Limit Switch Continuity Check
Check No.3
Remove the front grille. The limit switch is located at the left side of the drain pan assembly.
Check the continuity of the switch connection.
Shutter status
Open
Closed
Continuity
Continuity
No continuity
Upward
Tester
Limit switch
Forward
(Q0363)
∗ The shutter can be opened and closed with hand. Keep the shutter open and closed all the
way for each continuity check steps.
206
Service Diagnosis
Si12-411A
Check
6.1.3 Electronic Expansion Valve Check
Check No.4
Conduct the followings to check the electronic expansion valve (EV).
1. Check to see if the EV connector is correctly inserted in the PCB. Compare the EV unit and
the connector number.
2. Turn the power off and back on again, and check to see if all the EVs generate latching
sound.
3. If any of the EVs does not generate latching noise in the above step 2, disconnect that
connector and check the conductivity using a tester.
Check the conductivity between pins 1, 3 and 6, and between pins 2, 4 and 5. If there is no
conductivity between the pins, the EV coil is faulty.
4. If no EV generates latching sound in the above step 2, the outdoor unit PCB is faulty.
5. If the conductivity is confirmed in the above step 2, mount a good coil (which generated
latching sound) in the EV unit that did not generate latching sound, and check to see if that
EV generates latching sound.
∗If latching sound is generated, the outdoor unit PCB is faulty.
∗If latching sound is not generated, the EV unit is faulty.
Note:
Please note that the latching sound varies depending on the valve type.
Valve Body Condition (Symptom)
Check Method / Measure
Reset power supply and conduct cooling
(1) Valve body catches at fully opened or half
operation unit by unit.
opened position.
(Symptom)
Cooling:
Check the liquid pipe temperature
„Water leakage at the no-operation unit
of no-operation unit.
„Flow noise of refrigerant in the no-operation unit
„Operation halt due to icing protection
Heating:
„The unit does not heat
„Refrigerant flow rate vary by unit
(Discharge air temperatures are different by
room)
„Peak cut
Is it
almost same as the
outside air temperature?
NO
YES
Replace the EVn of the room.
(R1431)
Reset power supply and conduct cooling
(2) Valve body catches at complete close
operation unit by unit.
position.
(Symptom)
Cooling:
Check the low pressure
„The only unit having problem does not cool the
room .
„When the only faulty unit is in operation, the unit
makes pump down.
Does
the pressure become into
(The low pressure of the unit becomes vacuum)
vacuum
zone?
„IT is activated.
„Abnormal discharge pipe temperature
NO
YES
Heating:
Insufficient gas due to liquid refrigerant
stagnation inside
the faulty indoor unit
(Only for heat pump model)
„The unit does not heat the room.
„IT is activated.
„Abnormal discharge pipe temperature
(3) Valve does not open fully.
(Symptom)
„The unit does not cool nor heat (only for heat
pump model.)
„IT is actuated.
„Abnormal discharge pipe temperature
Service Diagnosis
Replace the EVn of the room
(R1432)
Check the number of rotation of shaft if it is 5 and
half from full open to complete close using
manual coil for electronic expansion valve. When
the number of rotation of shaft is less than the
above value, the valve may catch anywhere of
the body.
207
Check
Si12-411A
6.1.4 Four Way Valve Performance Check
Check No.5
Turn off the power and turn it on
again.
Start the heating-mode run.
S80 voltage
at DC 180-220 V with
compressor on?
(Fig. 1)
∗ Four way valve coil
Cooling / dry : No continuity
Heating : Continuity
NO
Replace the outdoor unit
PCB.
YES
Disconnect the four way valve coil
from the connector and check the
continuity.
Four way valve
coil resistance at
1500 ohms?
NO
YES
Replace the four way valve
coil.
Replace the four way valve.
(Fig. 1)
Voltage at S80
DC180-220V
Compressor
Time
ON
208
(R2856)
Service Diagnosis
Si12-411A
Check
6.1.5 Thermistor Resistance Check
Check No.6
Remove the connectors of the thermistors on the PCB, and measure the resistance of each
thermistor using tester.
The relationship between normal temperature and resistance is shown in the graph and the
table below.
Thermistor R25°C=20kΩ B=3950
Temperature (°C)
-20
-15
-10
-5
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
Service Diagnosis
211.0 (kΩ)
150
116.5
88
67.2
51.9
40
31.8
25
20
16
13
10.6
8.7
7.2
209
Check
Si12-411A
6.1.6 Installation Condition Check
Check No.7
Installation condition check
Check
the allowable
dimensions of the air suction
and discharge
area.
Normal
Does
the discharged
air from other outdoor
unit cause an increase of
the suction air
temperature?
Abnormal
YES
Change the position of the air
discharge grille or the
installation location.
Change the position of the air
discharge grille or the
installation location.
NO
Is the heat exchanger
very dirty?
NO
Is
the air flow
blocked by obstacles or
winds blowing in the
opposite direction?
NO
YES
YES
Clean the heat exchanger.
Change the installation
location or direction.
Check the outside air
temperature (temperature of air
taken in by the outdoor unit).
(The outside air temperature
shall be 43˚C or lower.)
(R1438)
210
Service Diagnosis
Si12-411A
Check
6.1.7 Discharge Pressure Check
Check No.8
Discharge pressure check
NO
High
Replace compessor.
YES
Is the stop valve open?
NO
Open the stop valve.
YES
Is the
connection pipe deformed?
NO
Replace the pipe installed at
the site.
YES
At the heat exchanger and
air filter dirty?
NO
Clean.
YES
Replace the compressor.
(R1443)
6.1.8 Outdoor Unit Fan System Check (With DC Motor)
Check No.9
Check the outdoor unit fan system.
NO
Outdoor unit fan running?
YES
Outdoor unit fan system
functioning.
Service Diagnosis
Fan motor lead wire
connector disconnected?
YES
Reconnect.
NO
Go to Check No. 15.
(R2857)
211
Check
Si12-411A
6.1.9 Power Supply Waveforms Check
Check No.10
Measure the power supply waveform between pins 1 and 3 on the terminal board, and check
the waveform disturbance.
„ Check to see if the power supply waveform is a sine wave (Fig.1).
„ Check to see if there is waveform disturbance near the zero cross (sections circled in Fig.2)
[Fig.1]
[Fig.2]
6.1.10 Inverter Units Refrigerant System Check
Check No.11
Refrigerant system check
Is
the discharge
thermister disconnected from
the holder?
YES
Correct the problem.
NO
Is any moisture
found in sight glass.
YES
Conduct vacuum drying.
Conduct the check after operating the
equipment for a sufficient length of time.
NO
Check for gas leaks.
See the section on insufficient gas
detection.
YES
Replace the refrigerant.
(R1445)
212
Service Diagnosis
Si12-411A
Check
6.1.11 Capacitor Voltage Check
Check No.12
Before this checking, be sure to check the main circuit for short-circuit.
„ Checking the capacitor voltage
z With the circuit breaker still on, measure the voltage according to the drawing of the model in
question. Be careful never to touch any live parts.
Use the tester
in the DC range.
Fan motor
lead wire
TB2
P2
TB3
N1
Solenoid valve
coil lead wire
(Room A)
Solenoid valve
coil lead wire
(Room B)
Compressor
lead wire
520
540 590
592
Reactor
lead wire
593
521 522
Solenoid valve
coil lead wire
(Room C)
580
>PS<
Solenoid valve
lead wire
Thermistor Thermistor
lead wire
lead wire
(liquid pipe) (gas pipe)
OL
lead wire
Thermistor
lead wire
(Q0366)
6.1.12 Power Transistor Check
Check No.13
„ Checking the power transistor
z Never touch any live parts for at least 10 minutes after turning off the circuit breaker.
z If unavoidably necessary to touch a live part, make sure the power transistor's supply
voltage is below 50 V using the tester.
z For the UVW, make measurements at the Faston terminal on the board or the relay
connector.
transistor
Tester's negative terminal Power (+)
Tester's positive terminal
Normal resistance
Abnormal resistance
Service Diagnosis
UVW
UVW
Power transistor
(–)
Power transistor
UVW
(+)
Several kohms to several Mohms
0 or ∞
UVW
Power transistor
(–)
213
Check
Si12-411A
6.1.13 Main Circuit Electrolytic Capacitor Check
Check No.14
„ Checking the main circuit electrolytic capacitor
z Never touch any live parts for at least 10 minutes after turning off the circuit breaker.
z If unavoidably necessary to touch a live part, make sure there is no DC voltage using the
tester.
z Check the continuity with the tester. Reverse the pins and make sure there is continuity.
6.1.14 Turning Speed Pulse Input on the Outdoor Unit PCB Check
Check No.15
<Propeller fan motor>
Make sure the voltage of 270±30V is being applied.
(1) Stop the operation first and then the power, and disconnect the connector S70.
(2) Make sure there is about DC 270 V between pins 4 and 7.
(3) With the system and the power still off, reconnect the connector S70.
(4) Make a turn of the fan motor with a hand, and make sure the pulse (0-15 V) appears twice at
pins 1 and 4.
If the fuse is blown out, the outdoor-unit fan may also be in trouble. Check the fan too.
If the voltage in Step (2) is not applied, it means the PCB is defective. Replace the PCB.
If the pulse in Step (4) is not available, it means the Hall IC is defective. Replace the DC fan
motor.If there are both the voltage (2) and the pulse (4), replace the PCB.
PCB
S70
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Turning speed pulse input (0-15 V)
15V
DC270V
(R2859)
∗ Propeller fan motor : S70
214
Service Diagnosis
Si12-411A
Check
6.1.15 Hall IC Check
Check No.16
1. Check the connector connection.
2. With the power ON, operation OFF, and the connector connected, check the following.
∗Output voltage of about 5 V between pins 1 and 3.
∗Generation of 3 pulses between pins 2 and 3 when the fan motor is operating.
Failure of (1) Æ faulty PCB Æ Replace the PCB.
Failure of (2) Æ faulty hall IC Æ Replace the fan motor.
Both (1) and (2) result Æ Replace the PCB.
The connector has 3 pins, and there are two patterns of lead wire colors.
Service Diagnosis
215
Check
216
Si12-411A
Service Diagnosis
Si12-411A
Part 7
Removal Procedure
1. Outdoor Unit (80 / 90 Class) ...............................................................218
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
1.10
Removal of Outer Panels .....................................................................218
Removal of Propeller Fans...................................................................221
Removal of Electrical Box ....................................................................222
Removal of PCB...................................................................................229
Removal of Fan Motor..........................................................................232
Removal of Electronic Expansion Valve and Thermistor .....................234
Removal of Sound Insulation and Reactor...........................................235
Removal of Shunt.................................................................................237
Removal of Solenoid Valve and Four Way Valve.................................238
Removal of Compressor.......................................................................240
2. Outdoor Unit (50 / 52 / 58 / 68 / 75 Class) ..........................................242
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
Removal of Outer Panels .....................................................................242
Removal of Electrical BOX ...................................................................243
Removal of PCB...................................................................................247
Removal of Fan Motor..........................................................................250
Removal of Sound Insulation ...............................................................251
Removal of Four Way Valve Coil, Solenoid Valve Coil,
Electronic Expansion Valve Coil and Thermistor .................................252
2.7 Removal of Four Way Valve, Solenoid Valve and Shunt .....................254
2.8 Removal of Solenoid Valve and Shunt.................................................255
2.9 Removal of Compressor.......................................................................256
Removal Procedure
217
Outdoor Unit (80 / 90 Class)
Si12-411A
1. Outdoor Unit (80 / 90 Class)
1.1
Removal of Outer Panels
Procedure
Be sure to wait 10 minutes or more after turning off all power supplies
before disassembling work.
Procedure
Step
1
Warning
Points
External appearance.
„ Remove the piping in the
backward direction.
2
218
Remove 11 screws of
the top panel.
Removal Procedure
Si12-411A
Outdoor Unit (80 / 90 Class)
Procedure
Step
3
Unscrew 3 screws of
the right panel, slide it
downwards and release
the tabs to remove.
4
The figure shows the
view of piping
connections.
5
Unscrew 1 screw of the
front right panel, slide it
downwards and release
the tabs to remove.
Removal Procedure
Points
219
Outdoor Unit (80 / 90 Class)
Procedure
Step
6
Unscrew 3 screws of
the front panel to
remove.
7
Remove 4 screws of
the discharge outlet
grill.
8
Slide the discharge
outlet grill upwards and
release 6 tabs to
remove.
220
Si12-411A
Points
Removal Procedure
Si12-411A
1.2
Outdoor Unit (80 / 90 Class)
Removal of Propeller Fans
Procedure
Warning
Be sure to wait 10 minutes or more after turning off all power supplies
before disassembling work.
Procedure
Step
Points
„ Remove the discharge
1
2
outlet grill
To take off propeller
fan, remove the
washer-fitted nut M8.
Remove the propeller
fan.
„ For reassembling, align
mark of propeller fan with
D-cut section of motor shaft.
„ Mount the propeller fan while
positioning
top.
Removal Procedure
mark to the
221
Outdoor Unit (80 / 90 Class)
1.3
Si12-411A
Removal of Electrical Box
Procedure
Warning
Be sure to wait 10 minutes or more after turning off all power supplies
before disassembling work.
Procedure
Step
„ Remove the outer panels
such as top and front
panels.
1 The figure shows the
right side view.
Points
„ Match the colors of the tie
wires to A, B, C and D ports
as follows.
(1) - Black Power
(2) - White Power
(3) - Red
Transmission
„ Wires are fixed to the
terminal board with screws.
1. Remove the tie wire.
1 Loosen the terminal
board screws, and
remove the wires at A
and B ports.
2
222
Open the terminal
board cover, and
remove the wires at C
and D ports.
„ When reassembling,
reconnect the wires to C and
D ports.
Removal Procedure
Si12-411A
Outdoor Unit (80 / 90 Class)
Procedure
Step
3
Remove the earth wire.
4
Remove 1 screw of the
terminal board.
5
Release the tab on the
top right of the terminal
board.
6
Pull out the terminal
board and open it.
Removal Procedure
Points
„ Glass tube fuse and varistor
cannot be replaced
individually because leadfree soldering is provided.
223
Outdoor Unit (80 / 90 Class)
Si12-411A
Procedure
Step
Points
2. Remove each wire harness
1
Disconnect 4
connectors of the
electronic expansion
valve lead wires.
Connector
S20 (White)
S21 (Red)
S22 (Blue)
S23 (Yellow)
Electronic
expansion
valve No.
EVA
EVB
EVC
EVD
Harness
length
630
730
825
940
„ When reconnecting, make
sure to match the wire to the
correct connector.
2
Remove the four way
valve connector S80.
3
Remove the connector
S93 for liquid pipe
thermistor.
224
Removal Procedure
Si12-411A
Outdoor Unit (80 / 90 Class)
Procedure
Step
4
Remove the connector
S92 for gas pipe
thermistor.
5
Remove the connector
S90 for thermistor.
„ Outdoor air
thermistor (Blue)
„ Discharge pipe
thermistor (Black)
„ Heat exchanger
thermistor (Gray)
6
Remove the overload
relay connector S40.
7
Remove the reactor
lead wire.
Removal Procedure
Points
225
Outdoor Unit (80 / 90 Class)
Procedure
Step
8
Remove the relay
connector for
compressor.
9
Remove the electrical
box cover.
10
Disconnect the fan
motor connector.
11
Remove the discharge
pipe thermistor.
226
Si12-411A
Points
Removal Procedure
Si12-411A
Procedure
Step
12
Outdoor Unit (80 / 90 Class)
Take off the thermistor
presser spring, and
remove the thermistor.
Points
„ Place the thermistor so that
its end comes up to the end
of the presser spring.
„ Be careful not to lose the
presser spring for the
discharge pipe thermistor.
3. Removing the electrical
box
1 Remove 2 screws of
the electrical box.
2
Turn the electrical box
up side down halfway,
and disconnect the
thermistor lead wire
from the hook.
Removal Procedure
227
Outdoor Unit (80 / 90 Class)
Procedure
Step
3
Remove the outdoor air
thermistor lead wire
from the groove.
4
Remove each wire
harness, and dismount
the electrical box by
lifting it.
228
Si12-411A
Points
Removal Procedure
Si12-411A
1.4
Outdoor Unit (80 / 90 Class)
Removal of PCB
Procedure
Warning
Be sure to wait 10 minutes or more after turning off all power supplies
before disassembling work.
Procedure
Step
Points
1. Removing the controller
PCB
1 Release the tab of the
electrical box, and open
the terminal board.
2
Disconnect each
connector of the
terminal board.
3
Unscrew 1 screw and
release two tabs to
remove the PCB
Removal Procedure
229
Outdoor Unit (80 / 90 Class)
Procedure
Step
4
Lift the PCB at the
terminal board side.
5
Disconnect each wire
harness connector
linked to the inverter
PCB.
230
Si12-411A
Points
Removal Procedure
Si12-411A
Procedure
Step
6
Outdoor Unit (80 / 90 Class)
The figure shows the
controller PCB.
Points
S20: Electronic expansion valve
coil A port
S21: Electronic expansion valve
coil B port
S22: Electronic expansion valve
coil C port
S23: Electronic expansion valve
coil D port
S31: To CN14 (Pin 9)
S32: To CN11 (Pin 5)
S33: To S34 (Pin 10)
S40: Overload relay
S71: To S72 (Pin 8)
S80: Four way valve coil
S90: Thermistor (Outdoor air,
heat exchanger, and
discharge pipe)
S92: Gas pipe thermistor
S93: Liquid pipe thermistor
2. Removing the service
monitor PCB
1 Remove the service
monitor PCB by
releasing its tab.
3. Removing the inverter
PCB
1 Remove the 9 screws
of the inverter PCB.
Removal Procedure
231
Outdoor Unit (80 / 90 Class)
1.5
Si12-411A
Removal of Fan Motor
Procedure
Warning
Be sure to wait 10 minutes or more after turning off all power supplies
before disassembling work.
Procedure
Step
Points
„ Remove the outer panels.
1
Remove the fan motor
lead wire connector
S70.
2
Remove the propeller
fans.
„ For reassembling, align
mark of propeller fan with
D-cut section of motor shaft.
„ Mount the fan motor so as to
position Q mark on the top.
3
232
Remove 2 screws of
the fan motor mount.
Removal Procedure
Si12-411A
Outdoor Unit (80 / 90 Class)
Procedure
Step
4
Remove 4 screws of
the fan motor.
5
Cut the wrapper fixing
the lead wire.
Points
„ When reassembling, fix the
lead wire to avoid contact
with the propeller fan.
6
Remove the fan motor.
Removal Procedure
233
Outdoor Unit (80 / 90 Class)
1.6
Removal of Electronic Expansion Valve and Thermistor
Procedure
Warning
Be sure to wait 10 minutes or more after turning off all power supplies
before disassembling work.
Procedure
Step
1
Si12-411A
Remove each wire
harness.
Points
„ Place the thermistor so that
its end comes up to the end
of the presser spring.
„ Be careful not to lose the
presser spring for the
discharge pipe thermistor.
2
Take off the putty, and
remove each
thermistor.
S90:
„ Outdoor air thermistor (Blue)
„ Heat exchanger thermistor
(Gray)
„ Discharge pipe thermistor
(Black)
S92: Gas pipe thermistor
„ Room A (Black)
„ Room B (Gray)
„ Room C (Brown)
„ Room D (Red)
3
234
Remove the electronic
expansion valve coil.
S93: Liquid pipe thermistor
„ Room A (Black)
„ Room B (Gray)
„ Room C (Yellow)
„ Room D (Blue)
Removal Procedure
Si12-411A
1.7
Outdoor Unit (80 / 90 Class)
Removal of Sound Insulation and Reactor
Procedure
Warning
Be sure to wait 10 minutes or more after turning off all power supplies
before disassembling work.
Procedure
Step
Points
1
Release the clip fixing
the compressor lead
wire.
2
Remove 2 screws of
the partition board, and
move the board
leftward.
„ The partition board is not
Remove the noise
insulation (outer).
„ Carefully remove the noise
3
Removal Procedure
removable as it is fixed with
the fitting screw in the rear
bottom.
insulation, which is easily
torn in the piping section.
235
Outdoor Unit (80 / 90 Class)
Procedure
Step
4
Remove the noise
insulation (top).
5
Remove the noise
insulation (inner).
6
Remove 1 screw of the
reactor.
236
Si12-411A
Points
„ Carefully remove the noise
insulation, which is easily
torn in the piping section.
Removal Procedure
Si12-411A
1.8
Removal of Shunt
Procedure
Warning
Be sure to wait 10 minutes or more after turning off all power supplies
before disassembling work.
Procedure
Step
1
Outdoor Unit (80 / 90 Class)
Remove 6 screws of
the tie wire presser
plate.
2
Remove 4 screws of
the right side panel.
3
Remove the putty.
Points
„ Fasten the rubber packing
with double-faced adhesive
tape when mounting.
Caution
Be careful not to get yourself
burnt with the pipes and other
parts that are heated by the gas
welding rod.
„ Before taking this
procedure, make sure
there is no refrigerant gas
left in the refrigerant
pipes.
4 Disconnect the 5
brazed points of the
shunt.
Removal Procedure
Warning
If refrigerant gas leaks during
the job, ventilate the room.
(Bear in mind that if the
refrigerant gas is exposed to
open flames, noxious gas may
be generated.)
237
Outdoor Unit (80 / 90 Class)
1.9
Si12-411A
Removal of Solenoid Valve and Four Way Valve
Procedure
Warning
Be sure to wait 10 minutes or more after turning off all power supplies
before disassembling work.
Procedure
Step
Points
„ Remove the outer panels.
1. Removing the solenoid
valve
1 Remove 1 screw of the
solenoid valve coil.
„ Before taking this
procedure, make sure
there is no refrigerant gas
left in the refrigerant
pipes.
Caution
Be careful not to get yourself
burnt with the pipes and other
parts that are heated by the gas
welding rod.
2
Disconnect the 2
brazed points (a) and
(b) in this order.
Warning
If refrigerant gas leaks during
the job, ventilate the room.
(Bear in mind that if the
refrigerant gas is exposed to
open flames, noxious gas may
be generated.)
2. Removing the four way
valve
1 Remove 1 screw of the
four way valve coil.
238
Reassembling precautions
Wrap the solenoid valve body
with wet cloth. Splash water
over the cloth before it is dried
to prevent the valve from being
overheated.
Removal Procedure
Si12-411A
Procedure
Step
„ Before taking this
procedure, make sure
there is no refrigerant gas
left in the refrigerant
pipes.
2 Place welding
protective sheet or iron
plate around the four
way valve to prevent
the flames of a gas
welding rod from
affecting the valve.
3
4
5
Outdoor Unit (80 / 90 Class)
Heat the 4 brazed
points of the four way
valve. Disconnect the
point (a) first.
Disconnect the points
(b) and (c).
Disconnect the point
(d).
Removal Procedure
Points
Reassembling precautions
1. Use non-oxidizing brazing
method. If nitrogen gas is not
available, braze the parts
speedily.
2. Avoid deterioration of the
gaskets due to carbonization
of oil inside the four way
valve or thermal influence.
For this purpose, wrap the
four way valve with wet
cloth. Splash water over the
cloth against becoming too
hot (keep it below 120°C).
„ In pulling the pipes, be
careful not to over-tighten
them with pliers. The pipes
may get deformed.
If the gas welding machine fails
to remove the four way valve,
take the steps below.
1. Disconnect the brazed pipe
sections that are readily
easy to separate and join
together later.
2. With a small copper tube
cutter, cut off the internal
pipes to easily take out the
four way valve.
Note:
Never use a hack saw. The
sawdust may come into the
circuit.
239
Outdoor Unit (80 / 90 Class)
Si12-411A
1.10 Removal of Compressor
Procedure
Warning
Be sure to wait 10 minutes or more after turning off all power supplies
before disassembling work.
Procedure
Step
1
Remove the terminal
cover.
2
Remove the overload
relay.
Points
„ Be careful to avoid burning
the compressor terminals or
the nameplate.
3
Disconnect the flag
shape terminal.
4
There is one nut fixing
the compressor.
Remove the nut with a
spanner.
240
As precaution, keep the
contents in memorandum.
Removal Procedure
Si12-411A
Outdoor Unit (80 / 90 Class)
Procedure
Step
Points
„ Make sure there is no
refrigerant gas left inside
the refrigerant pipes
before starting the job.
„ When heating up the
brazed parts, make sure
to carry out the N2
replacement.
5 Remove the 2 sheets of
putty.
Warning
The compressor's refrigerating
machine oil may catch fire. Have
wet cloth at hand for quickly putting
out the fire.
Warning
If refrigerant gas leaks during the
job, ventilate the room. (Bear in
mind that if the refrigerant gas is
exposed to open flames, noxious
gas may be generated.)
Caution
Be careful not to get yourself burnt
with the pipes and other parts that
are heated by the gas welding rod.
6
Disconnect the brazed
part (a) at discharge
side of the compressor.
7
Disconnect the brazed
part (b) at suction side
of the compressor.
Removal Procedure
241
Outdoor Unit (50 / 52 / 58 / 68 / 75 Class)
Si12-411A
2. Outdoor Unit (50 / 52 / 58 / 68 / 75 Class)
2.1
Removal of Outer Panels
Procedure
1
External appearance.
2
Remove 4 screws of
the top panel and 6
screws of the front
panel.
Remove 4 screws of
the discharge outlet
grill.
4
242
Be sure to wait 10 minutes or more after turning off all power supplies
before disassembling work.
Procedure
Step
3
Warning
Points
Remove 2 screws of
the piping cover.
Removal Procedure
Si12-411A
2.2
Outdoor Unit (50 / 52 / 58 / 68 / 75 Class)
Removal of Electrical BOX
Procedure
Warning
Be sure to wait 10 minutes or more after turning off all power supplies
before disassembling work.
Procedure
Step
Points
1. Removing the tie wires
1
The figure shows the tie
pipe connections.
„ Remove the piping in the
backward direction.
2
Remove the terminal
board fitting screw.
„ Match the colours of the tie
wires to A, B, C and D ports
as follows.
(1) - Black Power
(2) - White Power
(3) - Red Transmission
„ Wires are fixed to the
terminal board with screws.
„ Terminal board is made of
integral moulded resin.
Removal Procedure
243
Outdoor Unit (50 / 52 / 58 / 68 / 75 Class)
Procedure
Step
3
Si12-411A
Pull out the terminal
board to open.
2. Remove each wire
harness
1 Disconnect 4
connectors of the
electronic expansion
valve lead wires.
Points
„ Glass tube fuse and varistor
cannot be replaced
individually because leadfree soldering is provided.
Connector
S20 (White)
S21 (Red)
S22 (Blue)
S23 (Yellow)
Electronic
expansion
valve No.
EVA
EVB
EVC
EVD
Harness
length
630
730
825
940
„ When reconnecting, make
sure to match the wire to the
correct connector.
2
Remove the four way
valve connector S80.
3
Disconnect the
thermistor connector
and the overload relay
connector.
244
S40:Overload relay
S90:Thermistor
(Outdoor air, heat
exchanger, discharge pipe)
S92:Gas pipe thermistor
S93:Liquid pipe thermistor
Removal Procedure
Si12-411A
Outdoor Unit (50 / 52 / 58 / 68 / 75 Class)
Procedure
Step
4
Disconnect the
compressor relay
connector.
5
Remove the reactor
lead wire.
Points
3. Removing the wiring
fixture
1 Remove 6 screws of
the wiring fixture.
4. Removing the electrical
box.
1 Remove 1 screw of the
electrical box.
Removal Procedure
245
Outdoor Unit (50 / 52 / 58 / 68 / 75 Class)
Procedure
Step
2
Remove 1 screw of the
electrical box.
3
Remove the drip-proof
cover.
4
Disconnect the fan
motor lead wire.
5
Lift up the electrical box
and dismount it.
246
Si12-411A
Points
Removal Procedure
Si12-411A
2.3
Outdoor Unit (50 / 52 / 58 / 68 / 75 Class)
Removal of PCB
Procedure
Warning
Be sure to wait 10 minutes or more after turning off all power supplies
before disassembling work.
Procedure
Step
Points
1. Removing the controller
PCB
1 Remove 1 screw of the
PCB, and release two
tabs.
2
Release the tabs of the
terminal board, and
open the terminal
board.
3
Disconnect each
connector on the back
of the terminal board.
4
Disconnect the service
monitor PCB connector.
Removal Procedure
„ Release the tab to remove
the service monitor PCB.
247
Outdoor Unit (50 / 52 / 58 / 68 / 75 Class)
Procedure
Step
5
Lift up the control PCB.
6
Disconnect each wire
harness connector
linked to the control
PCB.
S31 (Pin 9): To CN14
S32 (Pin 5): To CN11
S33 (Pin 10): To S34
S71 (Pin 8): To S72
248
Si12-411A
Points
Removal Procedure
Si12-411A
Procedure
Step
7
Outdoor Unit (50 / 52 / 58 / 68 / 75 Class)
The figure shows the
control PCB.
Points
„ Glass tube fuse 3A
2. Removing the service
monitor PCB
1 The figure shows the
service monitor PCB.
3. Removing the inverter
PCB.
1 Remove the 7 screws
of the inverter PCB.
Removal Procedure
249
Outdoor Unit (50 / 52 / 58 / 68 / 75 Class)
2.4
Si12-411A
Removal of Fan Motor
Procedure
Warning
Be sure to wait 10 minutes or more after turning off all power supplies
before disassembling work.
Procedure
Step
„ Remove the fan motor
lead wire connector.
1 Remove the propeller
fan by removing the
washer-fitted nut.
Points
„ For reassembling, align
mark of propeller fan with
D-cut section of motor shaft.
„ Mount the propeller fan while
positioning Q mark to the
top.
2
Remove the fan motor.
Remove 1 screw of the
fan motor mount.
„ When reassembling, fix the
lead wire to avoid contact
with the propeller fan.
3
250
Disconnect the lead
wire by releasing the 2
clamps fixing the wire.
Remove 4 screws of
the fan motor.
Removal Procedure
Si12-411A
2.5
Outdoor Unit (50 / 52 / 58 / 68 / 75 Class)
Removal of Sound Insulation
Procedure
Warning
Be sure to wait 10 minutes or more after turning off all power supplies
before disassembling work.
Procedure
Step
1
Remove 5 screws of
the right side panel.
2
Remove 2 screws of
the partition board, and
remove the board.
3
Remove the noise
insulation (top, outer
and inner).
Removal Procedure
Points
251
Outdoor Unit (50 / 52 / 58 / 68 / 75 Class)
2.6
Si12-411A
Removal of Four Way Valve Coil, Solenoid Valve Coil,
Electronic Expansion Valve Coil and Thermistor
Procedure
Warning
Be sure to wait 10 minutes or more after turning off all power supplies
before disassembling work.
Procedure
Step
1
Remove 1 screw of the
four way valve coil.
2
Remove one screw of
the solenoid valve coil.
3
Remove the electronic
expansion valve coil for
each room.
Points
„ Place the thermistor so that
4
252
Release the thermistor
presser spring, and
remove the discharge
pipe thermistor.
its end comes up to the end
of the presser spring.
„ Be careful not to lose the
presser spring for the
discharge pipe thermistor.
Removal Procedure
Si12-411A
Procedure
Step
5
6
Outdoor Unit (50 / 52 / 58 / 68 / 75 Class)
Take off the putty, and
remove each
thermistor.
Remove the wire
harness.
Points
„ Place the thermistor so that
its end comes up to the end
of the presser spring.
„ Be careful not to lose the
presser spring for the
discharge pipe thermistor.
S90:
„ Outdoor air thermistor (Blue)
„ Heat exchanger thermistor
(Gray)
„ Discharge pipe thermistor
(Black)
S92: Gas pipe thermistor
„ Room A (Black)
„ Room B (Gray)
„ Room C (Brown)
„ Room D (Red)
S93: Liquid pipe thermistor
„ Room A (Black)
„ Room B (Gray)
„ Room C (Yellow)
„ Room D (Blue)
Removal Procedure
253
Outdoor Unit (50 / 52 / 58 / 68 / 75 Class)
2.7
Si12-411A
Removal of Four Way Valve, Solenoid Valve and Shunt
Procedure
Warning
Be sure to wait 10 minutes or more after turning off all power supplies
before disassembling work.
Procedure
Step
1
Remove 1 screw of the
four way valve coil.
2
Remove 1 screw of the
solenoid valve coil.
„ Before taking this
procedure, make sure
there is no refrigerant gas
left in the refrigerant
pipes.
3 Place welding
protective sheet or iron
plate around the four
way valve to prevent
the flames of a gas
welding rod from
affecting the valve.
Points
Reassembling precautions
1. Use non-oxidizing brazing
method. If nitrogen gas is not
available, braze the parts
speedily.
2. Avoid deterioration of the
gaskets due to carbonization
of oil inside the four way
valve or thermal influence.
For this purpose, wrap the
four way valve with wet
cloth. Splash water over the
cloth against becoming too
hot (keep it below 120°C).
„ In pulling the pipes, be
careful not to over-tighten
them with pliers. The pipes
may get deformed.
If the gas welding machine fails
to remove the four way valve,
take the steps below.
1. Disconnect the brazed pipe
sections that are readily
easy to separate and join
together later.
2. With a small copper tube
cutter, cut off the internal
pipes to easily take out the
four way valve.
Note:
4
5
6
254
Heat the four brazed
points of the four way
valve. Disconnect the
point (a) first.
Disconnect the points
(b) and (c).
Disconnect the point
(d).
Never use a hack saw. The
sawdust may come into the
circuit.
Removal Procedure
Si12-411A
2.8
Outdoor Unit (50 / 52 / 58 / 68 / 75 Class)
Removal of Solenoid Valve and Shunt
Procedure
Warning
Be sure to wait 10 minutes or more after turning off all power supplies
before disassembling work.
Procedure
Step
Points
„ Before taking this
procedure, make sure
there is no refrigerant gas
left in the refrigerant
pipes.
1 Disconnect the 2
brazed points (a) and
(b) in this order.
2
Remove the putty of the
shunt.
3
Disconnect the 5
brazed points of the
shunt.
Removal Procedure
Caution
Be careful not to get yourself
burnt with the pipes and other
parts that are heated by the gas
welding rod.
Warning
If refrigerant gas leaks during
the job, ventilate the room.
(Bear in mind that if the
refrigerant gas is exposed to
open flames, noxious gas may
be generated.)
Reassembling precautions
Wrap the solenoid valve body
with wet cloth. Splash water
over the cloth before it is dried
to prevent the valve from being
overheated.
255
Outdoor Unit (50 / 52 / 58 / 68 / 75 Class)
2.9
Removal of Compressor
Procedure
Warning
Be sure to wait 10 minutes or more after turning off all power supplies
before disassembling work.
Procedure
Step
1
Remove the terminal
cover.
2
Disconnect the
compressor lead wire.
Remove the 2 sheets of
putty.
3
Si12-411A
Points
As precaution, keep the contents
in memorandum.
„ Be careful to avoid burning
the compressor terminals or
the nameplate.
There is one nut fixing
the compressor.
Remove the nut with an
open-end spanner.
„ Make sure there is no
refrigerant gas left inside
the refrigerant pipes
before starting the job.
4
„ When heating up the
brazed parts, make sure
to carry out the N2
replacement.
1 Disconnect the brazed
part (a) at discharge
side of the compressor.
2 Disconnect the brazed
part (b) at suction side
of the compressor.
Warning
The compressor's refrigerating
machine oil may catch fire.
Have wet cloth at hand for
quickly putting out the fire.
Warning
If refrigerant gas leaks during
the job, ventilate the room.
(Bear in mind that if the
refrigerant gas is exposed to
open flames, noxious gas may
be generated.)
Caution
Be careful not to get yourself
burnt with the pipes and other
parts that are heated by the gas
welding rod.
256
Removal Procedure
Si12-411A
Part 8
Others
1. Others .................................................................................................258
1.1 Test Run from the Remote Controller ..................................................258
1.2 Jumper Settings ...................................................................................259
Others
257
Others
Si12-411A
1. Others
1.1
Test Run from the Remote Controller
Trial Operation and Testing
1. Measure the supply voltage and make sure that it falls in the specified range.
2. Trial operation should be carried out in either cooling or heating mode.
For Heat pump
In cooling mode, select the lowest programmable temperature; in heating mode, select the
highest programmable temperature.
„ Trial operation may be disabled in either mode depending on the room temperature.
„ After trial operation is complete, set the temperature to a normal level
(26°C to 28°C in cooling mode, 20°C to 24°C in heating mode).
„ For protection, the system disables restart operation for 3 minutes after it is turned off.
For Cooling
operation in case
of low ambient
temperature
Select the lowest programmable temperature.
„ Trial operation in cooling mode may be disabled depending on the room temperature.
Use the remote control for trial operation as described below.
Trial operation from Remote Controller
(1) Press ON/OFF button to turn on the system.
(2) Simultaneously press center of TEMP button and MODE buttons.
(3) Press MODE button twice.
(“T” will appear on the display to indicate that Trial Operation mode is selected.)
(4) Trial run mode terminates in approx. 30 minutes and switches into normal mode. To quit a
trial operation, press ON/OFF button.
„ After trial operation is complete, set the temperature to a normal level (26°C to 28°C).
„ For protection, the machine disables restart operation for 3 minutes after it is turned off.
3. Carry out the test operation in accordance with the Operation Manual to ensure that all
functions and parts, such as louver movement, are working properly.
„ The air conditioner requires a small amount of power in its standby mode. If the system is
not to be used for some time after installation, shut off the circuit breaker to eliminate
unnecessary power consumption.
„ If the circuit breaker trips to shut off the power to the air conditioner, the system will restore
the original operation mode when the circuit breaker is opened again.
(3)
(2)
(2)
ON/OFF
POWERFULL
MODE
(1) (4)
TEMP
FAN
SWING
(R2586)
258
Others
Si12-411A
1.2
Others
Jumper Settings
1.2.1 When Two Units are Installed in One Room
„ How to set the different addresses.
„ When two indoor units are installed in one room, the two wireless remote controllers can be
set for different addresses.
PCB in the indoor unit
Remove the front panel.
Remove the sensor parts cover (2-screws), then remove the electric parts box (1-screw).
Slide the metallic cover to remove it. (4-claws on the electric parts box.)
Cut the jumper JA on PCB.
„
„
„
„
Wireless remote controller (in case of wall mounted type)
„ Cut the jumper J4.
Claws (4 points)
Metallic cover
J4
Electric
parts box
Wireless
remote
controller
J4
Address
1
2
EXIST
CUT
JA
ADDRESS
JB
JC
ADDRESS: JA
1
EXIST
CUT
2
Sensor
parts cover
PCB
(R2587)
1.2.2 Jumper Setting
Jumper
(On indoor PCB)
JC
JB
Others
Function
Power failure
recovery function
When connected
(factory set)
Auto start
When cut
Unit does not resume operation
after recovering from a power
failure. Timer ON-OFF settings
are cleared.
Fan speed setting
Fan speed setting ; Fan rpm is set to “0”
when compressor is Remote controller
<Fan stop>
OFF on thermostat. setting
259
Others
Si12-411A
1.2.3 Adjusting the Angle of the Intelligent Eye Sensor
Wall Mounted Type 25 / 35 Class Only
„ Once installation of the indoor unit is complete, adjust the angle of the Intelligent eye sensor
to ensure the detection area properly covers the room.
(Adjustable angle : 15° to right and left of center)
„ Gently push and slide the sensor to adjust the angle. Aim so that the sensor is pointing to the
center of the room, or to the part of the room that is most frequently used.
„ After adjusting the angle, gently wipe the sensor with a clean cloth, being careful not to
scratch the sensor.
Caution
„ Do not hit or violently push the Intelligent eye sensor. This can lead to damage and
malfunction.
„ Do not place large objects near the sensor. Also keep heating units or humidifiers outside
the sensor’s detection area.
260
Others
Si12-411A
Part 9
Appendix
1. Piping Diagrams..................................................................................262
1.1 Indoor Units ..........................................................................................262
1.2 Outdoor Units .......................................................................................266
2. Wiring Diagrams..................................................................................273
2.1 Indoor Units ..........................................................................................273
2.2 Outdoor Units .......................................................................................276
Appendix
261
Piping Diagrams
Si12-411A
1. Piping Diagrams
1.1
Indoor Units
1.1.1 Wall Mounted Type
FTKE25/35BVM, FTK(X)E25/35BVMA
FTK(X)S20CVMB(9), FTK(X)S25/35CVMB(9)(8),
ATXS20/25/35CVMB(9), FTXS25/35BVMA
FIELD PIPING
INDOOR UNIT
HEAT EXCHANGER
7. 0CuT
7.0CuT
6. 4CuT
6.4CuT
THERMISTOR
ON HEAT EXCH.
7.9CuT
7. 9CuT
INDOOR UNIT
6. 4CuT
THERMISTOR
ON HEAT EXCH.
6.4CuT
6. 4CuT
6.4CuT
CROSS FLOW FAN
(6. 4CuT)
FIELD PIPING
(6.4CuT)
M
M
9.5CuT
FIELD PIPING
9. 5CuT
FIELD PIPING
(
CuT)
CROSS FLOW FAN
FAN MOTOR
FAN MOTOR
FTX25-FTK25-FTXE25-FTKE25-FTX35-FTK35-FTXE35-FTKE35-FTKE09-FTKE12--
HEAT EXCHANGER
(9.5CuT)
REFRIGERANT FLOW
COOLING
HEATING
9. 5
REFRIGERANT FLOW
COOLING
HEATING
12. 7
4D032969C
FTKD50BVM, FTK(X)D50BVMA,
FTK(X)S50/60BVMB, FTXS50/60BVMA(8),
ATXS50CVMB
4D033698D
FTKD60BVM, FTK(X)D60BVMA, FTK(X)S71BVMB,
FTXS71BVMA(8)
INDOOR UNIT
INDOOR UNIT
(7.9CuT)
(7.9CuT)
HEAT EXCHANGER
HEAT EXCHANGER
THERMISTOR
ON HEAT EXCH.
FIELD PIPING
CROSS FLOW FAN
FIELD PIPING
(6.4CuT)
(6.4CuT)
M
FIELD PIPING
FAN MOTOR
FIELD PIPING
(12.7CuT)
(15.9CuT)
CROSS FLOW FAN
THERMISTOR
ON HEAT
EXCH.
M
FAN MOTOR
(12.7CuT)
(12.7CuT)
REFRIGERANT FLOW
REFRIGERANT FLOW
COOLING
HEATING
COOLING
HEATING
4D040081J
262
4D040082H
Appendix
Si12-411A
Piping Diagrams
FTKD71BVM, FTK(X)D71BVMA
INDOOR UNIT
(7.9CuT)
HEAT EXCHANGER
THERMISTOR
ON HEAT
EXCH.
FIELD PIPING
(9.5CuT)
FIELD PIPING
(15.9CuT)
CROSS FLOW FAN
M
FAN MOTOR
(12.7CuT)
REFRIGERANT FLOW
COOLING
HEATING
4D040083F
Appendix
263
Piping Diagrams
Si12-411A
1.1.2 Duct Connected Type
CDKD25/35/50/60CVM,
CDK(X)D25/35/50/60CVMA
CDK(X)S25/35/50/60CVMB,
CDXS25/35/50/60CVMA
INDOOR UNIT
(6.4CuT)
INDOOR UNIT
(6. 4CuT)
HEAT EXCHANGER
HEAT EXCHANGER
FIELD PIPING
(6. 4CuT)
SIROCCO FAN
FIELD PIPING
(6.4CuT)
THERMISTOR
ON HEAT
EXCH.
M
M
CDXD25CMVMC
CDXD25CVMA
CDKD25CVMA
CDKD25CVM
CDXD35CMVMC
CDXD35CVMA
CDKD35CVMA
CDKD35CVM
FDXD50CMVMC
CDXD50CVMA
CDKD50CVMA
CDKD50CVM
CDXD60CMVMC
CDXD60CVMA
CDKD60CVMA
CDKD60CVM
(
SIROCCO FAN
FAN MOTOR
FIELD PIPING
(
CuT)
FAN MOTOR
FIELD PIPING
(
CuT)
(
CuT)
CuT)
REFRIGERANT FLOW
COOLING
HEATING
REFRIGERANT FLOW
COOLING
HEATING
9. 5
9. 5
12. 7
12. 7
15. 9
15. 9
THERMISTOR
ON HEAT
EXCH.
CDXS25CVMB
CDKS25CVMB
CDXS35CVMB
CDKS35CVMB
CDXS25CVMA
CDXS35CVMA
FDXS25CVMB
FDXS35CVMB
FDKS25CVMB
FDKS35CVMB
CDXS50CVMB
CDKS50CVMB
CDXS60CVMB
CDKS60CVMB
CDXS50CVMA
CDXS60CVMA
9.5
12.7
4D045450
4D045449B
1.1.3 Floor / Ceiling Suspended Dual Type
FLK(X)S25/35/50/60BVMB,
FLXS25/35/50/60BVMA
FLK(X)25/35/50/60AVMA
INDOOR UNIT
INDOOR UNIT
(
CuT)
(6. 4CuT)
HEAT EXCHANGER
HEAT EXCHANGER
FIELD PIPING
(6. 4CuT)
SIROCCO FAN
FIELD PIPING
(6. 4CuT)
THERMISTOR
ON HEAT
EXCH.
SIROCCO FAN
M
M
FAN MOTOR
FAN MOTOR
FIELD PIPING
(9. 5CuT)
THERMISTOR
ON HEAT
EXCH.
FIELD PIPING
(
CuT)
(9. 5CuT)
(
CuT)
REFRIGERANT FLOW
COOLING
HEATING
REFRIGERANT FLOW
COOLING
FLX25- 9. 5 9. 5
FLK25FLX35- 12. 7 9. 5
FLK35FLX50- 12. 7 12. 7
FLK50FLX60- 15. 9 12. 7
FLK60-
6. 4
6. 4
9. 5
9. 5
4D034013A
4D034012D
264
Appendix
Si12-411A
Piping Diagrams
1.1.4 Floor Standing Type
FVK(X)S25/35BVMB, FVXS35BVMA
INDOOR UNIT
HEAT EXCHANGER
7.9CuT
M
CROSS FLOW FAN
THERMISTOR
FAN MOTOR
ON HEAT EXCH.
7.0CuT
M
CROSS FLOW FAN
7.0CuT
FAN MOTOR
FIELD PIPING
(6.4CuT)
SINGLE UNION JOINT
9.5CuT
FIELD PIPING
(9.5CuT)
SINGLE UNION JOINT
REFRIGERANT FLOW
COOLING
HEATING
4D034714B
FVK(X)S50BVMB, FVXS50BVMA
INDOOR UNIT
MUFFLER
7.0CuT
4.8CuT
HEAT EXCHANGER
9.5CuT
4.8CuT
M
CROSS FLOW FAN
FAN MOTOR
THERMISTOR
ON HEAT EXCH.
MUFFLER
M
FIELD PIPING
CROSS FLOW FAN
7.0CuT
7.0CuT
FAN MOTOR
7.0CuT
(6.4CuT)
FIELD PIPING
9.5CuT
(12.7CuT)
REFRIGERANT FLOW
COOLING
HEATING
Appendix
4D020911C
265
Piping Diagrams
1.2
Si12-411A
Outdoor Units
1.2.1 Cooling Only
2MK58BVM
OUTDOOR UNIT
HEAT EXCHANGER
OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE
THERMISTOR(DOA)
9.5CuT
HEADER
MOTOR OPERATED VALVE
EVA
9.5CuT
6.4CuT
FILTER
FILTER
HEAT EXCHANGER
THERMISTOR(DE)
DISTRIBUTOR
DC FAN MOTOR
M
FIELD
PIPING
LIQUID
MOTOR OPERATED VALVE
6.4CuT
CAPILLARY TUBE
ROOM A
(6.4 CuT)
EVB
LIQUID LINE
STOP VALVE
FILTER
ROOM B
(6.4 CuT)
PROPELLER FAN
7.9CuT
HEADER
12.7CuT
12.7CuT
DISCHARGE PIPE
THERMISTOR(DO)
GAS LINE
STOP VALVE
REFRIGERANT FLOW
COOLING
COMPRESSOR
GAS PIPE THERMISTOR(DGA)
ROOM A
(12.7 CuT)
12.7CuT
ACCUMULATOR
12.7CuT
FIELD
PIPING
GAS
GAS PIPE THERMISTOR(DGB)
ROOM B
(12.7 CuT)
ACCUMULATOR
3D036222B
3MK58BVM
OUTDOOR UNIT
HEAT EXCHANGER
OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE
THERMISTOR(DOA)
MOTOR OPERATED VALVE
9.5CuT
9.5CuT
HEADER
6.4CuT
EVA
FILTER
ROOM A
(6.4 CuT)
FILTER
ROOM B
(6.4 CuT)
FILTER
ROOM C
(6.4 CuT)
MOTOR OPERATED VALVE
6.4CuT
EVB
FILTER
HEAT EXCHANGER
THERMISTOR(DE)
DISTRIBUTOR
DC FAN MOTOR
M
FIELD
PIPING
LIQUID
MOTOR OPERATED VALVE
CAPILLARY TUBE
LIQUID LINE
STOP VALVE
6.4CuT
EVC
PROPELLER FAN
7.9CuT
HEADER
12.7CuT
12.7CuT
GAS PIPE THERMISTOR(DGA)
ROOM A
(12.7 CuT)
12.7CuT
12.7CuT
GAS PIPE THERMISTOR(DGB)
ROOM B
(12.7 CuT)
DISCHARGE PIPE
THERMISTOR(DO)
GAS LINE
STOP VALVE
REFRIGERANT FLOW
COOLING
COMPRESSOR
ACCUMULATOR
ACCUMULATOR
12.7CuT
FIELD
PIPING
GAS
GAS PIPE THERMISTOR(DGC)
ROOM C
(12.7 CuT)
3D036221B
266
Appendix
Si12-411A
Piping Diagrams
3MKD75BVM, 3MKD75BVMA
OUTDOOR UNIT
HEAT EXCHANGER
OUTDOOR TEMPARETURE
THERMISTOR(DOA)
MOTOR OPERATED VALVE
HEADER
9.5CuT
9.5CuT
6.4CuT
EVA
FILTER
ROOM A
(6.4 CuT)
FILTER
ROOM B
(9.5 CuT)
FILTER
ROOM C
(9.5 CuT)
MOTOR OPERATED VALVE
6.4CuT
EVB
FILTER
HEAT EXCHANGER
THERMISTOR(DE)
DISTRIBUTOR
MOTOR OPERATED VALVE
CAPILLARY TUBE
DC FAN MOTOR
FIELD
PIPING
LIQUID
LIQUID LINE
STOP VALVE
M
6.4CuT
EVC
PROPELLER FAN
7.9CuT
HEADER
12.7CuT
12.7CuT
GAS PIPE THERMISTOR(DGA)
ROOM A
(12.7 CuT)
12.7CuT
12.7CuT
GAS PIPE THERMISTOR(DGB)
ROOM B
(15.9 CuT)
DISCHARGE PIPE
THERMISTOR(DO)
GAS LINE
STOP VALVE
REFRIGERANT FLOW
COOLING
COMPRESSOR
ACCUMULATOR
12.7CuT
FIELD
PIPING
GAS
GAS PIPE THERMISTOR(DGC)
ROOM C
(15.9 CuT)
ACCUMULATOR
3D036220B
4MKD75BVM
OUTDOOR UNIT
HEAT EXCHANGER
OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE
THERMISTOR(DOA)
MOTOR OPERATED VALVE
9.5CuT
HEADER
6.4CuT
EVA
9.5CuT
MOTOR OPERATED VALVE
6.4CuT
FILTER
DC FAN MOTOR
M
DISTRIBUTOR
CAPILLARY TUBE
6.4CuT
6.4CuT
FILTER
ROOM B
(6.4 CuT)
FILTER
ROOM C
(9.5 CuT)
FILTER
ROOM D
(9.5 CuT)
EVC
MOTOR OPERATED VALVE
LIQUID LINE
STOP VALVE
ROOM A
(6.4 CuT)
EVB
MOTOR OPERATED VALVE
HEAT EXCHANGER
THERMISTOR(DE)
FILTER
FIELD
PIPING
LIQUID
EVD
PROPELLER FAN
7.9CuT
HEADER
12.7CuT
12.7CuT
12.7CuT
DISCHARGE PIPE
THERMISTOR(DO)
COOLING
12.7CuT
GAS LINE
STOP VALVE
REFRIGERANT FLOW
COMPRESSOR
12.7CuT
ACCUMULATOR
ACCUMULATOR
12.7CuT
GAS PIPE THERMISTOR(DGA)
ROOM A
(12.7 CuT)
GAS PIPE THERMISTOR(DGB)
ROOM B
(12.7 CuT)
GAS PIPE THERMISTOR(DGC)
ROOM C
(15.9 CuT)
FIELD
PIPING
GAS
GAS PIPE THERMISTOR(DGD)
ROOM D
(15.9 CuT)
3D036219B
Appendix
267
Piping Diagrams
Si12-411A
4MKD90BVM, 4MKD90BVMA
OUTDOOR UNIT
MOTOR OPERATED VALVE
OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE
THERMISTOR(DOA)
7. 9CuT
7. 9CuT
7. 9CuT
7. 9CuT
HEADER
7. 9CuT
EVA
ROOM A
(6. 4CuT)
MOTOR OPERATED VALVE FILTER
7. 9CuT
7. 9CuT
EVB
ROOM B
(6. 4CuT)
7. 9CuT
HEAT EXCHANGER
THERMISTOR(DE)
DISTRIBUTOR
CAPILLARY TUBE
DC FAN MOTOR
9. 5CuT
MOTOR OPERATED VALVE FILTER
9. 5CuT
9. 5CuT
HEAT EXCHANGER
7. 9CuT
LIQUID LINE
STOP VALVE
7. 9CuT
EVC
ROOM C
(9. 5CuT)
MOTOR OPERATED VALVE FILTER
EVD
ROOM D
(9. 5CuT)
FILTER
M
FIELD
PIPING
LIQUID
9. 5CuT
FILTER
PROPELLER FAN
HEADER
7. 9CuT
12. 7CuT
12. 7CuT
REFRIGERANT FLOW
COOLING COMPRESSOR
ACCUMULATOR
ROOM A
(12. 7CuT)
GAS PIPE THERMISTOR(DGB)
12. 7CuT
12. 7CuT
DISCHARGE PIPE
THERMISTOR(DO)
GAS PIPE THERMISTOR(DGA)
12. 7CuT
ROOM B
(15. 9CuT)
GAS PIPE THERMISTOR(DGC)
12. 7CuT
GAS LINE
STOP VALVE
ROOM C
(15. 9CuT)
GAS PIPE THERMISTOR(DGD)
12. 7CuT
FIELD
PIPING
GAS
ROOM D
(15. 9CuT)
ACCUMULATOR
12. 7CuT
3D036504B
3MKS50BVMB(8)
OUTDOOR UNIT
HEAT EXCHANGER OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE
THERMISTOR(DOA)
9.5CuT
HEADER
MOTOR OPERATED VALVE LIQUID PIPE
EVA THERMISTOR(DLA)
6.4CuT
9.5CuT
FILTER
MOTOR OPERATED VALVE
FVB THERMISTOR(DLB)
6.4CuT
FILTER
HEAT EXCHANGER
THERMISTOR(DE)
DC FAN MOTOR
M
DISTRIBUTOR
CAPILLARY TUBE
FILTER
MOTOR OPERATED VALVE
EVC THERMISTOR(DLC)
6.4CuT
FILTER
ROOM A
(6.4CuT)
ROOM B
(6.4CuT)
FIELD
PIPING
LIQUID
ROOM C
(6.4CuT)
LIQUID LINE
STOP VALVE
PROPELLER FAN
7.9CuT
HEADER
12.7CuT
12.7CuT
12.7CuT
DISCHARGE PIPE
THERMISTOR(DO)
12.7CuT
GAS PIPE THERMISTOR(DGA)
ROOM A
(9.5CuT)
GAS PIPE THERMISTOR(DGB)
ROOM B
(9.5CuT)
GAS PIPE THERMISTOR(DGC)
FIELD
PIPING
GAS
ROOM C
(9.5CuT)
GAS LINE
STOP VALVE
REFRIGERANT FLOW
COOLING
12.7CuT
COMPRESSOR
ACCUMULATOR
ACCUMULATOR
3D038534B
268
Appendix
Si12-411A
Piping Diagrams
4MKS58BVMB(8)
OUTDOOR UNIT
HEAT EXCHANGER
OUTDOOR TEMPARATURE
THERMISTOR(DOA)
9.5CuT
HEADER
MOTOR OPERATED VALVE LIQUID PIPE
THERMISTOR(DLA)
EVA
6.4CuT
9.5CuT
MOTOR OPERATED VALVE LIQUID PIPE FILTER
THERMISTOR(DLB)
EVB
6.4CuT
FILTER
HEAT EXCHANGER
THERMISTOR(DE)
DISTRIBUTOR
CAPILLARY TUBE
LIQUID LINE
STOP VALVE
DC FAN MOTOR M
MOTOR OPERATED VALVE LIQUID PIPE FILTER
THERMISTOR(DLC)
EVC
6.4CuT
MOTOR OPERATED VALVE LIQUID PIPE FILTER
THERMISTOR(DLD)
EVD
6.4CuT
FILTER
ROOM A
(6.4 CuT)
ROOM B
(6.4 CuT)
ROOM C
(6.4 CuT)
FIELD
PIPING
LIQUID
ROOM D
(6.4 CuT)
PROPELLER FAN
7.9CuT
HEADER
12.7CuT
12.7CuT
12.7CuT
DISCHARGE PIPE
THERMISTOR(DO)
COOLING
12.7CuT
GAS LINE
STOP VALVE
REFRIGERANT FLOW
COMPRESSOR
12.7CuT
ACCUMULATOR
12.7CuT
GAS PIPE THERMISTOR(DGA)
ROOM A
(9.5 CuT)
GAS PIPE THERMISTOR(DGB)
ROOM B
(9.5 CuT)
GAS PIPE THERMISTOR(DGC)
ROOM C
(12.7 CuT)
FIELD
PIPING
GAS
GAS PIPE THERMISTOR(DGD)
ROOM D
(12.7 CuT)
ACCUMULATOR
3D034514C
4MKS75BVMB
OUTDOOR UNIT
HEAT EXCHANGER
OUTDOOR TEMPARATURE
THERMISTOR(DOA)
9.5CuT
HEADER
MOTOR OPERATED VALVE LIQUID PIPE
THERMISTOR(DLA)
EVA
6.4CuT
9.5CuT
MOTOR OPERATED VALVE LIQUID PIPE FILTER
THERMISTOR(DLB)
EVB
6.4CuT
FILTER
HEAT EXCHANGER
THERMISTOR(DE)
DISTRIBUTOR
CAPILLARY TUBE
DC FAN MOTOR M
LIQUID LINE
STOP VALVE
MOTOR OPERATED VALVE LIQUID PIPE FILTER
THERMISTOR(DLC)
EVC
6.4CuT
MOTOR OPERATED VALVE LIQUID PIPE FILTER
THERMISTOR(DLD)
EVD
6.4CuT
FILTER
ROOM A
(6.4 CuT)
ROOM B
(6.4 CuT)
ROOM C
(6.4 CuT)
FIELD
PIPING
LIQUID
ROOM D
(6.4 CuT)
PROPELLER FAN
7.9CuT
HEADER
12.7CuT
12.7CuT
12.7CuT
DISCHARGE PIPE
THERMISTOR(DO)
REFRIGERANT FLOW
COOLING
COMPRESSOR
12.7CuT
12.7CuT
GAS LINE
STOP VALVE
ACCUMULATOR
ACCUMULATOR
12.7CuT
GAS PIPE THERMISTOR(DGA)
ROOM A
(9.5 CuT)
GAS PIPE THERMISTOR(DGB)
ROOM B
(9.5 CuT)
GAS PIPE THERMISTOR(DGC)
ROOM C
(12.7 CuT)
FIELD
PIPING
GAS
GAS PIPE THERMISTOR(DGD)
ROOM D
(15.9 CuT)
3D034513C
Appendix
269
Piping Diagrams
Si12-411A
4MKS90BVMB
OUTDOOR UNIT
HEAT EXCHANGER
OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE
THERMISTOR(DOA)
HEADER
7.9CuT
7.9CuT
MOTOR OPERATED VALVE LIQUID PIPE FILTER
THERMISTOR(DLB)
EVB
7.9CuT
7.9CuT
HEAT EXCHANGER
THERMISTOR(DE)
MOTOR OPERATED VALVE LIQUID PIPE FILTER
THERMISTOR(DLC)
EVC
7.9CuT
9.5CuT
7.9CuT
9.5CuT
9.5CuT
7.9CuT
7.9CuT
MOTOR OPERATED VALVE LIQUID PIPE
THERMISTOR(DLA)
EVA
7.9CuT
DISTRIBUTOR
MOTOR OPERATED VALVE LIQUID PIPE FILTER
THERMISTOR(DLD)
EVD
7.9CuT
LIQUID LINE
STOP VALVE
CAPILLARY TUBE
FILTER
DC FAN MOTOR M
9.5CuT
ROOM A
(6.4CuT)
ROOM B
(6.4CuT)
ROOM C
(6.4CuT)
FIELD
PIPING
LIQUID
ROOM D
(6.4CuT)
FILTER
PROPELLER FAN
HEADER
7.9CuT
12.7CuT
12.7CuT
12.7CuT
12.7CuT
12.7CuT
DISCHARGE PIPE
THERMISTOR(DO)
REFRIGERANT FLOW
COOLING COMPRESSOR
ACCUMULATOR
12.7CuT
GAS LINE
STOP VALVE
ACCUMULATOR
12.7CuT
GAS PIPE THERMISTOR(DGA)
ROOM A
(9.5CuT)
GAS PIPE THERMISTOR(DGB)
ROOM B
(12.7CuT)
GAS PIPE THERMISTOR(DGC)
ROOM C
(15.9CuT)
FIELD
PIPING
GAS
GAS PIPE THERMISTOR(DGD)
ROOM D
(15.9CuT)
12.7CuT
3D034481B
270
Appendix
Si12-411A
Piping Diagrams
1.2.2 Heat Pump
3MXS52BVMB(8), 3AMXS52BVMB
OUTDOOR UNIT
HEAT EXCHANGER
OUTDOOR TEMPARATURE
THERMISTOR(DOA)
HEADER
HEADER
6.4CuT
9.5CuT
MOTOR OPERATED VALVE LIQUID PIPE FILTER
THERMISTOR(DLB)
EVB
6.4CuT
FILTER
HEAT EXCHANGER
THERMISTOR(DE)
DEFROST
SOLENOID
VALVE
DISTRIBUTOR SV
CAPILLARY TUBE
6.4CuT
DC FAN MOTOR M
MOTOR OPERATED VALVE LIQUID PIPE FILTER
THERMISTOR(DLC)
EVC
6.4CuT
LIQUID LINE
STOP VALVE
FILTER
ROOM A
(6.4 CuT)
ROOM B
(6.4 CuT)
FIELD
PIPING
LIQUID
ROOM C
(6.4 CuT)
12.7CuT
PROPELLER FAN
12.7CuT
12.7CuT
7.9CuT
MUFFLER
DISCHARGE PIPE
THERMISTOR(DO)
HEADER
12.7CuT
REVERSING
SOLENOID
VALVE
REFRIGERANT FLOW
COOLING
HEATING
MOTOR OPERATED VALVE LIQUID PIPE
THERMISTOR(DLA)
EVA
6.4CuT
12.7CuT
12.7CuT
12.7CuT
12.7CuT
GAS PIPE THERMISTOR(DGA)
ROOM A
(9.5 CuT)
GAS PIPE THERMISTOR(DGB)
ROOM B
(9.5 CuT)
GAS PIPE THERMISTOR(DGC)
ROOM C
(12.7 CuT)
GAS LINE
STOP VALVE
ACCUMULATOR
COMPRESSOR
FIELD
PIPING
GAS
ACCUMULATOR
3D034512D
3MXD68BVMA
OUTDOOR UNIT
HEAT EXCHANGER
OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE
THERMISTOR (DOA)
HEADER
HEADER
FILTER
6.4CuT
9.5CuT
MOTOR OPERATED VALVE LIQUID PIPE
THERMISTOR (DLB)
EVB
6.4CuT
FILTER
HEAT EXCHANGER
THERMISTOR(DE)
DISTRIBUTOR
SV
CAPILLARY TUBE
DC FAN MOTOR
M
DEFROST
SOLENOID
VALVE
6.4CuT
LIQUID LINE
STOP VALVE
FILTER
MOTOR OPERATED VALVE LIQUID PIPE
THERMISTOR (DLC)
EVC
6.4CuT
FILTER
PROPELLER FAN
ROOM A
(6.4 CuT)
ROOM B
(6.4 CuT)
FIELD
PIPING
LIQUID
ROOM C
(6.4 CuT)
12.7CuT
12.7CuT
12.7CuT
HEADER
7.9CuT
MUFFLER
DISCHARGE PIPE
THERMISTOR (DO)
GAS PIPE THERMISTOR (DGB)
12.7CuT
12.7CuT
GAS LINE
STOP VALVE
REFRIGERANT FLOW
COMPRESSOR
GAS PIPE THERMISTOR (DGA)
12.7CuT
12.7CuT
REVERSING
SOLENOID
VALVE
COOLING
HEATING
MOTOR OPERATED VALVE LIQUID PIPE
THERMISTOR (DLA)
EVA
6.4CuT
ACCUMULATOR
ACCUMULATOR
GAS PIPE THERMISTOR (DGC)
12.7CuT
ROOM A
(12.7 CuT)
ROOM B
(12.7 CuT)
FIELD
PIPING
GAS
ROOM C
(15.9 CuT)
3D036218C
Appendix
271
Piping Diagrams
Si12-411A
4MXS68BVMB9, 4MXS68CVMA
OUTDOOR UNIT
HEAT EXCHANGER
OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE
THERMISTOR(DOA)
HEADER
HEADER
9.5CuT
6.4CuT
DC FAN MOTOR
DEFROST
SOLENOID
VALVE
DISTRIBUTOR SV
CAPILLARY TUBE
6.4CuT
M
ROOM B
(6.4 CuT)
MOTOR OPERATED VALVE LIQUID PIPE FILTER
THERMISTOR(DLC)
EVC
6.4CuT
LIQUID LINE
STOP VALVE
FIELD
PIPING
LIQUID
ROOM C
(6.4 CuT)
MOTOR OPERATED VALVE LIQUID PIPE FILTER
THERMISTOR(DLD)
EVD
6.4CuT
ROOM D
(6.4 CuT)
FILTER
12.7CuT
PROPELLER FAN
12.7CuT
12.7CuT
HEADER
12.7CuT
REVERSING
SOLENOID
VALVE
MUFFLER
12.7CuT
12.7CuT
12.7CuT
7.9CuT
DISCHARGE PIPE
THERMISTOR(DO)
REFRIGERANT FLOW
COOLING
HEATING
ROOM A
(6.4 CuT)
MOTOR OPERATED VALVE LIQUID PIPE FILTER
THERMISTOR(DLB)
EVB
6.4CuT
FILTER
HEAT EXCHANGER
THERMISTOR(DE)
MOTOR OPERATED VALVE LIQUID PIPE
THERMISTOR(DLA)
EVA
6.4CuT
12.7CuT
GAS LINE
STOP VALVE
ACCUMULATOR
COMPRESSOR
12.7CuT
GAS PIPE THERMISTOR(DGA)
ROOM A
(9.5 CuT)
GAS PIPE THERMISTOR(DGB)
ROOM B
(9.5 CuT)
GAS PIPE THERMISTOR(DGC)
ROOM C
(12.7 CuT)
FIELD
PIPING
GAS
GAS PIPE THERMISTOR(DGD)
ROOM D
(12.7 CuT)
ACCUMULATOR
3D034511C
4MXD80BVMA, 4MXS80BVMB9, 4MXS80CVMA
OUTDOOR UNIT
OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE
THERMISTOR(DOA)
DISTRIBUTOR
CAPILLARY TUBE
PROPELLER FAN
12.7CuT
12.7CuT
MOTOR OPERATED VALVE LIQUID PIPE FILTER
THERMISTOR(DLD)
EVD
LIQUID LINE
SOLENOID STOP VALVE
VALVE
M
4-WAY
VALVE
7.9CuT
7.9CuT
7.9CuT
FILTER
9.5CuT
6.4CuT
DC FAN MOTOR
SV
12.7CuT
HEADER
REFRIGERANT FLOW
COOLING
HEATING
ACCUMULATOR
12.7CuT
7.9CuT
12.7CuT
ACCUMULATOR
ROOM B
(6.4 CuT)
ROOM C
(6.4 CuT)
FIELD
PIPING
LIQUID
ROOM D
(AA CuT)
12.7CuT
GAS PIPE THERMISTOR(DGA)
ROOM A
(AB CuT)
GAS PIPE THERMISTOR(DGB)
ROOM B
(AC CuT)
GAS PIPE THERMISTOR(DGC)
ROOM C
(AD CuT)
FIELD
PIPING
GAS
GAS PIPE THERMISTOR(DGD)
ROOM D
(15.9 CuT)
12.7CuT
MODEL
4MXS80CVMA, 4MXS80BVMB9
4MXD80BVMA
272
12.7CuT
GAS LINE
STOP VALVE
COMPRESSOR
12.7CuT
12.7CuT
12.7CuT
ROOM A
(6.4 CuT)
FILTER
7.9CuT
MUFFLER
DISCHARGE PIPE
THERMISTOR(DO)
7.9CuT
MOTOR OPERATED VALVE LIQUID PIPE FILTER
THERMISTOR(DLC)
EVC
6.4CuT
HEAT EXCHANGER
THERMISTOR(DE)
MOTOR OPERATED VALVE LIQUID PIPE
THERMISTOR(DLA)
EVA
MOTOR OPERATED VALVE LIQUID PIPE FILTER
THERMISTOR(DLB)
EVB
7.9CuT
7.9CuT
7.9CuT
7.9CuT
HEADER
RECEIVER
9.5CuT
12.7CuT
7.9CuT
7.9CuT
7.9CuT
7.9CuT
7.9CuT
7.9CuT
7.9CuT
7.9CuT
9.5CuT
HEAT EXCHANGER
HEADER
AA
6.4
9.5
AB AC AD
9.5 9.5 12.7
9.5 12.7 15.9
C:3D034480B
Appendix
Si12-411A
Wiring Diagrams
2. Wiring Diagrams
2.1
Indoor Units
2.1.1 Wall Mounted Type
FTKE25/35BVM, FTK(X)E25/35BVMA
FTK(X)S20CVMB(9), FTK(X)S25/35CVMB(9)(8), ATXS20/25/35CVMB(9), FTXS25/35BVMA
PCB3
S36
S35
PCB1
H1
Fu
3.15A
INTELLIGENTEYE SENSOR
PCB2
S27
S26
LED1 LED2 LED3
)
GRN
C70
TRANSMISSION H3
CIRCUIT
S21
H1P H2P H3P
S1W
SIGNAL
RECEIVER
(
TERMINAL FOR
CENTRALIZED CONTROL
S7
t°
S32
S6
1
t°
140°C
H1P~H3P
M1F
M1S
PCB1~PCB3
R1T~R2T
S1~S36
S1W
X1M
M1F
M
indoor
M1S
outdoor
FIELD WIRING.
CAUTION
NOTE THAT OPERATION WILL
RESTART AUTOMATICALLY IF
THE MAIN POWER SUPPLY IS
TURNED OFF AND THEN BACK
ON AGAIN.
M
t°
R2T
/ YLW
S1
R1T
WIRELESS
REMOTE
CONTROLLER
BLK
WHT
RED
H2
1
2
→
3
X1M
1
2
3
: PROTECTIVE EARTH
C70 : RUNNING CAPACITOR
FU
: FUSE
: PILOT LAMP
: FAN MOTOR
: SWING MOTOR
: PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
: THERMISTOR
: CONNECTOR
: OPERATION SWITCH
: TERMINAL STRIP
3D033599E
FTK(X)S50BVMB, FTXS50BVMA(8), ATXS50CVMB
FIELD WIRING.
PCB3
S27
S26
PCB1
1
H1
~
~
RECTIFIER
Fu
3.15A
t°
R1T
S38
X1M
BLK
1
H2
WHT
RED
GRN
/ YLW
H3
TRANSMISSION
CIRCUIT
2
3
3
CAUTION
NOTE THAT OPERATION WILL
RESTART AUTOMATICALLY IF
THE MAIN POWER SUPPLY IS
TURNED OFF AND THEN BACK
ON AGAIN.
FG
PCB4
S37
S21
7
S1
RED
LED1 LED2 LED3
BLU
BRN
ORG
WHT
H1P H2P H3P
1
S35
INTELLIGENT EYE
SENSOR
S28
PCB2
SIGNAL
RECEIVER
WIRELESS
REMOTE
CONTROLLER
S1W
S32
t°
S29
1
S6
5
R2T
M
M1S
1
S8
M
M1F
6
BRN
RED
ORG
YLW
PNK
BLU
S36
RED
ORG
YLW
PNK
BLU
PCB5
M
INDOOR
FG
: FRAME GROUND
Fu
: FUSE
H1~H3
: HARNESS
H1P~H3P
: PILOT LAMP
M1F
: FAN MOTOR
: SWING MOTOR
M1S, M2S
PCB1~PCB5 : PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
: THERMISTOR
R1T, R2T
S1~S38
: CONNECTOR
S1W
: OPERATION SWITCH
X1M
M2S
OUTDOOR
2
: TERMINAL STRIP
: PROTECTIVE EARTH
3D038065G
Appendix
273
Wiring Diagrams
Si12-411A
FTKD50/60/71BVM, FTK(X)D50/60/71BVMA
FTK(X)S60/71BVMB, FTXS60/71BVMA(8)
FIELD WIRING.
PCB3
S27
S26
PCB1
H1
~
~
RECTIFIER
Fu
3.15A
H2
t°
R1T
S38
1
2
BLK
1
3
WHT
2
RED 3
GRN
/
YLW
H3
TRANSMISSION
CIRCUIT
X1M
CAUTION
NOTE THAT OPERATION WILL
RESTART AUTOMATICALLY IF
THE MAIN POWER SUPPLY IS
TURNED OFF AND THEN BACK
ON AGAIN.
FG
PCB4
S37
S21
7
S1
RED
LED1 LED2 LED3
H1P
BLU
BRN
ORG
WHT
H2P H3P
PCB5
S36
1
S35
INTELLIGENT EYE
S28
S32
S6
1
5
S8
1
M
FG
: FRAME GROUND
Fu
: FUSE
H1 ~ H3
: HARNESS
H1P ~ H3P : PILOT LAMP
M1F
: FAN MOTOR
M1S, M2S
: SWING MOTOR
PCB1~ PCB5 : PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
M1F
6
S29
SIGNAL
WIRELESS
REMOTE
BRN
RED
ORG
YLW
PNK
BLU
t°
RED
ORG
YLW
PNK
BLU
SENSOR
PCB2
R2T
RECEIVER
INDOOR
M
M
S1W
M1S
OUTDOOR
R1T, R2T
: THERMISTOR
S1 ~ S38
S1W
: CONNECTOR
: OPERATION SWITCH
X1M
: TERMINAL STRIP
: PROTECTIVE EARTH
M2S
CONTROLLER
3D038530J
2.1.2 Duct Connected Type
CDKD25/35/50/60CVM, CDK(X)D25/35/50/60CVMA, CDK(X)S25/35/50/60CVMB, CDXS25/35/50/60CVMA
X1M
PCB1
PCB2
H1
F1U
3.15A
V1TR
LED LED LED S1
1
H1P H2P H3P
S26
1
(
TERMINAL FOR
CENTRALIZED CONTROL
S21
S1W
SIGNAL
RECEIVER
H2
10
10
2 RTH11
2 S32 1
t°
R1T
3
6
1
S1
S7
1
RED
TRANSMISSION
CIRCUIT
BLK
GRY
YLW
3
C1
WHT
BRN BRN
t°
indoor
R2T
WIRELESS
REMOTE
CONTROLLER
)
H3
: PROTECTIVE EARTH
C1 : CAPACITOR(M1F)
F1U : FUSE
PPL
BLU
M
1~
M1F
Q1M
130°C
GND
Z1C
BLK
1
WHT
2
3
RED
/
GRN /YLW
GRN YLW
N=2
1
2
3
outdoor
FIELD WIRING.
CAUTION
NOTE THAT OPERATION WILL
RESTART AUTOMATICALLY IF
THE MAIN POWER SUPPLY IS
TURNED OFF AND THEN BACK
ON AGAIN.
H1P ~H3P
: PILOT LAMP
M1F
: FAN MOTOR
PCB1 ~PCB2 : PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
Q1M
: THERMAL PROTECTOR (M1F EMBEDDED)
R1T ~R2T
: THERMISTOR
S1 ~S32, RTH1 :CONNECTOR
S1W
: OPERATION SWITCH
V1TR
: PHASE CONTROL CIRCUIT
X1M
: TERMINAL BLOCK
Z1C
: NOISE FILTER(FERRITE CORE)
3D045012C
274
Appendix
Si12-411A
Wiring Diagrams
2.1.3 Floor / Ceiling Suspended Dual Type
FLK(X)25/35/50/60AVMA, FLK(X)S25/35/50/60BVMB, FLXS25/35/50/60BVMA
PCB3
S25
PCB1
S24
S37
PCB2
S36
H1
LED LED LED
Fu
3.15A
H1P H2P H3P
H2
PCB4
C70
S1W
TRANSMISSION
CIRCUIT
HA
SIGNAL
RECEIVER
BLK
WHT
RED
GRN/
YLW
S26
S27
S7
S21
S31
S32
t°
t°
R1T
R2T
H5
H4
H3
X11A
1~
t°
M1S
M1F
100°C
outdoor
CAUTION
: PROTECTIVE EARTH
C70
: RUNNING CAPACITOR
FU
: FUSE
H1P~H3P : PILOT LAMP
M1F
: FAN MOTOR
M1S
: SWING MOTOR
M
M
→
NOTE THAT OPERATION WILL
RESTART AUTOMATICALLY IF
THE MAIN POWER SUPPLY IS
TURNED OFF AND THEN BACK
ON AGAIN.
indoor
X21A
1
2
3
FIELD WIRING.
H6
S6
WIRELESS
REMOTE
CONTROLLER
X1M
1
2
3
PCB1~PCB4
R1T~R2T
S6~S37, X11A, X21A
S1W
X1M
: PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
: THERMISTOR
: CONNECTOR
: OPERATION SWITCH(SW7)
: TERMINAL STRIP
3D033909D
2.1.4 Floor Standing Type
FVK(X)S25/35/50BVMB, FVXS35/50BVMA
PCB3
S26
S2W(4)
S4W
S25
TRANSMISSION
CIRCUIT
PCB2
WIRELESS
REMOTE
CONTROLLER
PCB4
S24
S23
H1P H2P H3P
S1W
SIGNAL
RECEIVER
S6
M1S
S21
HA
M
FU
H2
BLK
WHT
RED
GRN/
YLW
H3
S7
S8
S201
S202
S203
S204
S301
S43
S302
S31
L1S
indoor
H1
M
S41
M2S
3.15A
S32
PCB1
FG
M
M1F
(UPPER FAN MOTOR)
M
M2F
(LOWER FAN MOTOR)
S44
1
2→
3
X1M
1
2
3
outdoor
FIELD WIRING.
: PROTECTIVE EARTH
FU
: FUSE
H1P, H2P, H3P : PILOT LAMP
L1S
: LIMIT SWITCH
M1F, M2F
:FAN MOTOR
M1S
: SWING MOTOR
M2S
: LOWER AIR OUTLET MOTOR
PCB1~PCB4 : PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
R1T, R2T
: THERMISTOR
S6~S302
: CONNECTOR
S1W
: OPERATION SWITCH
S2W(4)
: UPWARD AIR FLOW LIMIT SWITCH
S4W
: AIR OUTLET SELECTION SWITCH
X1M
: TERMINAL STRIP
S42
R1T
R2T
3D034713B
Appendix
275
Wiring Diagrams
2.2
Si12-411A
Outdoor Units
2.2.1 Cooling only
2MKD58BVM
S91
1
S80
9
1
S52
B
A
1 S20 6 1 S21 6
1 S90 6
M
M
H5PH4PH3PH2P H1P
S2W S5W
Y1E
Y2E
:
:
:
:
:
Z1C~Z3C
X1M~X3M
Y1E~Y2E
V2~V5
FU1, FU2, FU201
HE, HL, HN
E, AC1, AC2
H1, H2, L1
L2,
MRM10, MRM20
MRB, MRD
MRC/W
R1T~R12T
S2~S102
H1P~H5P
MID1~MID2
FERRITE CORE
TERMINAL STRIP
ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE COIL
VARISTOR
FUSE
:
:
:
:
:
S1W S3W
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
L
N
S1W
S2W
S3W
S4W
S5W
SA1
PCB
DB1
M1C
M1F
L1R
Q1L
SPM
CT1
: CONNECTOR
MAGNETIC RELAY
THERMISTOR
CONNECTOR
PILOT LAMP
MOLDED INTER CONNECT DEVICE
12 1 S102 5
S2
S4W
Q1L
GRY
10
10 1
S33
S92
1
M1C
U
RED
YLWV M N
3
BLU
W
BRN
4
S40
S93
1
8
BLK
BLK
S34
8
t° t° t°
1
X11A
BLU
8 1
S71
1
S6
M1F
1M
YLW
1
PCB
9
BLU
YLW
RED
BRN
S72 8 1
1
S31
W
V
U
N
RED
10
BLU
BRN
ORG
WHT
BRN
CN14
BLU
12 1 S101 5
S32
5
WHT
YLW
ORG
BLU
BRN
RED
S51
1
1
WHT
YLW
ORG
BLU
BRN
RED
7
WHT
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
7
MRD
MRC W
WHT
3
1
WHT
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
S10
1
1
BLK
1
2
3
S11
1
WHT
5
t°
V5
5
X3M
R12T
FU2
3.15A
+ + +
BLK
S15
1
MID1
S70
1
RED
BLU
~-
N1
P2
TB6
TB5
TB4
RED
9
GRY
DB1
+
~
Z2C
P1
7
3.15A
WHT
ORG
BRN
BLU
V2
MRB
1
2
3
H2
YLW
X2M
1
2
3
ROOM B
CT1
RED
BLK
WHT
GRN
1
2
3
H1
MRM10
Z1C
ORG
ORG
L2 P1
L1
N1
+
RED
P2
W
SPM
BLK
V
CN11
U
1
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
ROOM A
MRM20
FU201
MID2
L1R
GRY
GRN
POWER SUPPLY
YLW
~50Hz 220-240V
GRN Z3C
~60Hz 220-230V
YLW
X1M
HE
FIELD WIRING
E
HL
AC1
FU1
RED
L
30A SA1
TO INDOOR UNIT
V3 HN
AC2
N
t° t°
R3T R2T R1T
R8T R9T
(OUTDOOR) (DISCHARGE) (ROOM-A) (ROOM-B)
(CONDENSER)
(GAS PIPE)
LIVE
NEUTRAL
FORCED OPERATION ON/OFF SW (SW1)
SELECT SW (SW2)
WIRING ERROR CHECK SW (SW3)
PRIORITY ROOM SETTING SW (SW4)
NIGHT QUIET MODE SETTING SW (SW5)
SURGE ARRESTER
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
DIODE BRIDGE
COMPRESSOR MOTOR
FAN MOTOR
REACTOR
OVERLOAD PROTECTOR
SYSTEM POWER MODULE
CURRENT TRANSFORMER
ASSIGNMENTS OF
TERMINALS OF THE COMP.
U
V
N
W
3D034318D
3MKD58/75BVM, 3MKD75BVMA
1
S80
9
S6
M
M
M
Y1E
Y2E
Y3E
1
S90
6
t° t° t°
1
S52
H5PH4PH3PH2P H1P
S2W S5W
Z1C~Z3C
X1M~X4M
Y1E~Y3E
V2~V5
FU1, FU2, FU201
HE, HL, HN
E,AC1, AC2
H1, H2, L1
L2,
MRM10, MRM20
MRB, MRD
MRC/W
R1T~R12T
S2~S102
H1P~H5P
MID1~MID2
:
:
:
:
:
FERRITE CORE
TERMINAL STRIP
ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE COIL
VARISTOR
FUSE
: CONNECTOR
:
:
:
:
:
MAGNETIC RELAY
THERMISTOR
CONNECTOR
PILOT LAMP
MOLDED INTER CONNECT DEVICE
12 1 S102 5
S2
S1W S3W
L
N
S1W
S2W
S3W
S4W
S5W
SA1
PCB
DB1
M1C
M1F
L1R
Q1L
SPM
CT1
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
S4W
LIVE
NEUTRAL
FORCED OPERATION ON/OFF SW (SW1)
SELECT SW (SW2)
WIRING ERROR CHECK SW (SW3)
PRIORITY ROOM SETTING SW (SW4)
NIGHT QUIET MODE SETTING SW (SW5)
SURGE ARRESTER
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
DIODE BRIDGE
COMPRESSOR MOTOR
FAN MOTOR
REACTOR
OVERLOAD PROTECTOR
SYSTEM POWER MODULE
CURRENT TRANSFORMER
R3T R2T R1T
U
RED
YLW V M N
3
BLU
W
BRN
8
BLK
BLK
GRY
BLU
4
10 1
S40
S33
S92
Q1L
10
8
1
M1C
X11A
YLW
RED
8 1
S71
1
M1F
1M
S34
BRN
1
PCB
C
A
B
1 S20 6 1 S21 6 1 S22 6
BLU
YLW
RED
BRN
S72 8 1
1
S31
W
V
U
N
RED
9
S70
1
BLU
BRN
ORG
WHT
1
S93
9
BRN
S101
5
1
RED
GRY
12 1
10
+ + +
BLK
S51
CN14
BLU
1
S32
WHT
YLW
ORG
BLU
BRN
RED
1
2
3
7
WHT
5
WHT
YLW
ORG
BLU
BRN
RED
7
1
WHT
YLW
ORG
BLU
BRN
RED
X4M
MRD
MRC W
WHT
1 3
1
N1
P2
TB6
TB5
TB4
BLK
S91
WHT
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
S10
1
BLK
5
S11
1
WHT
5
t°
V5
P1
7
3.15A
WHT
ORG
BRN
BLU
BLU
~-
R12T
FU2
3.15A
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
1
2
3
X3M
1
2
3
ROOM C
S15
1
MID1
MRB
1
2
3
V2
YLW
DB1
+
~
Z2C
X2M
1
2
3
ROOM B
CT1 H2
RED
BLK
WHT
GRN
1
2
3
H1
MRM10
Z1C
ORG
ORG
L2 P1
L1
N1
+
RED
P2
W
SPM
BLK
V
CN11
U
1
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
ROOM A
MRM20
FU201
MID2
L1R
GRY
GRN
POWER SUPPLY
YLW
~50Hz 220-240V
GRN Z3C
~60Hz 220-230V
YLW
HE
X1M
FIELD WIRING
E
HL
AC1
FU1
RED
L
30A SA1
TO INDOOR UNIT
V3 HN
AC2
N
t° t° t°
R8T R9T R10T
(OUTDOOR) (DISCHARGE) (ROOM-A) (ROOM-C)
(CONDENSER)
(ROOM-B)
(GAS PIPE)
ASSIGNMENTS OF
TERMINALS OF THE COMP.
U
V
N
W
3D034317D
276
Appendix
Si12-411A
Wiring Diagrams
4MKD75/90BVM, 4MKD90BVMA
S91
S52
Z1C~Z3C
: FERRITE CORE
X1M~X5M
: TERMINAL STRIP
Y1E~Y4E
: ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE COIL
V2~V5
: VARISTOR
FU1,FU2.FU201 : FUSE
HE, HL, HN
E, AC1, AC2
H1, H2, L1
L2,
: CONNECTOR
MRM10, MRM20
MRB, MRD
MRC/W
: MAGNETIC RELAY
R1T~R12T
: THERMISTOR
S2~S102
: CONNECTOR
H1P~H5P
: PILOT LAMP
MID1~MID2
: MOLDED INTER CONNECT DEVICE
S3W
L
N
S1W
S2W
S3W
S4W
S5W
SA1
PCB
DB1
M1C
M1F
L1R
Q1L
SPM
CT1
S31
9
1
S80
S6
A
B
C
D
9 1 S20 6 1 S21 6 1 S22 6 1 S23 6
M
M
M
Y1E
Y2E
Y3E
Y4E
S4W
: LIVE
: NEUTRAL
: FORCED OPERATION ON/OFF SW(SW1)
: SELECT SW(SW2)
: WIRING ERROR CHECK SW(SW3)
: PRIORITY ROOM SETTING SW(SW4)
: NIGHT QUIET MODE SETTING SW(SW5)
: SURGE ARRESTER
: PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
: DIODE BRIDGE
: COMPRESSOR MOTOR
: FAN MOTOR
: REACTOR
: OVERLOAD PROTECTOR
: SYSTEM POWER MODULE
: CURRENT TRANSFORMER
t°
t°
t°
YLW
BLU
BRN
S92
1
8
t°
t°
t°
Q1L
10
10 1S40 4
S34
8
M1C
U
RED
YLW V M N
3
BLU
W
BRN
S33
8 1
S72
1
X11A
GRY
BLU
YLW
RED
BRN
M1F
1M
BLK
BLK
W
V
U
N
8 1
1 S90 6
M
BLU
BRN
ORG
WHT
RED
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
1
PCB
12 1 S102 5
S2
H5P H4P H3P H2P H1P
S2W S5W S1W
S32
WHT
YLW
ORG
BLU
BRN
RED
1
1
2
3
5
WHT
YLW
ORG
BLU
BRN
RED
X5M
1
S71
1
10
WHT
YLW
ORG
BLU
BRN
RED
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
12 1 S101 5 1
3
1
CN14
WHT
YLW
ORG
BLU
BRN
RED
S51
1
MRD
MRC W
MRB
7
WHT
7
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
S10
1
WHT
1
2
3
1
2
3
V5
1
5
t°
WHT
X4M
1
2
3
R12T
FU2
3.15A
S70
1
RED
-
BLK
+ + +
N1
P2
TB6
TB5
TB4
RED
~ -
P1
BRN
1
2
3
L2 P1
N1
P2
W
SPM
V
U
+
RED
RED
GRY
+
CN11
1
5
1S11 WHT
L1
DB1
~
BLU
V2
ORG
BLK
Z2C
YLW
CT1 H2
AC2
S15
1
MID1
X3M
1
2
3
ROOM D
H1
Z1C
ORG
7
3.15A
WHT
ORG
BRN
BLU
BLK
MRM10
FU201
MID2
GRY
RED
MRM20
E
AC1
X2M
1
2
3
ROOM C
HL
30A SA1
V3 HN
N
1
2
3
ROOM B
L1R
BLK
FU1
L
ROOM A
GRN
YLW
HE
X1M
TO INDOOR UNIT
Z3C
RED
BLK
WHT
GRN
FIELD WIRING
GRN
YLW
BLU
POWER SUPPLY
~50Hz 220-240V
~60Hz 220-230V
S93
1
9
t°
R3T R2T R1T
R8T R9T R10T R11T
(OUTDOOR) (DISCHARGE) (ROOM-A) (ROOM-C)
(CONDENSER)
(ROOM-B) (ROOM-D)
(GAS PIPE)
ASSIGNMENTS OF
TERMINALS OF THE COMP.
U
V
N
W
3D034848F
3MKS50BVMB(8)
9
S31
B
A
C
1 S20 6 1 S21 6 1 S22 6
M
M
M
Y1E
Y2E
Y3E
S71
1
S52
H5P H4P H3P H2P H1P
S2W S5W
Z1C~Z3C
X1M~X4M
Y1E~Y3E
V2~V5
FU1,FU2.FU201
HE, HL, HN
E, AC1, AC2
H1, H2, L1
L2,
MRM10, MRM20
MRB, MRD
MRC/W
R1T~R12T
S2~S102, CN11, CN14
H1P~H5P
MID1~MID2
:
:
:
:
:
FERRITE CORE
TERMINAL STRIP
ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE COIL
VARISTOR
FUSE
: CONNECTOR
:
:
:
:
:
MAGNETIC RELAY
THERMISTOR
CONNECTOR
PILOT LAMP
MOLDED INTER CONNECT DEVICE
12 1 S102 5
S2
S1W S3W
L
N
S1W
S2W
S3W
S4W
S5W
SA1
PCB
DB1
M1C
M1F
L1R
Q1L
SPM
CT1
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
S4W
LIVE
NEUTRAL
FORCED OPERATION ON/OFF SW (SW1)
SELECT SW (SW2)
WIRING ERROR CHECK SW (SW3)
PRIORITY ROOM SETTING SW (SW4)
NIGHT QUIET MODE SETTING SW (SW5)
SURGE ARRESTER
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
DIODE BRIDGE
COMPRESSOR MOTOR
FAN MOTOR
REACTOR
OVERLOAD PROTECTOR
SYSTEM POWER MODULE
CURRENT TRANS
8
1 S90 6
1
t° t° t°
1
S92
t° t° t°
BLK
BLK
10 1
4
S40
S33
8
Q1L
GRY
BLU
YLW
RED
8 1
S6
BRN
1
PCB
4
10
S34
U
RED
YLW V M N
3
BLU
W
BRN
S93
1
9
YLW
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
1
9
M1C
1
GRY
S101
12 1
5
S51
1
M1F
1M
BLK
1
S32
BLU
YLW
RED
BRN
BRN
7
WHT
5
W
V
U
N
S72 8 1
1
BLK
7
1
2
3
1
10
GRY
X4M
S80
3
WHT
YLW
ORG
BLU
BRN
RED
WHT
1
+ + +
RED
S91
WHT
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
S10
1
CN14
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
t°
V5
1
WHT
YLW
ORG
BLU
BRN
RED
WHT
5
BLK
S11
1
CN11
1
S70
1
BLU
BRN
ORG
WHT
TB6
TB5
TB4
W
V
U
SPM
RED
GRY
BLK
N1
P2
BLK
BLU
+
RED
P1
7
3.15A
WHT
ORG
BRN
BLU
~-
ORG
L1
WHT
YLW
ORG
BLU
BRN
RED
1
2
3
YLW
DB1
+
~
R12T
FU2
3.15A
5
X3M
1
2
3
ROOM C
S15
1
MID1
MRC W
1
2
3
V2
Z2C
X2M
1
2
3
ROOM B
CT1H2
MRD
1
2
3
BLK
H1
MRM10
Z1C
ORG
L2 P1
N1
P2
BLU
N
TO INDOOR UNIT
ROOM A
MRM20
FU201
MID2
L1R
E
HL
AC1
FU1
RED
30A SA1
V3 HN
AC2
L
L
N
GRN
YLW
MRB
FIELD WIRING
Z3C
GRN
YLW
HE
X1M
RED
BLK
WHT
GRN
POWER SUPPLY
~50Hz 220-240V
~60Hz 220-230V
t° t° t°
R3T R2T R1T
R8T R9T R10T
R4T R5T R6T
(OUTDOOR) (DISCHARGE) (ROOM-A) (ROOM-C) (ROOM-A) (ROOM-C)
(CONDENSER)
(ROOM-B)
(ROOM-B)
(GAS PIPE)
(LIQUID PIPE)
ASSIGNMENTS OF
TERMINALS OF THE COMP.
U
V
N
W
3D038533C
Appendix
277
Wiring Diagrams
Si12-411A
4MKS58BVMB(8), 4MKS75BVMB, 4MKS90BVMB
S52
H5P H4P H3P H2P H1P
12 1 S102 5
S2
S2W S5W S1W S3W
FERRITE CORE
TERMINAL STRIP
ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE COIL
VARISTOR
FUSE
: CONNECTOR
:
:
:
:
:
M
M
M
M
MAGNETIC RELAY
THERMISTOR
CONNECTOR
PILOT LAMP
MOLDED INTERCONNECT DEVICE
L
N
S1W
S2W
S3W
S4W
S5W
SA1
PCB
DB1
M1C
M1F
L1R
Q1L
SPM
CT1
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
S4W
Y1E
Y2E
Y3E
LIVE
NEUTRAL
FORCED OPERATION ON/OFF SW (SW1)
SELECT SW (SW2)
WIRING ERROR CHECK SW (SW3)
PRIORITY ROOM SETTING SW (SW4)
NIGHT QUIET MODE SETTING SW (SW5)
SURGE ARRESTER
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
DIODE BRIDGE
COMPRESSOR MOTOR
FAN MOTOR
REACTOR
OVERLOAD PROTECTOR
SYSTEM POWER MODULE
CURRENT TRANSFORMER
R3T R2T R1T
1
S92
8
t° t° t°
1
t°
BLK
BLK
GRY
BLU
RED
YLW
10 1
4
S40
S33
S93
9
BLU
1 S90 6
8
Q1L
YLW
C
B
D
A
1 S20 6 1 S21 6 1 S22 6 1 S23 6
BRN
RED
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
8 1
S71
1
S6
t° t° t°
1
1
2
3
:
:
:
:
:
9
1
PCB
M1C
U
RED
V
YLW M N
3
BLU
W
BRN
10
GRY
X5M
1
S31
X11A
BLK
12 1 S101 5
9
M1F
1M
S34
8 1
RED
S51
1
S72
1
BRN
1
S32
BLU
YLW
RED
BRN
GRY
7
WHT
5
W
V
U
N
BLK
7
1
10
BLK
1
2
3
3
CN14
BLU
X4M
S80
1
1
S70
1
WHT
ORG
BRN
BLU
S91
WHT
1
2
3
ROOM D
Z1C~Z3C
X1M~X5M
Y1E~Y4E
V2~V5
FU1, FU2, FU201
HE, HL, HN
E, AC1, AC2
H1, H2, L1
L2,
MRM10, MRM20
MRB, MRD
MRC/W
R1T~R12T
S2~S102
H1P~H5P
MID1~MID2
S10
1
WHT
ROOM C
5
t°
RED
BLU
BRN
ORG
WHT
+ + +
N1
P2
TB6
TB5
TB4
WHT
YLW
ORG
BLU
BRN
RED
1
2
3
5
S11
1
WHT
BLU
FU201 7
3.15A
P1
WHT
YLW
ORG
BLU
BRN
RED
1
2
3
X3M
~-
R12T
FU2
3.15A
V5
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
ROOM B
S15
1
YLW
DB1
+
~
GRY
V2
Z2C
Z1C
ORG
ORG
L2 P1
L1
N1
+
RED
P2
W
SPM
BLK
V
U
CN11
1
WHT
YLW
ORG
BLU
BRN
RED
BLK
MID1
1
2
3
CT1H2
AC2
X2M
1
2
3
1
2
3
RED
H1
MRM10
MRD
MRC W
ROOM A
30A SA1
V3 HN
N
MRM20
E
AC1
BLK
L
TO INDOOR UNIT
HL
MID2
L1R
WHT
YLW
ORG
BLU
BRN
RED
FU1
GRN
YLW
MRB
FIELD WIRING
Z3C
GRN
YLW
X1M
HE
RED
BLK
WHT
GRN
POWER SUPPLY
~50Hz 220-240V
~60Hz 220-230V
t° t° t°
t°
R8T R9T R10T R11T R4T R5T R6T R7T
Y4E (OUTDOOR) (DISCHARGE) (ROOM-A) (ROOM-C)
(CONDENSER)
(ROOM-A) (ROOM-C)
(ROOM-B) (ROOM-D)
(ROOM-B) (ROOM-D)
(GAS PIPE)
(LIQUID PIPE)
ASSIGNMENTS OF
TERMINALS OF THE COMP.
U
V
N
W
3D034315F
278
Appendix
Si12-411A
Wiring Diagrams
2.2.2 Heat Pump
3MXD68BVMA, 3MXS52BVMB(8), 3AMXS52BVMB
H5P H4P H3P H2P H1P
S2W S5W S1W
Z1C~Z3C
: FERRITE CORE
X1M~X4M
: TERMINAL STRIP
Y1E~Y3E
: ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE COIL
V2~V5
: VARISTOR
FU1, FU2, FU201 : FUSE
HE, HL, HN
E, AC1, AC2
H1, H2, L1
L2,
: CONNECTOR
MRM10, MRM20
MRB, MRD
MRC/W
: MAGNETIC RELAY
R1T~R12T
: THERMISTOR
S2~S102
: CONNECTOR
H1P~H5P
: PILOT LAMP
S3W
PCB
S80
C
A
B
9 1 S20 6 1 S21 6 1 S22 6
M
M
M
Y1E
Y2E
Y3E
Y1S Y1R
S4W
L
: LIVE
N : NEUTRAL
S1W : FORCED OPERATION ON/OFF SW(SW1)
S2W : FORCED OPERATION MODE SELECT SW(SW2)
S3W : WIRING ERROR CHECK SW(SW3)
S4W : PRIORITY ROOM SETTING SW(SW4)
S5W : NIGHT QUIET MODE SETTING SW(SW5)
SA1 : SURGE ARRESTER
Y1R : REVERSING SOLENOID VALVE COIL
Y1S : DEFROST SOLENOID VALVE COIL
PCB : PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
DB1 : DIODE BRIDGE
M1C : COMPRESSOR MOTOR
M1F : FAN MOTOR
L1R : REACTOR
Q1L : OVERLOAD PROTECTOR
CT1 : CURRENT TRANSFORMER
t°
S92
1
t°
t°
t°
GRY
BLK
BLK
BLU
S93
1
8
t°
R3T R2T R1T
R8T R9T R10T
(OUTDOOR) (DISCHARGE) (ROOM-A) (ROOM-C)
(CONDENSER)
(ROOM-B)
(GAS PIPE)
MID1~MID2 : MOLDED INTER CONNECT DEVICE
SPM
: SYSTEM POWER MODULE
10 1 S40 4
S33
8
1 S90 6
t°
YLW
8 1
S71
1
S6
BRN
1
S31
9
Q1L
10
GRY
12 1 S102 5
S2
S52
1
U
RED
V
N
YLW M
3
BLU
W
BRN
S34
8 1
M1C
X11A
BLU
YLW
RED
BRN
YLW
1
S32
5
WHT
YLW
ORG
BLU
BRN
RED
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
1
2
3
12 1 S101 5 1
1
WHT
YLW
ORG
BLU
BRN
RED
S51
1
3
WHT
YLW
ORG
BLU
BRN
RED
7
WHT
BLU
BLK
7
MRC W
X4M
BLK
WHT
1
S72
1
M1F
1M
BLK
S91
WHT
10
W
V
U
N
RED
S10
1
CN14
1
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
1S11 WHT
5
t°
V5
5
X3M
R12T
FU2
3.15A
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
S15
1
MID1
CN11
1
S70
1
RED
BLK
+ + +
BRN
BLU
-
+
RED
N1
P2
TB6
TB5
TB4
BLK
~
+
P1
L2 P1
N1
P2
W
SPM
V
U
BLU
BRN
ORG
WHT
GRY
V2
~
ORG
RED
WHT
ORG
BRN
BLU
AC2
BLU
1
2
3
CT1 H2
YLW
X2M
1
2
3
ROOM C
BLK
H1
MRM10
MRB
1
2
3
RED
L1
DB1
BLK
30A SA1
V3 HN
1
2
3
ROOM B
HL
FU1
Z2C
7
3.15A
Z1C
ORG
MRM20
E
AC1
MRD
1
2
3
HE
FU201
MID2
L1R
GRN
ROOM A
N
GRN
YLW
BLU
X1M
L
TO INDOOR UNIT
Z3C
RED
BLK
WHT
FIELD WIRING
GRN
YLW
GRY
POWER SUPPLY
~50Hz 220-240V
~60Hz 220-230V
t°
t°
9
t°
R4T R5T R6T
(ROOM-A) (ROOM-C)
(ROOM-B)
(LIQUID PIPE)
ASSIGNMENTS OF
TERMINALS OF THE COMP.
U
N
V
W
3D034314G
4MXD80BVMA, 4MXS68/80BVMB9, 4MXS68CVMA
1
2
3
Z1C~Z3C
X1M~X5M
Y1E~Y4E
V2~V5
FU1, FU2, FU201
HE, HL, HN
E, AC1, AC2
H1, H2, L1
L2,
MRM10, MRM20
MRB, MRD
MRC/W
R1T~R12T
S2S~102
H1P~H5P
: MAGNETIC RELAY
: THERMISTOR
: CONNECTOR
: PILOT LAMP
S52
L
N
S1W
S2W
S3W
S4W
S5W
SA1
Y1R
Y1S
PCB
DB1
M1C
M1F
L1R
Q1L
CT1
S3W
S4W
: LIVE
: NEUTRAL
: FORCED OPERATION ON/OFF SW(SW1)
: FORCED OPERATION MODE SELECT SW(SW2)
: WIRING ERROR CHECK SW(SW3)
: PRIORITY ROOM SETTING SW(SW4)
: NIGHT QUIET MODE SETTING SW(SW5)
: SURGE ARRESTER
: REVERSING SOLENOID VALVE COIL
: DEFROST SOLENOID VALVE COIL
: PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
: DIODE BRIDGE
: COMPRESSOR MOTOR
: FAN MOTOR
: REACTOR
: OVERLOAD PROTECTOR
: CURRENT TRANSFORMER
Y1E
Y2E
Y3E
t°
t°
t°
t°
t°
t°
BLK
BLK
GRY
BLU
YLW
t°
S93
1
9
BLU
M
1 S40 4
10
YLW
M
8
W
Q1L
GRY
M
S92
1
RED
M
Y1S Y1R
1 S90 6
3
10
S33
8
S6
A
B
C
D
1 S20 6 1 S21 6 1 S22 6 1 S23 6
RED
8 1
S71
1
BRN
1
PCB
BLU
BRN
BLK
S31
U
RED
V
N
YLW M
S34
BRN
9
RED
1
M1C
X11A
BLU
YLW
RED
BRN
8 1
BLK
S32
1
WHT
ORG
BRN
BLU
5
1
S72
1
10
+
GRY
12 1 S102 5
S2
9
3
CN14
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
12 1 S101 5 1
H5P H4P H3P H2P H1P
S2W S5W S1W
: FERRITE CORE
: TERMINAL STRIP
: ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE COIL
: VARISTOR
: FUSE
: CONNECTOR
S51
S80
1
1
+
M1F
1M
BLU
BRN
ORG
WHT
W
V
U
N
BLK
1
5
BLU
X5M
7
1
SPM
-
BLK
+
GRY
1
2
3
WHT
WHT
RED
N1
P2
TB6
TB5
TB4
WHT
YLW
ORG
BLU
BRN
RED
ROOM D
S91
WHT
7
-
+
RED
S70
P1
P1
N1
P2
W
V
U
WHT
YLW
ORG
BLU
BRN
RED
1
2
3
L2
WHT
YLW
ORG
BLU
BRN
RED
X4M
~
BLU
ORG
L1
WHT
YLW
ORG
BLU
BRN
RED
1
2
3
S10
1
BLU
BLK
ROOM C
~
+
t°
V5
BLK
1
2
3
YLW
ORG
DB1
R12T
FU2
3.15A
5
1S11 WHT
Z2C
CN11
1
BLU
1
2
3
V2
S15
1
MID1
X3M
CT1 H2
AC2
X2M
1
2
3
ROOM B
BLK
H1
MRM10
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
30A SA1
V3 HN
RED
MRM20
E
AC1
MRD
MRC W
1
2
3
HL
7
3.15A
Z1C
HE
FU1
FU201
MID2
L1R
YLW
MRB
ROOM A
N
GRN
YLW
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
TO INDOOR UNIT
Z3C
GRN
L
GRN
RED
BLK
WHT
POWER SUPPLY
~50Hz 220-240V
~60Hz 220-230V
X1M
FIELD WIRING
t°
t°
t°
t°
R3T R2T R1T
R8T R9T R10T R11T
R4T R5T R6T R7T
Y4E (OUTDOOR) (DISCHARGE) (ROOM-A) (ROOM-C)
(ROOM-A) (ROOM-C)
(CONDENSER)
(ROOM-B) (ROOM-D) (ROOM-B) (ROOM-D)
(GAS PIPE)
(LIQUID PIPE)
MID1~MID2 : MOLDED INTER CONNECT DEVICE
SPM
: SYSTEM POWER MODULE
ASSIGNMENTS OF
TERMINALS OF THE COMP.
U
V
N
W
3D034312F
Appendix
279
Wiring Diagrams
Si12-411A
4MXS80CVMA
1
2
3
1
2
3
S52
H5P H4P H3P H2P H1P
S2W S5W S1W
L
N
S1W
S2W
S3W
S4W
S5W
SA1
Y1R
Y1S
PCB
DB1
M1C
M1F
L1R
Q1L
CT1
S3W
S4W
M
Y1E
Y2E
Y3E
8
t° t° t° t°
BLK
BLK
BLU
GRY
RED
YLW
10 1 4
S40
S33
S93
1
9
BLU
M
S92
Q1L
YLW
M
BRN
10
BLK
M
1
M
1
GRY
D
B
A
C
9 1 S20 6 1 S21 6 1 S22 6 1 S23 6 1 S90 6
: LIVE
: NEUTRAL
: FORCED OPERATION ON/OFF SW (SW1)
: FORCED OPERATION MODE SELECT SW( SW2)
: WIRING ERROR CHECK SW (SW3)
: PRIORITY ROOM SETTING SW (SW4)
: NIGHT QUIET MODE SETTING SW (SW5)
: SURGE ARRESTER
: REVERSING SOLENOID VALVE COIL
: DEFROST SOLENOID VALVE COIL
: PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
: DIODE BRIDGE
: COMPRESSOR MOTOR
: FAN MOTOR
: REACTOR
: OVERLOAD PROTECTOR
: CURRENT TRANSFORMER
8
S6
RED
RED
8 1
S71
1
BRN
WHT
ORG
BRN
BLU
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
1
PCB
S80
M1F
X11A M1C
U
RED
N
V
YLW M
3
BLU
W
BLU
YLW
RED
BRN
S34
8 1
BRN
Y1S Y1R
S31
W
V
U
N
BLK
12 1 S102 5
S2
9
t° t° t°
1
Z1C~Z3C
: FERRITE CORE
X1M~X5M
: TERMINAL STRIP
Y1E~Y4E
: ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE COIL
V2~V5
: VARISTOR
FU1, FU2. FU201 : FUSE
HE, HL, HN
E, AC1, AC2
H1, H2, L1
L2,
: CONNECTOR
MRM10, MRM20
MRB, MRD
MRC/W
: MAGNETIC RELAY
R1T~R12T
: THERMISTOR
S2~S102
: CONNECTOR
H1P~H5P
: PILOT LAMP
280
12 1 S101 5 1
S51
1
BLU
BRN
ORG
WHT
GRY
1
S32
S70
1
S72
1
BLK
7
WHT
5
1
RED
+ + +
N1
P2
TB6
TB5
TB4
BLU
7
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
WHT
1 3
FU201 7
3.15A
P1
GRY
1
2
3
X5M
S91
WHT
WHT
YLW
ORG
BLU
BRN
RED
X4M
1
2
3
ROOM D
t°
V5
WHT
YLW
ORG
BLU
BRN
RED
ROOM C
WHT
BLK
R12T
FU2
3.15A
5
S10
1
~-
RED
WHT
YLW
ORG
BLU
BRN
RED
1
2
3
S11
1
DB1
+
~
Z1C
ORG
ORG
L2 P1
L1
N1
+
P2
W
SPM
V
U
CN11
1
CN14 10
1
5
WHT
YLW
ORG
BLU
BRN
RED
X3M
BLU
V2
S15
1
MID1
Z2C
YLW
BLU
BLK
1
2
3
1
2
3
H1
CT1 H2
AC2
MRD
ROOM B
BLK
X2M
MRM20
MRM10
E
AC1
MRC W
1
2
3
30A SA1
V3 HN
RED
BLU
BLK
ROOM A
N
HL
MRB
TO INDOOR UNIT
FU1
RED
BLK
WHT
GRN
L
MID2
L1R
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
FIELD WIRING
GRN
Z3C
YLW
GRN
YLW
X1M
HE
t° t° t° t°
R3T R2TR1T
R8T R9T R10T R11T R4TR5TR6TR7T
Y4E (OUTDOOR) (DISCHARGE) (ROOM-A)(ROOM-C) (ROOM-A)(ROOM-C)
(ROOM-B)(ROOM-D) (ROOM-B)(ROOM-D)
(CONDENSER)
(GAS PIPE)
(LIQUID PIPE)
MID1~MID2 : MOLDED INTER CONNECT DEVICE
SPM
: SYSTEM POWER MODULE
ASSIGNMENTS OF
TERMINALS OF THE COMP.
U
V
N
W
3D046413A
Appendix
Si12-411A
Index
Numerics
3 minutes stand-by..................................................93
3-D airflow ...............................................................74
A
A1..........................................................................171
A5..................................................................172, 181
A6..................................................................174, 175
address setting jumper....................58, 61, 63, 64, 66
adjusting the air flow direction...............................131
air purifying filter......................................................83
air purifying filter with photocatalytic deodorizing
function ............................................................83
anti-icing function in other rooms ..........................205
ARC433A series....................................................167
AUTO · DRY · COOL · HEAT · FAN operation......129
automatic air flow control ........................................75
automatic operation.................................................77
auto-restart function ................................................84
auto-swing...............................................................74
B
buzzer PCB .............................................................62
C
C4..........................................................................177
C7..........................................................................178
C9..........................................................................177
capacitor voltage check.........................................213
care and cleaning..................................................149
centralized control .................................58, 61, 63, 64
check No.01 ..........................................................206
check No.02 ..........................................................206
check No.10 ..........................................................212
check No.11 ..........................................................212
check No.12 ..........................................................213
check No.13 ..........................................................213
check No.14 ..........................................................214
check No.15 ..........................................................214
check No.16 ..........................................................215
check No.3 ............................................................206
check No.4 ............................................................207
check No.5 ............................................................208
check No.6 ............................................................209
check No.7 ............................................................210
check No.8 ............................................................211
check No.9 ............................................................211
compressor ...................................................240, 256
compressor lock ....................................................184
compressor overload.............................................183
compressor protection function ...............................93
connection pipe condensation preventing function
.......................................................................107
control PCB .............................62, 63, 64, 68, 69, 248
controller PCB .......................................................231
Index
cooling / heating mode lock.................................. 108
CT or related abnormality..................................... 192
D
DC fan lock........................................................... 185
defrost control ........................................................ 97
discharge pipe ...................................................... 100
discharge pipe control ............................................ 94
discharge pipe temperature control...................... 190
discharge pipe thermistor ................. 86, 88, 101, 253
discharge pressure check .................................... 211
display PCB.......................................... 62, 63, 65, 68
E
E5 ......................................................................... 183
E6 ......................................................................... 184
E7 ......................................................................... 185
E8 ......................................................................... 186
EA ........................................................................ 188
electrical box ................................................ 222, 243
electrical box temperature rise ............................. 196
electronic expansion valve ................................... 234
electronic expansion valve check......................... 207
electronic expansion valve coil............................. 252
electronic expansion valve control ......................... 98
error codes
A1 .................................................................. 171
A5 .......................................................... 172, 181
A6 .......................................................... 174, 175
C4 .................................................................. 177
C7 .................................................................. 178
C9 .................................................................. 177
E5 .................................................................. 183
E6 .................................................................. 184
E7 .................................................................. 185
E8 .................................................................. 186
EA .................................................................. 188
F3................................................................... 190
H6 .................................................................. 191
H8 .................................................................. 192
H9 .................................................................. 194
J3 ................................................................... 194
J6 ................................................................... 194
J8 ................................................................... 194
J9 ................................................................... 194
L3................................................................... 196
L4................................................................... 198
L5................................................................... 200
P4 .................................................................. 194
U0 .................................................................. 202
U2 .................................................................. 204
U4 .................................................................. 179
UA.......................................................... 180, 205
UH.................................................................. 205
error codes and description of fault ...................... 168
i
Si12-411A
F
J
F3 ..........................................................................190
fan control ...............................................................96
fan motor .......................................................232, 250
fan motor connector output check.........................206
fan motor or related abnormality
AC motor ........................................................174
DC motor ........................................................175
fan speed control.....................................................75
fan speed setting.............................58, 61, 63, 64, 66
forced operation mode ..........................................104
four way valve ...............................................238, 254
four way valve abnormality....................................188
four way valve coil.................................................252
four way valve operation compensation..................93
four way valve performance check........................208
four way valve switching .........................................93
freeze-up protection control ............................95, 181
freeze-up protection control or high pressure control
.......................................................................172
frequency control.....................................................91
frequency principle ..................................................72
FU ...........................................................................66
FU1 .......................................................58, 61, 63, 64
functions....................................................................2
fuse .........................................................................61
J3 ......................................................................... 194
J4 ......................................................................... 259
J6 ......................................................................... 194
J8 ......................................................................... 194
J9 ......................................................................... 194
JA ........................................... 58, 61, 63, 64, 66, 259
JB ........................................... 58, 61, 63, 64, 66, 259
JC ........................................... 58, 61, 63, 64, 66, 259
jumper setting....................................................... 259
G
M
gas pipe isothermal control during cooling............100
gas pipe thermistor....................86, 88, 231, 244, 253
main circuit electrolytic capacitor check ............... 214
main structural parts............................................... 85
mode hierarchy ...................................................... 90
moisture protection function 2 ................................ 96
mold proof air filter ................................................. 83
H
H6..........................................................................191
H8..........................................................................192
H9..........................................................................194
HA ...........................................................................61
Hall IC .....................................................75, 174, 175
Hall IC check .........................................................215
heat exchanger thermistor ....................................253
heating peak-cut control..........................................95
HOME LEAVE operation.................................81, 139
hot start function......................................................83
I
indoor heat exchanger thermistor .....................87, 89
indoor liquid pipe thermistor ....................................87
indoor unit PCB abnormality .................................171
input current control ................................................94
input over current detection...................................186
installation condition check ...................................210
insufficient gas ......................................................202
insufficient gas control...........................................103
INTELLIGENT EYE.................................................79
INTELLIGENT EYE operation...............................141
INTELLIGENT EYE sensor ...................................260
INTELLIGENT EYE sensor PCB.............................62
inverter PCB..................................................231, 249
inverter powerful operation......................................82
inverter units refrigerant system check .................212
ii
L
L3 ......................................................................... 196
L4 ......................................................................... 198
L5 ......................................................................... 200
LED A ............................................. 58, 61, 63, 64, 66
LED1 .................................................... 58, 61, 63, 64
LED11 .................................................................... 66
LED12 .................................................................... 66
LED14 .................................................................... 66
LED2 .................................................... 58, 61, 63, 64
LED3 .................................................... 58, 61, 63, 64
limit switch continuity check ................................. 206
liquid pipe thermistor ............................ 231, 244, 253
low Hz high pressure limit ...................................... 98
low-voltage detection ........................................... 204
N
names of parts ..................................................... 114
night set mode........................................................ 78
note for multi system ............................................ 147
O
oil recovery function ............................................. 100
OL activation ........................................................ 183
ON/OFF button on Indoor unit................................ 83
opening limit ......................................................... 100
operation lamp ..................................................... 164
outdoor air thermistor ........................................... 253
outdoor heat exchanger thermistor .................. 86, 88
outdoor unit fan system check (with DC motor) ... 211
OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT operation .................... 138
outer panels ................................................. 218, 242
output over current detection ............................... 200
over current .......................................................... 103
overload ............................................................... 103
overload relay....................................................... 244
P
P4 ......................................................................... 194
PCB .............................................................. 229, 247
photocatalytic deodorizing filter .............................. 83
PI control ................................................................ 92
piping diagrams .................................................... 262
Index
Si12-411A
position sensor abnormality ..................................191
power failure recovery function .......58, 61, 63, 64, 66
power supply PCB.............................................65, 67
power supply waveforms check ............................212
power transistor check ..........................................213
power-airflow dual flaps ..........................................74
POWERFUL operation..........................................137
POWERFUL operation mode................................107
preheating operation ...............................................93
preparation before operation.................................126
pressure equalization control ................................100
preventing indoor freezing.....................................104
printed circuit board connector wiring diagram .......58
priority room setting...............................................107
problem symptoms and measures ........................166
programme dry function ..........................................76
propeller fans ........................................................221
R
radiation fin temperature rise ................................198
reactor ...................................................................235
RTH1...........................................................58, 61, 63
S
S1................................................................58, 61, 63
S20..................................................69, 224, 231, 244
S201........................................................................66
S202........................................................................66
S203........................................................................66
S204........................................................................66
S21....................58, 61, 63, 64, 66, 69, 224, 231, 244
S22..................................................69, 224, 231, 244
S23............................................66, 69, 224, 231, 244
S24....................................................................64, 66
S25....................................................................64, 66
S26..................................................58, 61, 63, 64, 66
S27..............................................................58, 61, 64
S28..........................................................................61
S29..........................................................................61
S301........................................................................66
S302........................................................................66
S31..............................................64, 66, 69, 231, 248
S32............................58, 61, 63, 64, 66, 69, 231, 248
S33..........................................................69, 231, 248
S35....................................................................58, 61
S36....................................................................61, 64
S37....................................................................61, 64
S38..........................................................................61
S40..................................................69, 225, 231, 244
S6..........................................................58, 61, 64, 66
S7..........................................................58, 63, 64, 66
S70........................................................................232
S71..........................................................69, 231, 248
S8......................................................................61, 66
S80..................................................69, 224, 231, 244
S90..........................................69, 225, 231, 244, 253
S92..........................................69, 225, 231, 244, 253
S93..........................................69, 224, 231, 244, 253
SC control .............................................................101
self-diagnosis digital display....................................84
sensor malfunction detection ................................103
Index
service check function .......................................... 167
service monitor PCB ............................ 231, 247, 249
shunt .................................................... 237, 254, 255
shutter drive motor / shutter limit switch abnormality
...................................................................... 178
signal receiver PCB.................................... 62, 65, 68
signal receiving sign ............................................... 83
signal transmission error (between indoor and outdoor
units) ............................................................. 179
solenoid valve ...................................... 238, 254, 255
solenoid valve coil ................................................ 252
sound insulation ........................................... 235, 251
specifications.......................................................... 18
starting operation control / changing operation room
...................................................................... 100
SW1 ..................................................... 61, 63, 64, 66
SW2 ................................................................. 64, 66
SW4 ....................................................................... 66
SW7 ....................................................................... 58
T
target discharge pipe temperature control ........... 101
test run from the remote controller ....................... 258
thermistor ..................................... 231, 234, 244, 252
thermistor or related abnormality (indoor unit) ..... 177
thermistor or related abnormality (outdoor unit) ... 194
thermistor resistance check ................................. 209
TIMER operation .................................................. 145
troubleshooting..................................................... 159
troubleshooting
indoor units .................................................... 169
outdoor units .................................................. 170
troubleshooting with the LED indication ............... 165
troubleshooting with the operation lamp .............. 164
turning speed pulse input on the outdoor unit PCB
check............................................................. 214
U
U0......................................................................... 202
U2......................................................................... 204
U4......................................................................... 179
UA ................................................................ 180, 205
UH ........................................................................ 205
unspecified voltage (between indoor and outdoor
units) ..................................................... 180, 205
V
V1 ................................................... 58, 61, 63, 64, 66
voltage detection function .................................... 107
W
wide-angle louvers ................................................. 74
wiring diagrams .................................................... 273
wiring-error check................................................. 105
iii
Si12-411A
iv
Index
Si12-411A
Drawings & Flow Charts
A
anti-icing function in other rooms ..........................205
automatic air flow control ........................................75
automatic operation.................................................77
auto-swing...............................................................74
B
buzzer PCB .............................................................62
C
capacitor voltage check.........................................213
compressor lock ....................................................184
compressor overload.............................................183
compressor protection function ...............................93
control PCB .......................................... 63, 64, 68, 69
control PCB (indoor unit).........................................62
cooling / heating mode lock...................................108
CT or related abnormality......................................192
D
DC fan lock............................................................185
defrost control .........................................................97
discharge pipe control .............................................94
discharge pipe temperature control.......................190
discharge pressure check .....................................211
display PCB.......................................... 62, 63, 65, 68
E
electrical box temperature rise ..............................196
electronic expansion valve check..........................207
electronic expansion valve control ..........................98
F
fan motor connector output check.........................206
fan motor or related abnormality
AC motor ........................................................174
DC motor ........................................................175
four way valve abnormality....................................188
four way valve performance check........................208
freeze-up protection control ........................... 95, 181
freeze-up protection control or high pressure control
.......................................................................172
frequency control.....................................................91
frequency principle ..................................................72
function of thermistor...............................................86
cooling only model ............................................88
heat pump model ..............................................86
H
Hall IC check .........................................................215
heating peak-cut control..........................................95
HOME LEAVE operation.........................................81
I
input current control ............................................... 94
input over current detection.................................. 186
installation condition check .................................. 210
insufficient gas ..................................................... 202
insufficient gas control.......................................... 103
INTELLIGENT EYE ................................................ 79
INTELLIGENT EYE sensor PCB............................ 62
inverter features ..................................................... 73
inverter powerful operation..................................... 82
inverter units refrigerant system check................. 212
L
limit switch continuity check ................................. 206
location of operation lamp .................................... 164
low Hz high pressure limit ...................................... 98
low-voltage detection ........................................... 204
M
main circuit electrolytic capacitor check ............... 214
main structural parts............................................... 85
mode hierarchy ...................................................... 90
N
night set mode........................................................ 78
O
OL activation ........................................................ 183
ON/OFF button on indoor unit ................................ 83
outdoor unit fan system check (with DC motor) ... 211
output over current detection ............................... 200
P
PCB ........................................................................ 59
PCB detail .............................................................. 60
piping diagrams
indoor units .................................................... 262
outdoor units .................................................. 266
position sensor abnormality ................................. 191
power supply PCB............................................ 65, 67
power supply waveforms check ........................... 212
power transistor check ......................................... 213
priority room setting.............................................. 107
programme dry function ......................................... 76
R
radiation fin temperature rise ............................... 198
S
shutter drive motor / shutter limit switch abnormality
...................................................................... 178
signal receiver PCB.................................... 62, 65, 68
signal transmission error (between indoor and outdoor
units) ............................................................. 179
indoor unit PCB abnormality .................................171
Drawings & Flow Charts
v
Si12-411A
T
target discharge pipe temperature control ............101
thermistor or related abnormality (indoor unit) ......177
thermistor or related abnormality (outdoor unit) ....194
thermistor resistance check ..................................209
troubleshooting with the LED indication ................165
turning speed pulse input on the outdoor unit PCB
check..............................................................214
U
unspecified voltage (between indoor and outdoor
units) ..................................................... 180, 205
W
wiring diagrams
indoor units .....................................................273
outdoor units ...................................................276
wiring-error check..................................................105
vi
Drawings & Flow Charts
Si12-411A
Printed in Singapore 03/2005 AK COS